openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

December 2014

13 participants
67 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90883 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 17 Dec '14

17 Dec '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-12-17 08:59:18 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90883 Removed: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/webyast/ Log: obsolete -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90882 - trunk/lcn/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14

16 Dec '14

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2014-12-16 17:49:25 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90882 Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po Log: Updated Ukrainian translation of release notes Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po 2014-12-16 15:18:24 UTC (rev 90881) +++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po 2014-12-16 16:49:25 UTC (rev 90882) @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 07:07+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-16 10:14+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-16 18:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title) msgid "Release Notes" @@ -44,24 +44,24 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) msgid "" "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or " -"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, " -"play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" +"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office " +"work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" msgstr "" -"openSUSE - це вільна операційна система на базі Linux для Вашого ПК, ноутбука " -"або сервера. Ви можете переглядати інтернет, управляти поштою і фотографіями, " -"виконувати офісну роботу, дивитися відео чи слухати музику і мати чимале " -"задоволення!" +"openSUSE - це вільна операційна система на базі Linux для Вашого ПК, " +"ноутбука або сервера. Ви можете переглядати інтернет, управляти поштою і " +"фотографіями, виконувати офісну роботу, дивитися відео чи слухати музику і " +"мати чимале задоволення!" #. Previous Release Notes #: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) msgid "" "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous " -"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Releas" -"e_Notes\"/>" +"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:" +"Release_Notes\"/>" msgstr "" "Якщо ви оновлюєтеся з старішої версії до цього випуску openSUSE, див. " -"попередні примітки тут: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_N" -"otes\"/>" +"попередні примітки тут: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:" +"Release_Notes\"/>" #: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) msgid "Installation" @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:109(para) msgid "" -"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool after " -"the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):" +"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool " +"after the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):" msgstr "" -"Як вирішення проблеми, використовуйте засіб командного рядка <command>" -"localectl</command> після установки. Наприклад (для установки української " -"розкладки клавіатури):" +"Як вирішення проблеми, використовуйте засіб командного рядка " +"<command>localectl</command> після установки. Наприклад (для установки " +"української розкладки клавіатури):" #: xml/release-notes.xml:115(screen) #, no-wrap @@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:124(para) msgid "" "After updating from 13.1 to 13.2 using YaST, there are good chances that the " -"new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, if " -"you are using a laptop with a wifi connection." +"new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, " +"if you are using a laptop with a wifi connection." msgstr "" "Після оновлення від 13.1 до 13.2 через YaST наявні великі шанси, що новий " "мережний метод Wicked працює разом зі старим NetworkManager, якщо ви " @@ -159,14 +159,13 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:151(screen) #, no-wrap -#| msgid "Getting updates" msgid "netconfig update" msgstr "оновлення netconfig" #: xml/release-notes.xml:153(para) msgid "" -"Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also <" -"command>wpa_suplicant</command>." +"Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also " +"<command>wpa_suplicant</command>." msgstr "" "Або перезавантажтеся після команд <command>systemctl</command>, щоби також " "перезапустити <command>wpa_suplicant</command>." @@ -179,9 +178,9 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:162(para) msgid "" "During the initial installation, in the summary view of YaST, a warning as " -"follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No location " -"for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing please " -"select above location.</quote>" +"follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No " +"location for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing " +"please select above location.</quote>" msgstr "" "При початковій установці у підсумковому перегляді YaST відповідне " "попередження може появитися нижче розділу завантажувача: <quote>Увага: Не " @@ -196,26 +195,26 @@ "Це попередження є хибою у YaST (вже виправлено у Factory) і ви можете ним " "безпечно нехтувати." -#. bnc#900954 +#. bnc#900954 bnc#903231 bnc#904268 #: xml/release-notes.xml:175(title) -#| msgid "Start Windows" -msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7" -msgstr "BtrFS та Windows 7" +msgid "BtrFS and Windows XP" +msgstr "BtrFS та Windows XP" #: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para) msgid "" -"If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an " +"If you have Windows XP and want to install openSUSE 13.2 with BtrFS, an " "error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader " "installation." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас наявна Windows XP і вам кортить встановити openSUSE 13.2 із Btrfs, " -"то повідомлення про помилку у YaST повідомить про проблеми під час " +"Якщо у вас наявна Windows XP і вам кортить встановити openSUSE 13.2 із " +"BtrFS, то повідомлення про помилку у YaST повідомить про проблеми під час " "встановлення завантажувача." #: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) msgid "" "The safest option is to install in a partition with Ext4 instead of BtrFS. " -"There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for 13.2." +"There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for " +"13.2." msgstr "" "Безпечним варіантом є установка на розділі Ext4 замість BtrFS. Існує " "виправлення, яке невдовзі опиниться у Factory, але воно не буде надане для " @@ -230,8 +229,8 @@ msgid "" "A bug in YaST prevents the branding in GRUB2 bootloader when installed from " "the LiveCD medium. Note, the preferred way to install openSUSE 13.2 is using " -"the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded bootloader " -"during the installation." +"the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded " +"bootloader during the installation." msgstr "" "Помилка в YaST спричиняє зникнення фірмового стилю у завантажувачі GRUB2 при " "установці з носія живого КД. Увага, бажаним способом установки openSUSE 13.2 " @@ -241,7 +240,6 @@ # dialog title for ftp installation #. bnc#899895 #: xml/release-notes.xml:200(title) -#| msgid "FTP Installation" msgid "NET Installation Using Wifi" msgstr "Мережне встановлення через Wi-Fi" @@ -271,9 +269,9 @@ msgid "" "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified " "Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any " -"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install " -"such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your " -"system boots using UEFI." +"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to " +"install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication " +"that your system boots using UEFI." msgstr "" "Перед установкою openSUSE на систему, яка завантажується за допомогою UEFI " "(Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), ми рекомендуємо вам перевірити " @@ -283,15 +281,15 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:288(para) msgid "" -"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to " -"break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really " -"knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not " -"writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means " -"telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. " -"Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing " -"boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by " -"default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the " -"hardware vendor recommends." +"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it " +"to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody " +"really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk " +"by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The " +"minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE " +"boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area " +"for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been " +"disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware " +"updates the hardware vendor recommends." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Обґрунтування:</emphasis> Деякі прошивки UEFI містять помилки, що " "призводять до збою у разі запису великого обсягу даних в область зберігання " @@ -334,20 +332,20 @@ "(MS-DOS). Завантажувачі Linux (ELILO або GRUB2) намагаються автоматично " "створити GUID для таких розділів і зберегти зміни в прошивці. Такі GUID " "можуть часто змінюватися, що призводить до перезапису даних прошивки. " -"Перезапис складається з двох різних дій: видалення старого запису і створення " -"нового запису замість старого." +"Перезапис складається з двох різних дій: видалення старого запису і " +"створення нового запису замість старого." #: xml/release-notes.xml:321(para) msgid "" "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and " "frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty " -"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a " -"non-bootable system." +"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-" +"bootable system." msgstr "" "У сучасних прошивках наявний збирач сміття, що збирає видалені записи і " -"звільняє пам'ять, зарезервовану під старі записи. Проблема виникає у випадку, " -"коли непридатна прошивка не звільняє такі записи; це може призвести до " -"неможливості завантаження системи." +"звільняє пам'ять, зарезервовану під старі записи. Проблема виникає у " +"випадку, коли непридатна прошивка не звільняє такі записи; це може призвести " +"до неможливості завантаження системи." #: xml/release-notes.xml:327(para) msgid "" @@ -370,18 +368,17 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:339(para) msgid "" "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure " -"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first " -"update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update " -"does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki " -"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next " -"release." +"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, " +"first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS " +"update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://" +"en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." msgstr "" "Нова версія shim дозволяє завантажитися з увімкненим безпечним завантаженням " "більшому числу машин, ніж у openSUSE 13.1. Тим не менш, у випадку проблем " "спочатку слід оновити BIOS до останньої версії. Якщо оновлення BIOS не " -"допомагає, то повідомте модель своєї машини на сторінці вікі " -"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Таким чином ми зможемо відстежити це " -"перед наступним випуском." +"допомагає, то повідомте модель своєї машини на сторінці вікі (http://en." +"opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Таким чином ми зможемо відстежити це перед " +"наступним випуском." #: xml/release-notes.xml:352(title) msgid "System Upgrade" @@ -405,28 +402,28 @@ "upgraded." msgstr "" "На деяких системах з картами NVIDIA встановлювач може показувати різний " -"непотріб у верхній частині екрана через проблеми з драйвером nouveau. Якщо ви " -"помітили таку хибу, то вимкніть модуль ядра nouveau перед запуском " +"непотріб у верхній частині екрана через проблеми з драйвером nouveau. Якщо " +"ви помітили таку хибу, то вимкніть модуль ядра nouveau перед запуском " "встановлювача, а потім знову увімкніть після установки/оновлення." #: xml/release-notes.xml:371(para) msgid "" "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, " -"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. " -"Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>" -"brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting " -"with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the " -"nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filenam" -"e> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." +"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the " +"parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and " +"add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to " +"continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you " +"can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-" +"blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." msgstr "" "Для вимкнення модуля ядра при завантаженні з інсталяційного носія виберіть " "grub пункт «Installation» («Установка») і натисніть клавішу «e» для " -"редагування параметрів. Потім перейдіть на рядок, що починається з «linux» " -"(або «linuxefi»), і додайте в кінці <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal>. " -"Тепер натисніть F10, щоб продовжити завантаження з новим параметром. Після " -"установки системи ви знову можете увімкнути модуль nouveau, відредагувавши <" -"filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> і вилучивши запис про " -"nouveau." +"редагування параметрів. Потім перейдіть на рядок, що починається з " +"«linux» (або «linuxefi»), і додайте в кінці <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</" +"literal>. Тепер натисніть F10, щоб продовжити завантаження з новим " +"параметром. Після установки системи ви знову можете увімкнути модуль " +"nouveau, відредагувавши <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</" +"filename> і вилучивши запис про nouveau." #: xml/release-notes.xml:384(title) msgid "Information About the FGLRX Driver" @@ -435,14 +432,14 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para) msgid "" "For more information about the AMD FGLRX drivers in openSUSE 13.2 and its " -"status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning" -"-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-war" -"ning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>." +"status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-" +"warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/" +"fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>." msgstr "" -"За інформацією про драйвери AMD FGLRX у openSUSE 13.2 та їхній статус див. <" -"ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-" -"2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse" -"-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>." +"За інформацією про драйвери AMD FGLRX у openSUSE 13.2 та їхній статус див. " +"<ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-" +"opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-" +"warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>." #. bnc#899610 #: xml/release-notes.xml:394(title) @@ -456,72 +453,72 @@ "thus using the other one only. This will make disappear the static mouse " "pointer." msgstr "" -"Якщо на екрані видно два вказівники мишки і у наявні дві графічні плати, одна " -"із яких від Intel, спробуйте видалити <systemitem>xf86-video-intel<" -"/systemitem> та використовуйте лише іншу. Це призведе до зникнення нерухомого " +"Якщо на екрані видно два вказівники мишки і у наявні дві графічні плати, " +"одна із яких від Intel, спробуйте видалити <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</" +"systemitem> та використовуйте лише іншу. Це призведе до зникнення нерухомого " "вказівника мишки." #: xml/release-notes.xml:402(para) msgid "" -"This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink " -"url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">" -"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked " -"on and, if possible, addressed with an online update." +"This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink url=\"http://" +"bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/" +"show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked on and, if possible, " +"addressed with an online update." msgstr "" -"Над цією та іншими подібними проблемами через драйвер Intel (див. <ulink " -"url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">" -"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) працюють і за " -"можливості вони будуть усунені через мережне оновлення." +"Над цією та іншими подібними проблемами через драйвер Intel (див. <ulink url=" +"\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla." +"opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) працюють і за можливості вони " +"будуть усунені через мережне оновлення." -#. bnc#901869 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:411(title) +#. bnc#903998 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(title) msgid "Missing Dependencies for virt-manager" msgstr "Пропущені залежності для virt-manager" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para) msgid "" -"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>" -"typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0<" -"/systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>." +"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing " +"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-" +"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</" +"systemitem>." msgstr "" "Якщо вами виявлено проблему виконання virt-manager, то спробуйте встановити " -"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>" -"typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> та <systemitem>" -"typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>." +"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-" +"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> та <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</" +"systemitem>." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:418(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:419(para) msgid "" -"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made " -"explicit." +"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies " +"made explicit." msgstr "" -"У мережному оновленні згодом буде нова версія з тих залежностей, які зроблені " -"явно." +"У мережному оновленні згодом буде нова версія з тих залежностей, які " +"зроблені явно." #. bnc#900813 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:425(title) -#| msgid "No Authorization" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(title) msgid "Modem Authorization After Suspend" msgstr "Розпізнавання через модем після призупинення" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:427(para) msgid "" -"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via " -"a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for " -"the root password before reconnecting." +"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected " +"via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you " +"for the root password before reconnecting." msgstr "" "OpenSUSE 13.2 — суворіша у безпеці за 13.1. Якщо ви підключені через модем " "UMTS або 3G та призупинили машину, то система попросить вас ввести пароль " "суперкористувача перед повторним під'єднанням." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:432(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:433(para) msgid "" -"You can change this behavior changing a line in " -"/etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:" +"You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs." +"standard:" msgstr "" -"Ви можете змінити цю поведінку, відредагувавши рядок у " -"/etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:" +"Ви можете змінити цю поведінку, відредагувавши рядок у /etc/polkit-default-" +"privs.standard:" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:437(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:438(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ModemManager\n" @@ -532,11 +529,11 @@ "org.freedesktop.ModemManager.Device.Control auth_admin:auth_admin:yes\n" " " -#: xml/release-notes.xml:441(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:442(para) msgid "with:" msgstr "на:" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:445(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:446(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ModemManager\n" @@ -548,11 +545,11 @@ " " #. bnc#901511 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:452(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(title) msgid "Package Search Missing in GTK UI of YaST" msgstr "Пошук пакунків пропущений у інтерфейсі GTK для YaST" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:454(para) msgid "" "The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you " "are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:" @@ -560,61 +557,60 @@ "Інтерфейс GTK для YaST не має поля пошуку пакунків. Коли ви перебуваєте у " "GNOME чи XFCE та потребує цю функцію, використовуйте натомість інтерфейс QT:" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:459(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:460(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt" msgstr "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt" #. bnc#902947 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:464(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:465(title) msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" msgstr "Перехід із openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:466(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:467(para) msgid "" -"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab<" -"/filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>" -"/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." +"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</" +"filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/" +"etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" -"Монтування спільних дисків cifs при запуску системи через <filename>" -"/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> вже застаріло і вимкнене. Зараз такі диски " +"Монтування спільних дисків cifs при запуску системи через <filename>/etc/" +"samba/cifstab</filename> вже застаріло і вимкнене. Зараз такі диски " "зазначаються у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:472(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:473(para) msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" msgstr "Процес переходу вимагає двох кроків:" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:477(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:478(para) msgid "" -"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<" -"/filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</" +"filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -"Додайте усі точки монтування із <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<" -"/filename> у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +"Додайте усі точки монтування із <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</" +"filename> у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:484(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:485(para) msgid "" -"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <" -"filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in " +"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -"Додайте <literal>0 0</literal> на кінець кожного нового рядка монтування cifs " -"у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +"Додайте <literal>0 0</literal> на кінець кожного нового рядка монтування " +"cifs у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:491(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:492(para) msgid "" -"For more information and examples, see <filename>" -"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the " -"installed system." +"For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/" +"cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." msgstr "" -"За докладнішою інформацією та прикладами див. <filename>" -"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> у " -"встановленій системі." +"За докладнішою інформацією та прикладами див. <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> у встановленій " +"системі." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:499(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(title) msgid "Removing openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper After Upgrade" msgstr "Вилучення шпалер openSUSE 13.1 KDE після оновлення" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:501(para) msgid "" "If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, " "remove it from the user cache manually:" @@ -622,7 +618,7 @@ "Якщо шпалери OpenSUSE 13.1 KDE досі з'являються після оновлення системи, то " "видаліть їх із кешу користувача вручну:" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:505(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:506(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "" "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont" @@ -631,11 +627,11 @@ "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont" "ents/images/*" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:509(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:510(title) msgid "MATE Desktop official integration" msgstr "Офіційна інтеграція із стільницею MATE" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:511(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:512(para) msgid "" "The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE " "version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and " @@ -644,28 +640,29 @@ msgstr "" "Стільниця MATE версії 1.8.1 (останній стабільний випуск) зараз офіційно " "доступна для openSUSE 13.2. Вона забезпечує інтуїтивне і привабливе " -"стільничне середовище, використовуючи традиційні метафори для Linux та інших " -"Unix-подібних операційних систем." +"стільничне середовище, використовуючи традиційні метафори для Linux та " +"інших Unix-подібних операційних систем." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:517(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:518(para) msgid "" -"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when " -"they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme." +"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had " +"when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar " +"theme." msgstr "" "Метою для OpenSUSE є забезпечення таких же вражень користувачам, коли вони " "використовували GNOME під OpenSUSE 11.4 з головним меню і темою Sonar." #. bnc#901013 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:525(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(title) msgid "Slow Start-up in GNOME" msgstr "Повільний вхід у GNOME" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:527(para) msgid "" "GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race " "between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix " -"will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable " -"the GNOME autologin feature." +"will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily " +"disable the GNOME autologin feature." msgstr "" "Автоматичний вхід у GNOME може спричинити повільне завантаження системи. " "Ймовірно, це перегони між службами, неправильно позначених як залежні одна " @@ -673,11 +670,11 @@ "проблеми полягає у тимчасовому вимкнення функції автоматичного входу у GNOME." #. bnc#850058 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:563(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(title) msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings" msgstr "AppArmor і права доступу" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:565(para) msgid "" "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent " "services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter " @@ -686,14 +683,15 @@ msgstr "" "AppArmor типово увімкнений. Це підвищує рівень безпеки, але може перешкодити " "роботі нестандартно запущених служб. Якщо у вас виникають дивні проблеми з " -"правами доступу, то спробуйте профіль AppArmor для цієї служби у режимі скарг:" +"правами доступу, то спробуйте профіль AppArmor для цієї служби у режимі " +"скарг:" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:567(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$ваша_служба" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para) msgid "" "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would " "not allow." @@ -701,7 +699,7 @@ "Режим скарг означає: дозволити все, але вести журнал дій, які заборонені " "профілем." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:570(para) msgid "" "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to " "also cover corner cases." @@ -709,92 +707,93 @@ "Створіть повідомлення про помилку, якщо це допоможе: ми хочемо виправити " "профілі AppArmor, щоб вони також покривали крайні випадки." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:602(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:603(title) msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Різне" #. bnc#903243 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:607(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(title) msgid "YaST (Qt GUI): \"Service Manager\" Icon Appears Twice" msgstr "YaST (Qt GUI): Піктограма \"Менеджера служб\" появляється двічі" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:609(para) msgid "" -"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>" -"Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of " -"the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in " -"the desktop files." +"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon " +"<guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt " +"version of the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</" +"quote> flag in the desktop files." msgstr "" -"У розділі <guimenu>Система</guimenu> у YaST (Qt GUI) піктограма <guimenu>" -"Менеджер служб</guimenu> появляється двічі. Ця вада притаманна версії Qt " -"Центру управління YaST і зводиться до того, що не враховується прапорець <" -"quote>hidden</quote> (прихований) у стільничних файлах." +"У розділі <guimenu>Система</guimenu> у YaST (Qt GUI) піктограма " +"<guimenu>Менеджер служб</guimenu> появляється двічі. Ця вада притаманна " +"версії Qt Центру управління YaST і зводиться до того, що не враховується " +"прапорець <quote>hidden</quote> (прихований) у стільничних файлах." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:614(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:615(para) msgid "This will get fixed with the next YaST online update." msgstr "Її буде виправлено із наступним мережним оновленням YaST." #. bnc#809347 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:624(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:625(title) msgid "More Information and Feedback" msgstr "Додаткові відомості та зворотній зв'язок" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:628(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:629(para) msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs." msgstr "Читати файли README на КД." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:631(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(para) msgid "" "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" msgstr "Отримати докладний журнал змін конкретного пакунку за допомогою RPM:" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm" msgstr "rpm --changelog -qp <НАЗВАФАЙЛУ>.rpm" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:634(para) msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM." msgstr "<НАЗВАФАЙЛУ>. - це ім'я пакунку RPM." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:636(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:637(para) msgid "" -"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for " -"a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." +"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD " +"for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." msgstr "" -"Хронологічний журнал усіх змін в оновлених пакетах наведено у файлі <filename>" -"ChangeLog</filename> на верхньому рівні DVD." +"Хронологічний журнал усіх змін в оновлених пакетах наведено у файлі " +"<filename>ChangeLog</filename> на верхньому рівні DVD." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:640(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:641(para) msgid "" "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." msgstr "" "Більше інформації ви знайдете у каталозі <filename>docu</filename> на DVD." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:643(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:644(para) msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or " "updated documentation." msgstr "" -"Додаткова і оновлена документація на сайті <ulink " -"url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/>." +"Додаткова і оновлена документація на сайті <ulink url=\"https://activedoc." +"opensuse.org/\"/>." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:648(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:649(para) msgid "" "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news " "from openSUSE." msgstr "" -"Останні новини від openSUSE на сайті <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/>." +"Останні новини від openSUSE на сайті <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/" +">." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:653(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:654(para) msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" msgstr "Авторські права © 2014 SUSE LLC" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:655(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para) msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE." msgstr "Дякуємо за використання openSUSE." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:657(para) msgid "The openSUSE Team." msgstr "Команда openSUSE." @@ -811,17 +810,38 @@ #~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" #~ msgstr "Детальні відомості про встановлення" -#~ msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." -#~ msgstr "Докладні відомості про установку можна знайти тут <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123." +#~ "documentation\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Докладні відомості про установку можна знайти тут <xref linkend=\"sec.123." +#~ "documentation\"/>" #~ msgid "openSUSE Documentation" #~ msgstr "Документація openSUSE" -#~ msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell." -#~ msgstr "У <emphasis>посібнику для початківців</emphasis> можна знайти покрокові інструкції по установці, а також ознайомитися із стільницями KDE та Gnome і пакетом LibreOffice. Крім того, там описані базові теми адміністрування (розгортання та управління програмним забезпеченням) і проводиться перше знайомство з оболонкою bash." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation " +#~ "instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and " +#~ "to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics " +#~ "such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the " +#~ "bash shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У <emphasis>посібнику для початківців</emphasis> можна знайти покрокові " +#~ "інструкції по установці, а також ознайомитися із стільницями KDE та Gnome " +#~ "і пакетом LibreOffice. Крім того, там описані базові теми адміністрування " +#~ "(розгортання та управління програмним забезпеченням) і проводиться перше " +#~ "знайомство з оболонкою bash." -#~ msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." -#~ msgstr "Документація міститься у filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> після установки пакета <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem> або на сайті <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-" +#~ "manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package " +#~ "<systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=" +#~ "\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Документація міститься у filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_" +#~ "$LANG</filename> після установки пакета <systemitem>opensuse-startup_" +#~ "$LANG</systemitem> або на сайті <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." #~ msgid "CHECKIT:13.1" #~ msgstr "ПЕРЕВІРИТИ для 13.1!" @@ -829,62 +849,177 @@ #~ msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)" #~ msgstr "Започаткування графіки з KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)" -#~ msgid "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and running the terminal command" -#~ msgstr "У openSUSE 11.3 ми перейшли на KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) для відеокарт Intel, ATI і NVIDIA, тепер це типова поведінка. Якщо у вас при цьому виникають проблеми з підтримкою KMS драйвером (intel, radeon, nouveau), вимкніть KMS, додавши <literal>nomodeset</literal> у рядок завантаження ядра. Для постійного застосування цього у типовому завантажувачі Grub 2 додайте відповідний текст у рядок параметрів завантаження типового ядра <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> у файлі <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> від імені root і запустіть команду терміналу" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, " +#~ "ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter " +#~ "problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable " +#~ "KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command " +#~ "line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add " +#~ "it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default " +#~ "load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text " +#~ "file as root and running the terminal command" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У openSUSE 11.3 ми перейшли на KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) для відеокарт " +#~ "Intel, ATI і NVIDIA, тепер це типова поведінка. Якщо у вас при цьому " +#~ "виникають проблеми з підтримкою KMS драйвером (intel, radeon, nouveau), " +#~ "вимкніть KMS, додавши <literal>nomodeset</literal> у рядок завантаження " +#~ "ядра. Для постійного застосування цього у типовому завантажувачі Grub 2 " +#~ "додайте відповідний текст у рядок параметрів завантаження типового ядра " +#~ "<literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> у файлі <filename>/etc/" +#~ "default/grub</filename> від імені root і запустіть команду терміналу" #~ msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" #~ msgstr "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" -#~ msgid "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled." -#~ msgstr "для застосування змін. Якщо ви використовуєте Grub Legacy, то додайте це в рядок параметрів ядра у файлі <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> як root. Цей параметр означає, що відповідний модуль ядра (intel, radeon, nouveau) буде завантажений у <filename>initrd</filename> з параметром <literal>modeset=0</literal>, тобто з вимкненим KMS." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the " +#~ "kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also " +#~ "done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module " +#~ "(intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in " +#~ "<filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "для застосування змін. Якщо ви використовуєте Grub Legacy, то додайте це " +#~ "в рядок параметрів ядра у файлі <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> " +#~ "як root. Цей параметр означає, що відповідний модуль ядра (intel, radeon, " +#~ "nouveau) буде завантажений у <filename>initrd</filename> з параметром " +#~ "<literal>modeset=0</literal>, тобто з вимкненим KMS." -#~ msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." -#~ msgstr "У рідкісних випадках, коли завантаження модуля DRM з <filename>initrd</filename> є загальною проблемою і не відноситься до KMS, можна повністю вимкнути завантаження модуля DRM у <filename>initrd</filename>. Для цього задайте параметру sysconfig <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> значення <literal>yes</literal> через YaST, це створить <filename>initrd</filename> заново. І звісно перезавантажтеся." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</" +#~ "filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible " +#~ "to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> " +#~ "completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> " +#~ "sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then " +#~ "recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У рідкісних випадках, коли завантаження модуля DRM з <filename>initrd</" +#~ "filename> є загальною проблемою і не відноситься до KMS, можна повністю " +#~ "вимкнути завантаження модуля DRM у <filename>initrd</filename>. Для цього " +#~ "задайте параметру sysconfig <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> значення " +#~ "<literal>yes</literal> через YaST, це створить <filename>initrd</" +#~ "filename> заново. І звісно перезавантажтеся." -#~ msgid "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>." -#~ msgstr "На картах Intel без KMS Xserver використовує драйвер <literal>fbdev</literal> (драйвер <literal>intel</literal> підтримує тільки KMS); в якості альтернативи для застарілих відеокарт від Intel існує драйвер «intellegacy» (пакунок <systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem>), який ще підтримує UMS (User Mode Setting). Для його використання відредагуйте файл <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> та змініть драйвер на <literal>intellegacy</literal>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</" +#~ "literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); " +#~ "alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver " +#~ "(<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is " +#~ "available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit " +#~ "<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the " +#~ "driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "На картах Intel без KMS Xserver використовує драйвер <literal>fbdev</" +#~ "literal> (драйвер <literal>intel</literal> підтримує тільки KMS); в " +#~ "якості альтернативи для застарілих відеокарт від Intel існує драйвер " +#~ "«intellegacy» (пакунок <systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</" +#~ "systemitem>), який ще підтримує UMS (User Mode Setting). Для його " +#~ "використання відредагуйте файл <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device." +#~ "conf</filename> та змініть драйвер на <literal>intellegacy</literal>." -#~ msgid "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the <literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter." -#~ msgstr "На сучасних картах ATI відступним варіантом є <literal>radeonhd</literal>. На картах NVIDIA без KMS використовується драйвер <literal>nv</literal> (драйвер <literal>nouveau</literal> підтримує тільки KMS). Зверніть увагу, що нові відеокарти від ATI і NVIDIA при вказівці параметра завантаження ядра <literal>nomodeset</literal> будуть використовувати драйвер <literal>fbdev</literal>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On " +#~ "NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the " +#~ "<literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and " +#~ "NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify " +#~ "the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "На сучасних картах ATI відступним варіантом є <literal>radeonhd</" +#~ "literal>. На картах NVIDIA без KMS використовується драйвер <literal>nv</" +#~ "literal> (драйвер <literal>nouveau</literal> підтримує тільки KMS). " +#~ "Зверніть увагу, що нові відеокарти від ATI і NVIDIA при вказівці " +#~ "параметра завантаження ядра <literal>nomodeset</literal> будуть " +#~ "використовувати драйвер <literal>fbdev</literal>." #~ msgid "Samba Version 4.1" #~ msgstr "Samba версії 4.1" -#~ msgid "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos." -#~ msgstr "Samba версії 4.1, що входить до складу openSUSE 13.1, не підтримує роботу в якості контролера домену Active Directory. Ця функція вимкнена через відсутність інтеграції з системним компонентом MIT Kerberos." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to " +#~ "operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This " +#~ "functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-" +#~ "wide MIT Kerberos." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Samba версії 4.1, що входить до складу openSUSE 13.1, не підтримує роботу " +#~ "в якості контролера домену Active Directory. Ця функція вимкнена через " +#~ "відсутність інтеграції з системним компонентом MIT Kerberos." #~ msgid "KDE and Bluetooth" #~ msgstr "KDE і Bluetooth" -#~ msgid "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions." -#~ msgstr "Стек Bluetooth надано Bluez 5 (новою версією без зворотної сумісності), необхідним оновленням для стільниці GNOME і деяких інших компонентів базової системи. На жаль, випущені на даний момент версії KDE підтримують тільки Bluez версії 4." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-" +#~ "incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some " +#~ "other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace " +#~ "only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Стек Bluetooth надано Bluez 5 (новою версією без зворотної сумісності), " +#~ "необхідним оновленням для стільниці GNOME і деяких інших компонентів " +#~ "базової системи. На жаль, випущені на даний момент версії KDE підтримують " +#~ "тільки Bluez версії 4." -#~ msgid "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, like file transfer." -#~ msgstr "Внаслідок цього команда спільноти openSUSE KDE пропонує неофіційний пакет Bluedevil, який надає базові функції: спарювання пристроїв і підтримка bluetooth-мишок. Деякі функції не підтримуються. Зокрема, пересилання файлів." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil " +#~ "package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or " +#~ "support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work " +#~ "jet, like file transfer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Внаслідок цього команда спільноти openSUSE KDE пропонує неофіційний пакет " +#~ "Bluedevil, який надає базові функції: спарювання пристроїв і підтримка " +#~ "bluetooth-мишок. Деякі функції не підтримуються. Зокрема, пересилання " +#~ "файлів." -#~ msgid "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing." -#~ msgstr "Наразі повідомлення про помилки підтримки Bluetooth KDE не приймаються, робота над перенесенням Bluedevil на Bluez 5 ведеться." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE " +#~ "as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Наразі повідомлення про помилки підтримки Bluetooth KDE не приймаються, " +#~ "робота над перенесенням Bluedevil на Bluez 5 ведеться." #~ msgid "Skype" #~ msgstr "Skype" -#~ msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:" -#~ msgstr "При використанні PulseAudio 4.0 виникає помилка в поточній версії Skype для Linux (v4.2). До виправлення і оновлення Skype запускайте <command>skype</command> з командного рядка:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux " +#~ "(v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> " +#~ "from the command line:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "При використанні PulseAudio 4.0 виникає помилка в поточній версії Skype " +#~ "для Linux (v4.2). До виправлення і оновлення Skype запускайте " +#~ "<command>skype</command> з командного рядка:" #~ msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" #~ msgstr "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" -#~ msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." -#~ msgstr "Детальнішу інформацію ви можете знайти на <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan." +#~ "net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Детальнішу інформацію ви можете знайти на <ulink url=\"http://" +#~ "arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." #~ msgid "AutoYaST" #~ msgstr "AutoYaST" -#~ msgid "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations." -#~ msgstr "Якщо в профілі autoyast містить записи в секції <literal><add-on></literal>, це призводить до появи помилки, що перешкоджає передачі відомостей профілю з першої стадії до другої. У цьому випадку всі кроки налаштування другої стадії пропускаються, що в загальному випадку призводить до повної неможливості використання встановленої системи." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></" +#~ "literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in " +#~ "the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second " +#~ "stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are " +#~ "skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable " +#~ "installations." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо в профілі autoyast містить записи в секції <literal><add-on></" +#~ "literal>, це призводить до появи помилки, що перешкоджає передачі " +#~ "відомостей профілю з першої стадії до другої. У цьому випадку всі кроки " +#~ "налаштування другої стадії пропускаються, що в загальному випадку " +#~ "призводить до повної неможливості використання встановленої системи." -#~ msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." -#~ msgstr "Як тимчасове рішення не використовуйте секції <literal><add-on></literal> в профілях AutoYaST з openSUSE 13.1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> " +#~ "sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Як тимчасове рішення не використовуйте секції <literal><add-on></" +#~ "literal> в профілях AutoYaST з openSUSE 13.1." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 13.1</phrase> Release Notes" @@ -894,8 +1029,19 @@ #~ msgid "Version: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)" #~ msgstr "12.1.6 (2011-11-07)" -#~ msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." -#~ msgstr "Цим надається дозвіл на копіювання, розповсюдження та/або зміну цього документа за умови дотримання всіх пунктів GNU Free Documentation License, версії 1.2 або будь-якої наступної за нею у тому вигляді, у якому її оприлюднено Free Software Foundation; без незмінних розділів, вступу і завершення. Копія ліцензії додається у вигляді файла <filename>fdl.txt</filename>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document " +#~ "under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any " +#~ "later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no " +#~ "Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy " +#~ "of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Цим надається дозвіл на копіювання, розповсюдження та/або зміну цього " +#~ "документа за умови дотримання всіх пунктів GNU Free Documentation " +#~ "License, версії 1.2 або будь-якої наступної за нею у тому вигляді, у " +#~ "якому її оприлюднено Free Software Foundation; без незмінних розділів, " +#~ "вступу і завершення. Копія ліцензії додається у вигляді файла " +#~ "<filename>fdl.txt</filename>." #~ msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:" #~ msgstr "Ці примітки до випуску стосуються наступного:" @@ -905,8 +1051,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Загальне: Інформація, яку повинен прочитати кожен." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." -#~ msgstr "Технічне: Цей розділ містить відомості для досвідченого користувача про технічні зміни та вдосконалення." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of " +#~ "technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Технічне: Цей розділ містить відомості для досвідченого користувача про " +#~ "технічні зміни та вдосконалення." # %s is e.g. SCSI, CD-ROM, USB #, fuzzy @@ -920,9 +1070,15 @@ #~ msgstr "Керування живленням" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Find more detailed information about new features at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>." -#~ msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>." -#~ msgstr "Детальнішу інформацію про нові можливості можна знайти за адресою <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Find more detailed information about new features at <ulink url=\"http://" +#~| "en.opensuse.org/AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader" +#~ "\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Детальнішу інформацію про нові можливості можна знайти за адресою <ulink " +#~ "url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Network Interface" @@ -975,8 +1131,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Виберіть мережний пристрій." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Note: systemd does not honor obsolete sysconfig variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</literal>." -#~ msgstr "Відкрийте файл <filename>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</filename> від імені <literal>адміністратора</literal>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note: systemd does not honor obsolete sysconfig variables in <filename>/" +#~ "etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</" +#~ "literal>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Відкрийте файл <filename>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</filename> від імені " +#~ "<literal>адміністратора</literal>." #~ msgid "Version:" #~ msgstr "Версія: " @@ -1003,8 +1164,12 @@ #~ msgid "YaST AppArmor Configuration Module" #~ msgstr "YaST модуль налаштування AppArmor" -#~ msgid "FATE Categories for <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse.org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST." -#~ msgstr "Категорії FATE для <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse.org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "FATE Categories for <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse." +#~ "org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Категорії FATE для <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse." +#~ "org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST." #~ msgid "GNOME 3" #~ msgstr "GNOME 3" @@ -1041,20 +1206,51 @@ #~ msgstr "Помилка вилучення запиту (%1)." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "This is just the initial version of the release notes for <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>." -#~ msgid "This is just the initial version of the release notes for the forthcoming <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>." -#~ msgstr "Це тільки початкова версія приміток до випуску <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "This is just the initial version of the release notes for <phrase os=" +#~| "\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is just the initial version of the release notes for the forthcoming " +#~ "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Це тільки початкова версія приміток до випуску <phrase os=\"slprof" +#~ "\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>." -#~ msgid "This public beta test is part of the openSUSE project. Information about the project is available at <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>." -#~ msgstr "Цю тестову бета-версію випущено проектом openSUSE. Інформацію про цей проект можна знайти на <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This public beta test is part of the openSUSE project. Information about " +#~ "the project is available at <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Цю тестову бета-версію випущено проектом openSUSE. Інформацію про цей " +#~ "проект можна знайти на <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.1beta in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component." -#~ msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.4 in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component." -#~ msgstr "Інформацію про відомі вади цієї бета-версії можна знайти на openSUSE вікі <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Будь ласка, повідомте про всі вади, знайдені в openSUSE 11.1beta на Novell Bugzilla <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. Якщо ви хочете, щоб щось було додано до цих приміток до випуску, будь ласка, напишіть звіт про ваду у компонент <quote>Release Notes</quote>." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at " +#~| "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please " +#~| "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.1beta " +#~| "in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/" +#~| "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to " +#~| "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release " +#~| "Notes</quote> component." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at " +#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please " +#~ "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.4 in " +#~ "the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/" +#~ "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to " +#~ "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release " +#~ "Notes</quote> component." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Інформацію про відомі вади цієї бета-версії можна знайти на openSUSE вікі " +#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Будь " +#~ "ласка, повідомте про всі вади, знайдені в openSUSE 11.1beta на Novell " +#~ "Bugzilla <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. " +#~ "Якщо ви хочете, щоб щось було додано до цих приміток до випуску, будь " +#~ "ласка, напишіть звіт про ваду у компонент <quote>Release Notes</quote>." #~ msgid "Prerelease Notes: Information relevant for alpha and beta releases." -#~ msgstr "Попередні примітки: Інформація, що стосується альфа- і бета-випусків." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Попередні примітки: Інформація, що стосується альфа- і бета-випусків." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase> Release Notes" @@ -1062,12 +1258,46 @@ #~ msgstr "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase> Примітки до випуску" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.2 in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component." -#~ msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE Factory in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component." -#~ msgstr "Інформацію про відомі вади цієї бета-версії можна знайти на openSUSE вікі <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Будь ласка, повідомте про всі вади, знайдені в openSUSE 11.2 на Novell Bugzilla <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. Якщо ви хочете, щоб щось було додано до цих приміток до випуску, будь ласка, напишіть звіт про ваду в компонент <quote>Release Notes</quote>." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at " +#~| "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please " +#~| "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.2 in " +#~| "the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/" +#~| "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to " +#~| "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release " +#~| "Notes</quote> component." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at " +#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please " +#~ "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE Factory " +#~ "in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/" +#~ "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to " +#~ "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release " +#~ "Notes</quote> component." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Інформацію про відомі вади цієї бета-версії можна знайти на openSUSE вікі " +#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Будь " +#~ "ласка, повідомте про всі вади, знайдені в openSUSE 11.2 на Novell " +#~ "Bugzilla <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. " +#~ "Якщо ви хочете, щоб щось було додано до цих приміток до випуску, будь " +#~ "ласка, напишіть звіт про ваду в компонент <quote>Release Notes</quote>." -#~ msgid "The release notes are under constant development. Download the newest version as part of the Internet test or refer to <ulink url=\"http://www.suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. <phrase role=\"transwarn\">We update the English release notes whenever need arises. This means that translations might temporarily be incomplete.</phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn\">The translations are updated to match later.</phrase>" -#~ msgstr "Примітки до випуску постійно оновлюються. Звантажте найновішу версію під час перевірки з'єднання з Інтернет або завітайте до <ulink url=\"http://www.suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. <phrase role=\"transwarn\">Ми оновлюємо англійську версію приміток до випуску будь-коли за потреби. Це може бути причиною того, що переклади тимчасово можуть бути неповними.</phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn\">Переклади буде оновлено пізніше.</phrase>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The release notes are under constant development. Download the newest " +#~ "version as part of the Internet test or refer to <ulink url=\"http://www." +#~ "suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. <phrase " +#~ "role=\"transwarn\">We update the English release notes whenever need " +#~ "arises. This means that translations might temporarily be incomplete.</" +#~ "phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn\">The translations are updated to match " +#~ "later.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Примітки до випуску постійно оновлюються. Звантажте найновішу версію під " +#~ "час перевірки з'єднання з Інтернет або завітайте до <ulink url=\"http://" +#~ "www.suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. " +#~ "<phrase role=\"transwarn\">Ми оновлюємо англійську версію приміток до " +#~ "випуску будь-коли за потреби. Це може бути причиною того, що переклади " +#~ "тимчасово можуть бути неповними.</phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn" +#~ "\">Переклади буде оновлено пізніше.</phrase>" #~ msgid "KDE" #~ msgstr "KDE" @@ -1093,16 +1323,47 @@ #~ msgid "N/A—Codename openSUSE 11.2" #~ msgstr "N/A—кодова назва openSUSE 11.2" -#~ msgid "The code name for openSUSE 11.2 is N/A. The boot picture was taken by N/A" -#~ msgstr "Кодова назва openSUSE 11.2 - н/д. Зображення завантаження було взято: н/д" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The code name for openSUSE 11.2 is N/A. The boot picture was taken by N/A" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кодова назва openSUSE 11.2 - н/д. Зображення завантаження було взято: н/д" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic system configuration. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is explained in detail. Additionally, the most important applications are described in the GNOME and KDE User Guides. Detailed information on using AppArmor is provided by the AppArmor Administration Guide." -#~ msgid "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic system configuration. There is also an Installation QuickSart Guide now. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is explained in detail. Find basic information on GNOME and KDE in the QuickStart Guides. Additionally, the most important applications are described in the Applications, GNOME, and KDE User Guide. Detailed information on security issues is provided by the Security Manual." -#~ msgstr "В Посібнику для запуску ви знайдете інформацію про встановлення і просте налаштування системи. В Довідковому посібнику докладно пояснено налаштування системи. Крім того, найважливіші програми описані в Посібниках для користувачів KDE та GNOME. Докладну інформацію про використання AppArmor можна знайти у Довіднику з адміністрування AppArmor." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic " +#~| "system configuration. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration " +#~| "is explained in detail. Additionally, the most important applications " +#~| "are described in the GNOME and KDE User Guides. Detailed information on " +#~| "using AppArmor is provided by the AppArmor Administration Guide." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic " +#~ "system configuration. There is also an Installation QuickSart Guide now. " +#~ "In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is explained in detail. " +#~ "Find basic information on GNOME and KDE in the QuickStart Guides. " +#~ "Additionally, the most important applications are described in the " +#~ "Applications, GNOME, and KDE User Guide. Detailed information on security " +#~ "issues is provided by the Security Manual." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В Посібнику для запуску ви знайдете інформацію про встановлення і просте " +#~ "налаштування системи. В Довідковому посібнику докладно пояснено " +#~ "налаштування системи. Крім того, найважливіші програми описані в " +#~ "Посібниках для користувачів KDE та GNOME. Докладну інформацію про " +#~ "використання AppArmor можна знайти у Довіднику з адміністрування AppArmor." -#~ msgid "Update: Changes that are not mentioned in the Reference Guide, Chapter 5." -#~ msgstr "Оновлення: Зміни, про які не згадується в Довідковому посібнику, глава 5." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Update: Changes that are not mentioned in the Reference Guide, Chapter 5." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Оновлення: Зміни, про які не згадується в Довідковому посібнику, глава 5." -#~ msgid "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic system configuration. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is explained in detail. Find basic information on GNOME and KDE in the QuickStart Guides. Detailed information on using AppArmor is provided by the AppArmor Administration Guide." -#~ msgstr "В Посібнику для запуску ви знайдете інформацію про встановлення і просте налаштування системи. В Довідковому посібнику докладно пояснено налаштування системи. Крім того, найважливіші програми описані в Посібниках для користувачів KDE та GNOME. Докладну інформацію про використання AppArmor можна знайти у Довіднику з адміністрування AppArmor." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic " +#~ "system configuration. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is " +#~ "explained in detail. Find basic information on GNOME and KDE in the " +#~ "QuickStart Guides. Detailed information on using AppArmor is provided by " +#~ "the AppArmor Administration Guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В Посібнику для запуску ви знайдете інформацію про встановлення і просте " +#~ "налаштування системи. В Довідковому посібнику докладно пояснено " +#~ "налаштування системи. Крім того, найважливіші програми описані в " +#~ "Посібниках для користувачів KDE та GNOME. Докладну інформацію про " +#~ "використання AppArmor можна знайти у Довіднику з адміністрування AppArmor." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90881 - branches
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14

16 Dec '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-12-16 16:18:24 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90881 Added: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/ Log: 2014-12-16T16:12:45+0100 from trunk -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90880 - trunk/yast/ar/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14

16 Dec '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-12-16 14:58:54 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90880 Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2014-12-16 13:56:06 UTC (rev 90879) +++ trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2014-12-16 13:58:54 UTC (rev 90880) @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 " -"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n" "X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n" #. module description @@ -390,14 +389,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت الذي تريد استخدامه، ثم انقر فوق " -"التالي.\n" +msgstr "حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت الذي تريد استخدامه، ثم انقر فوق التالي.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق " -"إنهاء.\n" +msgstr "حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق إنهاء.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -1162,8 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "" "حدد سواقة، وأدخل وسيطًا فيها، ثم اضغط بدء التحقق\n" "أو استخدم فحص ملف ISO ثم حدد ملف ISO.\n" -"لإجراء التحقق يستغرق التحقق عدة دقائق حسب سرعة محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. " -"يتأكد \n" +"لإجراء التحقق يستغرق التحقق عدة دقائق حسب سرعة محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. يتأكد \n" "التحقق من صحة مجموع MD5 الاختباري. " #. help text - media check 4/8 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90879 - trunk/yast/pt_BR/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14

16 Dec '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-12-16 14:56:06 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90879 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:56:06 UTC (rev 90879) @@ -186,7 +186,6 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -#| msgid "Authenticated Clients" msgid "Authentication Client" msgstr "Cliente de autenticação" @@ -214,24 +213,7 @@ #. initialize GUI #: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "" -"SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and " -"authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one " -"authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication " -"domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the " -"next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected " -"providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected " -"identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: " -"proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal " -"provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for " -"more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat " -"Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory " -"provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP " -"authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa " -"FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad " -"Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to " -"some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. " -"The default auth provider is the id_provider. " +msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " msgstr "" #. Define Global Parameters @@ -240,94 +222,49 @@ msgstr "Indica qual é a sintaxe do arquivo de configuração." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "" -"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo serviços que são iniciados " -"quando o próprio sssd inicia." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo serviços que são iniciados quando o próprio sssd inicia." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"Número de vezes que os serviços devem tentar se reconectar caso um provedor " -"de dados trave ou reinicie" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Número de vezes que os serviços devem tentar se reconectar caso um provedor de dados trave ou reinicie" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "" -"SSSD pode utilizar vários domínios ao mesmo tempo, mas ao meno um deve ser " -"configurado, caso contrário o SSSD não será inicializado." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "SSSD pode utilizar vários domínios ao mesmo tempo, mas ao meno um deve ser configurado, caso contrário o SSSD não será inicializado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." -msgstr "" -"Este parâmetro contém a lista de domínios na ordem pela qual serão " -"pesquisados." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +msgstr "Este parâmetro contém a lista de domínios na ordem pela qual serão pesquisados." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "" -"A expressão regular padrão que descreve como analisar a string contendo nome " -"de usuário e domínio nestes componentes" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "A expressão regular padrão que descreve como analisar a string contendo nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"O formato padrão compatível com printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma " -"tupla (nome, domínio) em um nome completamente qualificado." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "O formato padrão compatível com printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla (nome, domínio) em um nome completamente qualificado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "" -"O SSSD monitora o estado do resolv.conf para identificar quando é necessário " -"atualizar seu resolver de DNS interno." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "O SSSD monitora o estado do resolv.conf para identificar quando é necessário atualizar seu resolver de DNS interno." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, tentaremos utilizar o inotify para isto. Caso não seja possível " -"utilizá-lo, reverteremos para o polling do resolv.conf a cada 5 segundos." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "Por padrão, tentaremos utilizar o inotify para isto. Caso não seja possível utilizá-lo, reverteremos para o polling do resolv.conf a cada 5 segundos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." -msgstr "" -"O diretório no sistema de arquivos no qual o SSSD deve armazenar os arquivos " -"do cache de replay do Kerberos." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgstr "O diretório no sistema de arquivos no qual o SSSD deve armazenar os arquivos do cache de replay do Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." -msgstr "" -"Esta string será utilizada como um nome de domínio padrão para todos os nomes " -"sem um componente de nome de domínio." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgstr "Esta string será utilizada como um nome de domínio padrão para todos os nomes sem um componente de nome de domínio." #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose " -"mode." -msgstr "" -"A máscara de bits que indica quais níveis de depuração serão visíveis. 0x0010 " -"é o valor padrão, bem como o menor valor permitido. 0xFFF0 é o modo mais " -"descritivo." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +msgstr "A máscara de bits que indica quais níveis de depuração serão visíveis. 0x0010 é o valor padrão, bem como o menor valor permitido. 0xFFF0 é o modo mais descritivo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -342,93 +279,49 @@ msgstr "Tempo de espera em segundos entre batidas para este serviço." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção especifica a quantidade máxima de descritores de arquivos que " -"podem ser abertos de uma única vez por este processo SSSD." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "Esta opção especifica a quantidade máxima de descritores de arquivos que podem ser abertos de uma única vez por este processo SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção especifica a quantidade de segundos pela qual um cliente de um " -"processo SSSD pode manter um descritor de arquivo aberto sem se comunicar " -"através dele." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "Esta opção especifica a quantidade de segundos pela qual um cliente de um processo SSSD pode manter um descritor de arquivo aberto sem se comunicar através dele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "" -"Se um serviço não está respondendo às verificações pind (veja a opção " -"\"timeout\"), ele receberá primeiro o sinal SIGTERM, que o instruirá a " -"terminar corretamente." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "Se um serviço não está respondendo às verificações pind (veja a opção \"timeout\"), ele receberá primeiro o sinal SIGTERM, que o instruirá a terminar corretamente." #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"O cache de entradas pode ser configurado para atualizar automaticamentes em " -"background as entradas ser elas forem requisitadas além da porcentagem do " -"valor de entry_cache_timeout para o domínio." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "O cache de entradas pode ser configurado para atualizar automaticamentes em background as entradas ser elas forem requisitadas além da porcentagem do valor de entry_cache_timeout para o domínio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that " -"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before " -"asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve realizar cache de hits " -"negativos de cache (ou seja, pesquisas por entradas inválidas de banco de " -"dados, como entradas inexistentes) antes de consultar novamente a " -"infraestrutura." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve realizar cache de hits negativos de cache (ou seja, pesquisas por entradas inválidas de banco de dados, como entradas inexistentes) antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" -"Excluir determinados usuários dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do " -"sss." +msgstr "Excluir determinados usuários dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do sss." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" -"Excluir determinados grupos dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do " -"sss." +msgstr "Excluir determinados grupos dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do sss." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Se você deseja que o usuário filtrado ainda seja membro de algum grupo, " -"configure esta opção como \"falsa\"." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Se você deseja que o usuário filtrado ainda seja membro de algum grupo, configure esta opção como \"falsa\"." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário. Você pode fornecer um valor absoluto ou " -"um modelo." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário. Você pode fornecer um valor absoluto ou um modelo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Configure um modelo padrão para o diretório de usuário se nenhum estiver " -"especificado explicitamente pelo provedor de dados do domínio." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Configure um modelo padrão para o diretório de usuário se nenhum estiver especificado explicitamente pelo provedor de dados do domínio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -443,69 +336,37 @@ msgstr "Substitui quaisquer instâncias desses shells com o shell_fallback" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"O shell padrão a ser utilizado se um shell permitido não estiver instalado na " -"máquina." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "O shell padrão a ser utilizado se um shell permitido não estiver instalado na máquina." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"O shell padrão a ser utilizado se provedor não retornar um durante a " -"pesquisa." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "O shell padrão a ser utilizado se provedor não retornar um durante a pesquisa." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o tempo em segundo durante o qual a lista de subdomínios será " -"considerada válida." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "Especifica o tempo em segundo durante o qual a lista de subdomínios será considerada válida." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o tempo em segundos durante o qual os registros no cache em " -"memória serão válidos." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "Especifica o tempo em segundos durante o qual os registros no cache em memória serão válidos." #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"Se o provedor de autenticação estiver offline, por quanto tempo permitiremos " -"logins em cache (em dias contados a partir do último login bem-sucedido)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "Se o provedor de autenticação estiver offline, por quanto tempo permitiremos logins em cache (em dias contados a partir do último login bem-sucedido)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has " -"been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"O tempo em minutos a aguardar após offline_failed_login_attempts ter sido " -"atingido antes que uma nova tentativa de login seja possível." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "O tempo em minutos a aguardar após offline_failed_login_attempts ter sido atingido antes que uma nova tentativa de login seja possível." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Controla quais tipos de mensagens são exibidas para o usuário durante a " -"autenticação." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "Controla quais tipos de mensagens são exibidas para o usuário durante a autenticação." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"Para qualquer requisição PAM enquanto o SSSD estiver online, o SSSD tentará " -"atualizar imediatamente as informações de identidade em cache para o usuário " -"de forma a garantir que a autenticação seja realizada com as últimas " -"informações." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "Para qualquer requisição PAM enquanto o SSSD estiver online, o SSSD tentará atualizar imediatamente as informações de identidade em cache para o usuário de forma a garantir que a autenticação seja realizada com as últimas informações." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 @@ -515,143 +376,80 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that " -"implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"Se a avaliação dos atributos sudoNotBefore e sudoNotAfter deve ocorrer ou " -"não. Esses atributos implementam entradas de sudoers dependentes de horário." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "Se a avaliação dos atributos sudoNotBefore e sudoNotAfter deve ocorrer ou não. Esses atributos implementam entradas de sudoers dependentes de horário." #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica por quantos segundos o responder do autofs deve manter o cache de " -"hits negativos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o responder do autofs deve manter o cache de hits negativos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Define se deve ou não ser realizado o hash de nomes de máquinas de endereços " -"no arquivo known_hosts." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "Define se deve ou não ser realizado o hash de nomes de máquinas de endereços no arquivo known_hosts." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"Por quantos segundos uma máquina deve ser mantida no arquivo gerenciado " -"known_hosts após a requisição de suas chaves." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "Por quantos segundos uma máquina deve ser mantida no arquivo gerenciado known_hosts após a requisição de suas chaves." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Limites de UID e GID para o domínio. Se um domínio contiver uma entrada que " -"estiver fora desses limites, ele será ignorado." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "Limites de UID e GID para o domínio. Se um domínio contiver uma entrada que estiver fora desses limites, ele será ignorado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." msgstr "Determina se um domínio pode ser enumerado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"Se o serviço não terminar após \"force_timeout\" segundos, o monitor o " -"desligará de maneira forçada enviando um sinal SIGKILL." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "Se o serviço não terminar após \"force_timeout\" segundos, o monitor o desligará de maneira forçada enviando um sinal SIGKILL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas como válidas antes " -"de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de usuário como " -"válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de usuário como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de grupo como " -"válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de grupo como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de netgroup " -"válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de netgroup válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de serviço como " -"válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de serviço como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Por quantos segundos o sudo deve considerar as regras como válidas antes de " -"consultar novamente a infraestrutura." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Por quantos segundos o sudo deve considerar as regras como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Por quantos segundos o serviço autofs deve considerar os mapas do automounter " -"como válidos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Por quantos segundos o serviço autofs deve considerar os mapas do automounter como válidos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "" -"Determina se as credenciais do usuário também serão armazenadas em cache no " -"cache local LDB." +msgstr "Determina se as credenciais do usuário também serão armazenadas em cache no cache local LDB." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"Quantidade de dias durante os quais as entradas serão mantidas no cache após " -"o último login bem-sucedido antes que sejam removidas durante uma limpeza de " -"cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "Quantidade de dias durante os quais as entradas serão mantidas no cache após o último login bem-sucedido antes que sejam removidas durante uma limpeza de cache." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor de identificação utilizado para o domínio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"Utilize o nome completo e domínio (como formatado pelo full_name_format do " -"domínio) como nome do usuário relatado ao NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "Utilize o nome completo e domínio (como formatado pelo full_name_format do domínio) como nome do usuário relatado ao NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." @@ -662,10 +460,8 @@ msgstr "O provedor de controle de acesso utilizado pelo domínio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "" -"O provedor que deve gerenciar operações de alteração de senha para o domínio." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar operações de alteração de senha para o domínio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." @@ -673,8 +469,7 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." -msgstr "" -"O provedor que deve gerenciar o carregamento das configurações do selinux." +msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar o carregamento das configurações do selinux." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." @@ -689,48 +484,28 @@ msgstr "O provedor utilizar para receber informações de identidade da máquina." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"Expressão regular para este domínio que descreve como analisar a string " -"contendo o nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "Expressão regular para este domínio que descreve como analisar a string contendo o nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Um formato compatível com o printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla " -"(nome, domínio) para este domínio em um nome completamente qualificado." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Um formato compatível com o printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla (nome, domínio) para este domínio em um nome completamente qualificado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"Fornece a habilidade de selecionar famílias de endereços preferidos a serem " -"utilizados durante a pesquisa de DNS." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "Fornece a habilidade de selecionar famílias de endereços preferidos a serem utilizados durante a pesquisa de DNS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Define por quanto tempo (em segundos) deve-se aguardar por uma resposta do " -"resolver DNS antes de assumir que ele está inatingível." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "Define por quanto tempo (em segundos) deve-se aguardar por uma resposta do resolver DNS antes de assumir que ele está inatingível." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." msgstr "Utilize a parte do domínio do nome de máquina." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"Se a descoberta de serviço for utilizada na infraestrutura, especifique a " -"parte do domínio da consulta DNS de descoberta de domínio." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "Se a descoberta de serviço for utilizada na infraestrutura, especifique a parte do domínio da consulta DNS de descoberta de domínio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -741,50 +516,29 @@ msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas e minúsculas nos nomes de usuário e grupo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"Quando um usuário ou grupo é pesquisado por nome no provedor de proxy, uma " -"segunda consulta por ID é realizada para 'canonizar' o nome pesquisado caso " -"ele seja um apelido." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "Quando um usuário ou grupo é pesquisado por nome no provedor de proxy, uma segunda consulta por ID é realizada para 'canonizar' o nome pesquisado caso ele seja um apelido." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"User este homedir como valor padrão para todos os subdomínios dentro deste " -"domínio." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "User este homedir como valor padrão para todos os subdomínios dentro deste domínio." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." -msgstr "" -"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo login é permitido." +msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo login é permitido." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é permitido. " -"Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é permitido. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "" -"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo acesso é " -"explicitamente negado." +msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo acesso é explicitamente negado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é " -"explicitamente negado. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio " -"SSSD." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é explicitamente negado. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." @@ -793,42 +547,24 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"As ferramentas concatenam o nome de login ao base_directory utilizam o " -"resultado como diretório do usuário." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "As ferramentas concatenam o nome de login ao base_directory utilizam o resultado como diretório do usuário." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "" -"Indica se um diretório home deve ser criado por padrão para novos usuários." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "Indica se um diretório home deve ser criado por padrão para novos usuários." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"Indica se um diretório home deve ser excluído por padrão para usuários " -"excluídos." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "Indica se um diretório home deve ser excluído por padrão para usuários excluídos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Utilizado pelo sss_useradd(8) para especificar as permissões padrão em um " -"diretório home recém-criado." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "Utilizado pelo sss_useradd(8) para especificar as permissões padrão em um diretório home recém-criado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "" -"O diretório esqueleto que contém arquivos e diretórios a serem copiados para " -"o diretório do usuário, quando ele for criado pelo sss_useradd(8)." +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "O diretório esqueleto que contém arquivos e diretórios a serem copiados para o diretório do usuário, quando ele for criado pelo sss_useradd(8)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -840,26 +576,16 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula que contém as URIs dos " -"servidores LDAP nos quais o SSSD deve se conectar na ordem de preferência." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula que contém as URIs dos servidores LDAP nos quais o SSSD deve se conectar na ordem de preferência." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo URIs dos " -"servidores LDAP aos quais o SSSd deve ser conectar em ordem de preferência " -"para alterar a senha de um usuário." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo URIs dos servidores LDAP aos quais o SSSd deve ser conectar em ordem de preferência para alterar a senha de um usuário." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "" -"O DB base padrão a ser utilizado para realizar operações em usuários LDAP." +msgstr "O DB base padrão a ser utilizado para realizar operações em usuários LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." @@ -891,16 +617,14 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "" -"O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador de grupo primário do usuário." +msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador de grupo primário do usuário." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao campo gecos do usuário." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome do diretório do usuário." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 @@ -916,179 +640,88 @@ msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o objectSID de um objeto de usuário LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última modificação no objeto pai." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última modificação no objeto pai." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um " -"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data da última " -"alteração de senha)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data da última alteração de senha)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um " -"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade mínima da " -"senha)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade mínima da senha)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um " -"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade máxima da " -"senha)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade máxima da senha)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um " -"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de aviso)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de aviso)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um " -"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de " -"inatividade da senha)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de inatividade da senha)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ou ldap_access_expire_policy=shadow, este " -"parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente " -"shadow(5) (data de expiração da conta)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ou ldap_access_expire_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data de expiração da conta)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um " -"atributo LDAp que armazena a data e horário da última alteração de senha no " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAp que armazena a data e horário da última alteração de senha no kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um " -"atributo LDAP que armazena a data e horário de expiração da senha atual." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena a data e horário de expiração da senha atual." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um " -"atributo LDAP que armazena o horário de expiração da conta." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena o horário de expiração da conta." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um " -"atributo LDAP que armazena o campo de bit de controle de conta do usuário." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena o campo de bit de controle de conta do usuário." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou equivalente, este parâmetro " -"determina se o acesso é permitido ou não." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou equivalente, este parâmetro determina se o acesso é permitido ou não." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina se o " -"acesso é permitido ou não." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina se o acesso é permitido ou não." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina até " -"qual data o acesso será permitido." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina até qual data o acesso será permitido." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina a " -"quantidade de horas por dia durante as quais o acesso é permitido." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina a quantidade de horas por dia durante as quais o acesso é permitido." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." -msgstr "" -"O atributo LDAP que contém o nome principal de usuário do Kerberos (UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome principal de usuário do Kerberos (UPN)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém as chaves públicas de SSH do usuário." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm " -"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "" -"Alguns servidores de dicionário (ex.: Active Directory), podem enviar a parte " -"realm do UPN em minúscula, o que pode causar falha na autenticação." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Alguns servidores de dicionário (ex.: Active Directory), podem enviar a parte realm do UPN em minúscula, o que pode causar falha na autenticação." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "" -"Configure esta opção para \"verdadeiro\" se quiser utilizar um realm em " -"maiúsculas." +msgstr "Configure esta opção para \"verdadeiro\" se quiser utilizar um realm em maiúsculas." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"Especifica por quantos segundos o SSSD deve aguardar antes de atualizar o " -"cache de registros enumerados." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o SSSD deve aguardar antes de atualizar o cache de registros enumerados." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"Determina a frequência de verificação do cache por entradas inativas (ex.: " -"grupos vazios e usuários que nunca efetuaram login) e as remove para limpar " -"espaço." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "Determina a frequência de verificação do cache por entradas inativas (ex.: grupos vazios e usuários que nunca efetuaram login) e as remove para limpar espaço." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." @@ -1099,25 +732,12 @@ msgstr "O atributo LDAP que lista os grupos dos quais o usuário faz parte." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e " -"ldap_access_order=authorized_service, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo " -"authorizedService na entrada do usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de " -"acesso." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=authorized_service, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo authorizedService na entrada do usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de acesso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=host, o SSSD " -"utilizará a presença do atributo host na entrada de usuário LDAP para " -"determinar o privilégio de acesso." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=host, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo host na entrada de usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de acesso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -1144,43 +764,20 @@ msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o objectSID de um objeto de grupo LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última alteração do objeto pai." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última alteração do objeto pai." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Se o ldap_schema estiver definido para um formato de esquema que suporta " -"grupos aninhados (ex.: RFC2307bis), então esta opção controla quantos níveis " -"de aninhamento o SSSD irá seguir." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "Se o ldap_schema estiver definido para um formato de esquema que suporta grupos aninhados (ex.: RFC2307bis), então esta opção controla quantos níveis de aninhamento o SSSD irá seguir." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do " -"Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações de pesquisa de " -"grupos em implantações com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de " -"aninhamento." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações de pesquisa de grupos em implantações com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de aninhamento." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing " -"with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do " -"Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações initgroups " -"(notavelmente ao lidar com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de " -"aninhamento)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações initgroups (notavelmente ao lidar com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de aninhamento)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -1195,14 +792,11 @@ msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os nomes dos membros do netgroup." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"O atributo LDAP que contém as triplas (máquina, usuário, domínio) do netgroup." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém as triplas (máquina, usuário, domínio) do netgroup." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o UUID/GUID de um objeto netgroup do LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 @@ -1210,123 +804,68 @@ msgstr "A classe de objeto de uma entrada de serviço no LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." -msgstr "" -"O atributo LDAP que contém o nome de atributos de serviço e seus apelidos." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome de atributos de serviço e seus apelidos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém a porta gerenciada por este serviço." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os protocolos entendidos por este serviço." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap podem ser " -"executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache retornados (e " -"antes que seja ativado o modo offline)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap podem ser executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache retornados (e antes que seja ativado o modo offline)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap por " -"enumerações de usuários e grupos podem ser executadas antes que sejam " -"canceladas e os resultados em cache sejam retornados (e antes que seja " -"ativado o modo offline)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap por enumerações de usuários e grupos podem ser executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache sejam retornados (e antes que seja ativado o modo offline)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o timeout (em segundos) após o qual o poll(2)/select(2) que segue " -"um connect(2) retorna caso não haja nenhuma atividade." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) após o qual o poll(2)/select(2) que segue um connect(2) retorna caso não haja nenhuma atividade." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"Especifica um timeout (em segundos) após o qual as chamadas para as APIs " -"síncronas do LDAP serão canceladas se nenhuma resposta for recebida." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "Especifica um timeout (em segundos) após o qual as chamadas para as APIs síncronas do LDAP serão canceladas se nenhuma resposta for recebida." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." -msgstr "" -"Especifica um timeout (em segundos) pelo qual uma conexão a um servidor LDAP " -"será mantida." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "Especifica um timeout (em segundos) pelo qual uma conexão a um servidor LDAP será mantida." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some " -"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o número de registros a recuperar do LDAP em uma única requisição. " -"Alguns servidores LDAP forçam um limite máximo por requisição." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "Especifica o número de registros a recuperar do LDAP em uma única requisição. Alguns servidores LDAP forçam um limite máximo por requisição." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Desabilitar o controle de paginação LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"Ao se comunicar com um servidor LDAP utilizando SASL, especifique o nível de " -"segurança mínimo necessário para estabelecer a conexão." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "Ao se comunicar com um servidor LDAP utilizando SASL, especifique o nível de segurança mínimo necessário para estabelecer a conexão." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"Especifique a quantidade de membros de grupo que devem estar faltando no " -"cache interno para que uma pesquisa de derreferenciamento seja iniciada." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "Especifique a quantidade de membros de grupo que devem estar faltando no cache interno para que uma pesquisa de derreferenciamento seja iniciada." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." -msgstr "" -"Especifica quais verificações deverão ser realizadas nos certificados de " -"servidor em uma sessão TLS, se existirem." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." +msgstr "Especifica quais verificações deverão ser realizadas nos certificados de servidor em uma sessão TLS, se existirem." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o arquivo que contém certificados para todas as autoridades " -"certificadoras que serão reconhecidas pelo sssd." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "Especifica o arquivo que contém certificados para todas as autoridades certificadoras que serão reconhecidas pelo sssd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o caminho de um diretório que contém certificados de uma " -"autoridade certificadora em arquivos individuais." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "Especifica o caminho de um diretório que contém certificados de uma autoridade certificadora em arquivos individuais." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." @@ -1341,22 +880,12 @@ msgstr "Especifica conjuntos de cifras aceitáveis." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que a conexão id_provider deve utilizar também TLS para proteger o " -"canal." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "Especifica que a conexão id_provider deve utilizar também TLS para proteger o canal." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on " -"ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que o SSSD deve tentar mapear os identificadores de usuário e " -"grupo a partir dos atributos ldap_user_objectsid e ldap_group_objectsid ao " -"invés de confiar nos atributos ldap_user_uid_number e ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "Especifica que o SSSD deve tentar mapear os identificadores de usuário e grupo a partir dos atributos ldap_user_objectsid e ldap_group_objectsid ao invés de confiar nos atributos ldap_user_uid_number e ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -1371,12 +900,8 @@ msgstr "Especifica o realm SASL a ser utilizado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"Se configurado como \"verdadeiro\", a biblioteca LDAP irá realizar uma " -"pesquisa reversa para canonizar o nome de máquina durante uma associação SASL." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "Se configurado como \"verdadeiro\", a biblioteca LDAP irá realizar uma pesquisa reversa para canonizar o nome de máquina durante uma associação SASL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." @@ -1384,19 +909,15 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que o id_provider deve iniciar as credenciais Kerberos (TGT)." +msgstr "Especifica que o id_provider deve iniciar as credenciais Kerberos (TGT)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o tempo de vida em segundos do TGT se o GSSAPI for utilizado." +msgstr "Especifica o tempo de vida em segundos do TGT se o GSSAPI for utilizado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "" -"Seleciona a política de avaliação da expiração de senha no lado do cliente." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "Seleciona a política de avaliação da expiração de senha no lado do cliente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." @@ -1404,85 +925,47 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o nome do serviço a ser utilizado quando a descoberta de serviço " -"estiver habilitada." +msgstr "Especifica o nome do serviço a ser utilizado quando a descoberta de serviço estiver habilitada." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o nome de serviço a utilizar para pesquisar por um servidor LDAP " -"que permite alterações de senhas quando a descoberta de serviços estiver " -"habilitada." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "Especifica o nome de serviço a utilizar para pesquisar por um servidor LDAP que permite alterações de senhas quando a descoberta de serviços estiver habilitada." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"Especifica se o atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change deverá ser atualizado " -"com os dias desde a Época após uma alteração de senha." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "Especifica se o atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change deverá ser atualizado com os dias desde a Época após uma alteração de senha." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"Se os atributos access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=filter forem " -"utilizados (padrão) esta opção é obrigatória. Ela especifica um critério de " -"filtro de pesquisa LDAP que deve ser utilizado para que seja concedido acesso " -"ao usuário nesta máquina." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "Se os atributos access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=filter forem utilizados (padrão) esta opção é obrigatória. Ela especifica um critério de filtro de pesquisa LDAP que deve ser utilizado para que seja concedido acesso ao usuário nesta máquina." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -"Com esta opção pode-se habilitar uma avaliação dos atributos de controle de " -"acesso no lado do cliente." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr "Com esta opção pode-se habilitar uma avaliação dos atributos de controle de acesso no lado do cliente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." -msgstr "" -"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo opções de controle de acesso." +msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo opções de controle de acesso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "" -"Especifica como o derreferenciamento de apelidos é feito ao realizar uma " -"pesquisa." +msgstr "Especifica como o derreferenciamento de apelidos é feito ao realizar uma pesquisa." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use " -"the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"Permite manter usuários locais como membros de um grupo LDAP para sevidores " -"que usam o esquema RFC2307." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "Permite manter usuários locais como membros de um grupo LDAP para sevidores que usam o esquema RFC2307." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo endereços de IP " -"ou nomes de máquina dos servidores Kerberos aos quais o SSSD deve se " -"conectar, em ordem de preferência." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo endereços de IP ou nomes de máquina dos servidores Kerberos aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar, em ordem de preferência." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "O nome do realm do Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers " -"can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"Se o serviço de alteração de senha não estiver em execução no KDC, servidores " -"alternativos podem ser definidos aqui." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "Se o serviço de alteração de senha não estiver em execução no KDC, servidores alternativos podem ser definidos aqui." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -1493,65 +976,36 @@ msgstr "Local do cache de credenciais do usuário." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password " -"request is aborted." -msgstr "" -"Timeout em segundos após o qual uma requisição de autenticação online ou " -"requisição de alteração de senha será cancelada." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr "Timeout em segundos após o qual uma requisição de autenticação online ou requisição de alteração de senha será cancelada." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." -msgstr "" -"Verifique com a ajuda do krb5_keytab que o TGT obtido não foi alvo de " -"spoofing." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "Verifique com a ajuda do krb5_keytab que o TGT obtido não foi alvo de spoofing." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." -msgstr "" -"A localização do keytab a ser utilizado ao validar credenciais obtidas dos " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "A localização do keytab a ser utilizado ao validar credenciais obtidas dos KDCs." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"Armazene a senha do usuário se o provedor estiver offline e use-a para " -"requisitar um TGT quando o provedor ficar online novamente." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "Armazene a senha do usuário se o provedor estiver offline e use-a para requisitar um TGT quando o provedor ficar online novamente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Solicite um ticket renovável com um tempo de vida total, dado como inteiro " -"seguido imediatamente por uma unidade de tempo." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Solicite um ticket renovável com um tempo de vida total, dado como inteiro seguido imediatamente por uma unidade de tempo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Solicite um ticket com um tempo de vida, dado como um inteiro seguido " -"imediatamente de uma unidade de tempo." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Solicite um ticket com um tempo de vida, dado como um inteiro seguido imediatamente de uma unidade de tempo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "" -"O tempo em segundos entre duas verificações se o TGT tiver que ser renovado." +msgstr "O tempo em segundos entre duas verificações se o TGT tiver que ser renovado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos " -"pre-authentication." -msgstr "" -"Habilita o tunelamento seguro de autenticação flexível (FAST) para a " -"pré-autenticação Kerberos." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Habilita o tunelamento seguro de autenticação flexível (FAST) para a pré-autenticação Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1567,42 +1021,24 @@ msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos " -"servidores AD aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos servidores AD aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Opcional. Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não " -"reflete o nome completamente qualificado utilizado no domínio do Active " -"Directory para identificar esta máquina." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgstr "Opcional. Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome completamente qualificado utilizado no domínio do Active Directory para identificar esta máquina." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o valor mínimo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para " -"mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Especifica o valor mínimo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active " -"Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o valor máximo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para " -"mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Especifica o valor máximo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1617,12 +1053,8 @@ msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio padrão." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"Altera o comportamento do algoritmo de mapeamento de ID para se comportar de " -"forma semelhante ao algoritmo \"idmap_autorid\" do winbind." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "Altera o comportamento do algoritmo de mapeamento de ID para se comportar de forma semelhante ao algoritmo \"idmap_autorid\" do winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 @@ -1630,40 +1062,24 @@ msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio IPA." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos " -"servidores IPA aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos servidores IPA aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome " -"completamente qualificado." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +msgstr "Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome completamente qualificado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção informa ao SSSd para atualizar automaticamente o servidor de DNS " -"embutido no FreeIPA v2 com o endereço IP deste cliente." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSd para atualizar automaticamente o servidor de DNS embutido no FreeIPA v2 com o endereço IP deste cliente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "" -"O TTL a ser aplicado ao registro de cliente DNS durante sua atualização." +msgstr "O TTL a ser aplicado ao registro de cliente DNS durante sua atualização." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "" -"Escolha a interface que possui o endereço IP que deve ser utilizado para " -"atualizações dinâmicas de DNS." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "Escolha a interface que possui o endereço IP que deve ser utilizado para atualizações dinâmicas de DNS." #. end Export #. ################################################################ Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:56:06 UTC (rev 90879) @@ -89,8 +89,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" -"Não será possível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado" +msgstr "Não será possível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 @@ -101,12 +100,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later " -"in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode alterar as configurações mais " -"tarde no sistema instalado." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode alterar as configurações mais tarde no sistema instalado." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -118,12 +113,8 @@ msgstr "[configurado manualmente]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do " -"servidor LDAP para continuar." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Não foi possível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do servidor LDAP para continuar." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -216,12 +207,8 @@ "sem instalar os pacotes requeridos." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Falha na configuração da replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término da " -"instalação." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Falha na configuração da replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término da instalação." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -243,16 +230,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Você já tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em " -"execução atualmente.\n" -"Você deseja iniciar o servidor agora e ler novamente os dados de configuração " -"ou você quer criar\n" +"Você já tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em execução atualmente.\n" +"Você deseja iniciar o servidor agora e ler novamente os dados de configuração ou você quer criar\n" "uma nova configuração do zero?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 @@ -278,8 +261,7 @@ "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" "Seu sistema está atualmente configurado para usar a configuração em\n" -"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de " -"configuração\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de configuração\n" "dinâmica do OpenLDAP (back-config). Você deseja migrar sua configuração\n" "existente para o banco de dados de configuração?\n" @@ -337,12 +319,8 @@ msgstr "O Servidor LDAP não está executando." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Você deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou você " -"deseja criar uma nova configuração?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Você deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou você deseja criar uma nova configuração?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -371,8 +349,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Todos os dados, incluindo configurações, são replicados de um servidor remoto." +msgstr "Todos os dados, incluindo configurações, são replicados de um servidor remoto." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" @@ -552,20 +529,15 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Falha ao abrir a conexão ao banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor " -"provedor.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Falha ao abrir a conexão ao banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor provedor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Verifique se o servidor provedor permite conexões remotas ao banco de dados " -"\"cn=config\"\n" +"Verifique se o servidor provedor permite conexões remotas ao banco de dados \"cn=config\"\n" "e se você digitou a senha corretamente.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 @@ -578,8 +550,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" -msgstr "" -"Você deseja importar um certificado CA ou certificado de servidor diferente?" +msgstr "Você deseja importar um certificado CA ou certificado de servidor diferente?" #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 @@ -600,20 +571,13 @@ "ele já está se comportando como um consumidor de replicação.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada " -"atualmente." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada atualmente." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração " -"de replicação do servidor provedor.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração de replicação do servidor provedor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -635,10 +599,8 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Para agir como um servidor mestre para replicação, o banco de dados de " -"configuração precisa\n" -"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da " -"configuração.\n" +"Para agir como um servidor mestre para replicação, o banco de dados de configuração precisa\n" +"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da configuração.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" @@ -677,15 +639,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" "After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Selecione Sim se o servidor LDAP deve ser iniciado automaticamente\n" -"durante a inicialização. Selecione Não se o servidor LDAP não deve ser " -"iniciado. Nota:\n" -"Após selecionar Não você não poderá fazer nenhuma modificação nas " -"configurações\n" +"durante a inicialização. Selecione Não se o servidor LDAP não deve ser iniciado. Nota:\n" +"Após selecionar Não você não poderá fazer nenhuma modificação nas configurações\n" "OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -694,27 +653,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"Habilite e desabilite vários listeners de protocolo do OpenLDAP." +msgstr "Habilite e desabilite vários listeners de protocolo do OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP é a interface LDAP padrão na porta 389. É possível uma " -"comunicação segura TLS/SSL\n" -"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor " -"configurado." +"LDAP é a interface LDAP padrão na porta 389. É possível uma comunicação segura TLS/SSL\n" +"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor configurado." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -723,10 +675,8 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Com isto você pode " -"acessar\n" -"o Servidor LDAP através de um soquete de domínio Unix. Não desabilite a " -"interface LDAPI,\n" +"LDAPI habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Com isto você pode acessar\n" +"o Servidor LDAP através de um soquete de domínio Unix. Não desabilite a interface LDAPI,\n" "já que o YaST a utiliza para se comunicar com o servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -748,17 +698,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library " -"to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -771,39 +717,28 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password" -" \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the " -"\n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>" -"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" "O Administrador DN junto com a Senha do administrador LDAP\n" -"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando " -"todas ACLs e outros \n" -"limites das restrições administrativas. A seleção de Adicionar banco de " -"dados DN adiciona o \n" -"Banco DN digitado acima, por exemplo, o banco DN <tt>" -"dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>\n" -"e o Administrador DN de <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam com um Administrador DN " -"efetivo\n" +"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando todas ACLs e outros \n" +"limites das restrições administrativas. A seleção de Adicionar banco de dados DN adiciona o \n" +"Banco DN digitado acima, por exemplo, o banco DN <tt>dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>\n" +"e o Administrador DN de <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam com um Administrador DN efetivo\n" "do <tt>c=Admin,dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Se este assistente foi iniciado durante a instalação, a\n" -"Senha do administrador LDAP está definida como a senha do root do " -"sistema\n" +"Senha do administrador LDAP está definida como a senha do root do sistema\n" "fornecida anteriormente no processo de instalação." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -815,16 +750,11 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente " -"OpenLDAP\n" -"(ex. ldapsearch) marque Utilizar este banco de dados como padrão para " -"clientes OpenLDAP.Isto\n" -"resultará na escrita do nome de máquina, \"localhost\" e o DN base " -"fornecido acima no arquivo\n" -"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta " -"caixa de seleção\n" -"é selecionada por padrão na criação do primeiro banco de dados num servidor.<" -"/p>\n" +"Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente OpenLDAP\n" +"(ex. ldapsearch) marque Utilizar este banco de dados como padrão para clientes OpenLDAP.Isto\n" +"resultará na escrita do nome de máquina, \"localhost\" e o DN base fornecido acima no arquivo\n" +"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta caixa de seleção\n" +"é selecionada por padrão na criação do primeiro banco de dados num servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" @@ -841,12 +771,9 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto plano (Bind LDAP " -"simples)\n" -"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. " -"A autenticação de texto plano\n" -"ao banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem " -"utilizadas \n" +"Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto plano (Bind LDAP simples)\n" +"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. A autenticação de texto plano\n" +"ao banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem utilizadas \n" "conexões suficientemente protegidas (ex: SSL/TLS criptografada).\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -858,12 +785,9 @@ "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador do banco de dados de " -"configuração, clique em Alterar senha.\n" -"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e " -"selecionar a Criptografia de senha.\n" -"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha " -"sido definida na configuração.\n" +"Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador do banco de dados de configuração, clique em Alterar senha.\n" +"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e selecionar a Criptografia de senha.\n" +"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha sido definida na configuração.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" @@ -875,58 +799,38 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base " -"automaticamente \n" +"Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base automaticamente \n" "com Adicionar DN base." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em Alterar " -"senha.\n" -"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e " -"selecionar a Criptografia de senha.\n" -"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo se uma senha já foi " -"definida na configuração.\n" +"Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em Alterar senha.\n" +"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e selecionar a Criptografia de senha.\n" +"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo se uma senha já foi definida na configuração.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Através do Cache de entradas e Cache de índice (cache IDL) " -"você pode ajustar\n" -"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O Cache de entradas " -"define o número de entradas\n" -"que são armazenadas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se houver " -"memória RAM suficiente, esse número\n" -"deve ser grande o suficiente pra manter todo o banco de dados em memória. O <" -"b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)\n" -"é usado para acelerar as buscas em atributos indexados. Em geral, " -"especialmente os bancos de dados HDB necessitam\n" -"de um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho da busca (três vezes o tamanho " -"do cache de entradas como\n" +"Através do Cache de entradas e Cache de índice (cache IDL) você pode ajustar\n" +"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O Cache de entradas define o número de entradas\n" +"que são armazenadas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se houver memória RAM suficiente, esse número\n" +"deve ser grande o suficiente pra manter todo o banco de dados em memória. O Cache de índice (cache IDL)\n" +"é usado para acelerar as buscas em atributos indexados. Em geral, especialmente os bancos de dados HDB necessitam\n" +"de um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho da busca (três vezes o tamanho do cache de entradas como\n" "regra)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 @@ -943,22 +847,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before " -"storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Marque Senhas não criptografadas com hash para especificar se o " -"servidor OpenLDAP deverá criptografar as senhas não criptografadas \n" -"presentes em solicitações de adição e alteração antes de armazená-las no " -"banco de dados. Observe que isso viola o modelo de informações\n" -" X.500/LDAP, mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não " -"usam a operação estendida de alteração de senha \n" +"Marque Senhas não criptografadas com hash para especificar se o servidor OpenLDAP deverá criptografar as senhas não criptografadas \n" +"presentes em solicitações de adição e alteração antes de armazená-las no banco de dados. Observe que isso viola o modelo de informações\n" +" X.500/LDAP, mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não usam a operação estendida de alteração de senha \n" " para gerenciar senhas." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -969,32 +866,22 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Se a opção Informar o status \"Conta bloqueada\" estiver " -"habilitada, os usuários que se autenticarem em uma conta bloqueada\n" -"receberão uma notificação de que a conta foi bloqueada. A notificação pode " -"fornecer informações úteis\n" -" a um invasor. Os sites que exigem segurança não devem habilitar essa opção.<" -"/p>\n" +"Se a opção Informar o status \"Conta bloqueada\" estiver habilitada, os usuários que se autenticarem em uma conta bloqueada\n" +"receberão uma notificação de que a conta foi bloqueada. A notificação pode fornecer informações úteis\n" +" a um invasor. Os sites que exigem segurança não devem habilitar essa opção.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Digite o nome do objeto de política padrão em DN de objeto de política " -"padrão." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Digite o nome do objeto de política padrão em DN de objeto de política padrão." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em Editar política. " -"Pode ser necessário\n" -"fornecer a senha do administrador LDAP após isso, para permitir que o objeto " -"de política seja lido\n" +"Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em Editar política. Pode ser necessário\n" +"fornecer a senha do administrador LDAP após isso, para permitir que o objeto de política seja lido\n" "do servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 @@ -1006,52 +893,38 @@ msgstr "Altere as opções de indexação de um banco de dados hdb ou bdb." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice " -"definido." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice definido." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -"Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho das buscas em " -"tipos específicos\n" -"de buscas. Índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às buscas mais " -"comuns que são realizadas\n" -"num banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos diferentes de " -"índices.\n" +"Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho das buscas em tipos específicos\n" +"de buscas. Índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às buscas mais comuns que são realizadas\n" +"num banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos diferentes de índices.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Presença: este índice é usado para buscas que usam o filtro de " -"presença\n" -"(por ex. <tt>(Tipo de atributo = *)</tt>). Índices de presença devem somente " -"ser configurados para atributos\n" +"Presença: este índice é usado para buscas que usam o filtro de presença\n" +"(por ex. <tt>(Tipo de atributo = *)</tt>). Índices de presença devem somente ser configurados para atributos\n" "que ocorrem raramente no banco de dados.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Igualdade: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam filtros de " -"igualdade (por ex.\n" -"(<tt>Tipo do atributo=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de " -"igualdade deve ser sempre configurado\n" +"Igualdade: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam filtros de igualdade (por ex.\n" +"(<tt>Tipo do atributo=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de igualdade deve ser sempre configurado\n" "a partir do atributo <tt>classe do objeto</tt>.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 @@ -1059,8 +932,7 @@ "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -"Substring: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam o filtro " -"substring\n" +"Substring: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam o filtro substring\n" "(por ex.: <tt>(Tipo de atributo=<substring>*)</tt>).\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 @@ -1069,26 +941,20 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Use Adicionar para definir opções de indexação para um novo " -"atributo,Remover para\n" -"remover um índice existente e Editar para modificar as opções de " -"indexação de um atributo\n" +"Use Adicionar para definir opções de indexação para um novo atributo,Remover para\n" +"remover um índice existente e Editar para modificar as opções de indexação de um atributo\n" "já indexado.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo " -"até que um\n" -"índice recentemente adicionado fique ativo no banco de dados. Após a escrita " -"da configuração no servidor,\n" -"uma tarefa em background será iniciada para gerar a informação de indexação " -"para o banco de dados.\n" +"Nota: dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo até que um\n" +"índice recentemente adicionado fique ativo no banco de dados. Após a escrita da configuração no servidor,\n" +"uma tarefa em background será iniciada para gerar a informação de indexação para o banco de dados.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" @@ -1099,8 +965,7 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"Esta tabela dá a você um resumo de todas as regras de controle de acesso " -"que estão\n" +"Esta tabela dá a você um resumo de todas as regras de controle de acesso que estão\n" "atualmente configuradas para o banco de dados selecionado.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -1109,34 +974,27 @@ "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Para cada regra você pode ver quais objetos de destino combinam com a " -"regra. Para ter uma visão\n" -"mais detalhada de uma regra ou mudar uma regra, selecione uma regra na tabela " -"e clique em Editar\n" +"Para cada regra você pode ver quais objetos de destino combinam com a regra. Para ter uma visão\n" +"mais detalhada de uma regra ou mudar uma regra, selecione uma regra na tabela e clique em Editar\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Use Adicionar para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e " -"Remover para remover\n" +"Use Adicionar para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e Remover para remover\n" "uma regra de controle de acesso\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -"A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra de " -"destino cujo destino\n" -"definido (DN, filtro e atributos) correspondente a entrada que será acessada. " -"Você deve ordenar as regras de acordo\n" -"com as suas necessidades. Você pode usar os botões Up eDownpara " -"isso\n" +"A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra de destino cujo destino\n" +"definido (DN, filtro e atributos) correspondente a entrada que será acessada. Você deve ordenar as regras de acordo\n" +"com as suas necessidades. Você pode usar os botões Up eDownpara isso\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" @@ -1144,14 +1002,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, " -"if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Marque a caixa de seleção \"Habilitar o provedor ldapsync para este " -"banco de dados\" se você \n" -"deseja disponibilizar a replicação do banco de dados atualmente selecionado " -"para outro servidor." +"Marque a caixa de seleção \"Habilitar o provedor ldapsync para este banco de dados\" se você \n" +"deseja disponibilizar a replicação do banco de dados atualmente selecionado para outro servidor." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1159,32 +1014,21 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode especificar a frequência de escrita do indicador de estado " -"de sincronização (armazenado no \n" -"atributo \"contextCSN\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o " -"banco de dados de\n" -"após a quantidade de \"Operações\" de escrita especificada ou após a " -"passagem de\n" -"\"Minutos\" desde a última escrita do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os " -"valores são '0') o indicador de estado é gravado\n" -"somente após um desligamento sem erros. Gravá-lo por mais de uma vez " -"frequentemente pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n" -"mais curtos após um desligamento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma melhora " -"de desempenho em ambientes com\n" +"Aqui você pode especificar a frequência de escrita do indicador de estado de sincronização (armazenado no \n" +"atributo \"contextCSN\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o banco de dados de\n" +"após a quantidade de \"Operações\" de escrita especificada ou após a passagem de\n" +"\"Minutos\" desde a última escrita do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os valores são '0') o indicador de estado é gravado\n" +"somente após um desligamento sem erros. Gravá-lo por mais de uma vez frequentemente pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n" +"mais curtos após um desligamento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma melhora de desempenho em ambientes com\n" "muitas operações de escrita do LDAP.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 @@ -1193,21 +1037,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -"Configura um registro de sessão em memória para gravar informações sobre " -"operações de escrita\n" -"realizadas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de escrita devem " -"ser gravadas no log de sessão. \n" -"A configuração de um log de sessão é útil apenas para replicações \"" -"refreshOnly\". Nesse \n" +"Configura um registro de sessão em memória para gravar informações sobre operações de escrita\n" +"realizadas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de escrita devem ser gravadas no log de sessão. \n" +"A configuração de um log de sessão é útil apenas para replicações \"refreshOnly\". Nesse \n" "caso, ele pode acelerar a replicação e reduzir a carga no servidor mestre." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -1219,8 +1056,7 @@ "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecione \"Este banco de dados é um consumidor de replicação\" se " -"você deseja que o banco de dados \n" +"Selecione \"Este banco de dados é um consumidor de replicação\" se você deseja que o banco de dados \n" "seja uma réplica de um banco de dados em outro servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -1233,18 +1069,13 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using " -"non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -"Forneça aqui os detalhes de conexão para a conexão de replicação ao servidor " -"mestre. Selecione o \n" -"protocolo a ser utilizado (ldap ou ldaps) e digite o nome de " -"máquina absoluto do servidor mestre. É importante\n" -"utilizar o nome de máquina absoluto para que seja possível verificar o " -"certificado TLS/SSL do servidor mestre. Ajuste\n" -"o número da porta se o servidor mestre não estiver usando portas ldap " -"padrões.\n" +"Forneça aqui os detalhes de conexão para a conexão de replicação ao servidor mestre. Selecione o \n" +"protocolo a ser utilizado (ldap ou ldaps) e digite o nome de máquina absoluto do servidor mestre. É importante\n" +"utilizar o nome de máquina absoluto para que seja possível verificar o certificado TLS/SSL do servidor mestre. Ajuste\n" +"o número da porta se o servidor mestre não estiver usando portas ldap padrões.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" @@ -1261,12 +1092,9 @@ "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshOnly: o servidor escravo, periodicamente, abrirá uma " -"conexão, \n" -"efetuará uma sincronização e fechará a conexão novamente. O intervalo de " -"execução \n" -"dessa sincronização pode ser configurado através da opção Intervalo de " -"Replicação.\n" +"refreshOnly: o servidor escravo, periodicamente, abrirá uma conexão, \n" +"efetuará uma sincronização e fechará a conexão novamente. O intervalo de execução \n" +"dessa sincronização pode ser configurado através da opção Intervalo de Replicação.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" @@ -1274,10 +1102,8 @@ "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshAndPersist: o servidor escravo abrirá uma conexão " -"persistente ao servidor mestre para\n" -"sincronização. Registros atualizados no servidor mestre serão imediatamente " -"enviados para o servidor escravo através desta conexão.\n" +"refreshAndPersist: o servidor escravo abrirá uma conexão persistente ao servidor mestre para\n" +"sincronização. Registros atualizados no servidor mestre serão imediatamente enviados para o servidor escravo através desta conexão.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" @@ -1285,15 +1111,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor " -"escravo para autenticar-se no servidor mestre.\n" -"O DN especificado precisa ter permissão de leitura a todas as entradas no " -"banco de dados replicado no servidor mestre.\n" +"Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor escravo para autenticar-se no servidor mestre.\n" +"O DN especificado precisa ter permissão de leitura a todas as entradas no banco de dados replicado no servidor mestre.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" @@ -1303,19 +1125,14 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"Como o banco de dados do no servidor escravo permite somente leitura, o " -"servidor escravo responderá \n" +"Como o banco de dados do no servidor escravo permite somente leitura, o servidor escravo responderá \n" "às operações de escrita com uma referência LDAP.\n" -"Por padrão, esta referência encaminha o cliente ao servidor mestre. Você pode " -"configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n" -"Isto é útil, por exemplo, numa configuração de replicação em cascata, na " -"qual\n" +"Por padrão, esta referência encaminha o cliente ao servidor mestre. Você pode configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n" +"Isto é útil, por exemplo, numa configuração de replicação em cascata, na qual\n" "o provedor para o servidor escravo também é um servidor escravo.\n" #. Read dialog help @@ -1329,8 +1146,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big> \n" -"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar</" -"b> agora." +"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar agora." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1359,25 +1175,17 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "Este diálogo fornece um pequeno resumo sobre a configuração que você\n" -"acaba de criar. Clique em Concluir para escrever a configuração e sair " -"do módulo\n" +"acaba de criar. Clique em Concluir para escrever a configuração e sair do módulo\n" "do servidor LDAP.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server." -" " -msgstr "" -"Iniciar servidor LDAP sim ou não inicia ou para o servidor LDAP." +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "Iniciar servidor LDAP sim ou não inicia ou para o servidor LDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"Se você selecionou Sim, clique em Próximo para iniciar o " -"assistente de configuração." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "Se você selecionou Sim, clique em Próximo para iniciar o assistente de configuração." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -1389,21 +1197,14 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP para configurar. Os seguintes cenários " -"estão disponíveis:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP para configurar. Os seguintes cenários estão disponíveis:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" -msgstr "" -"Servidor avulso: configure um servidor LDAP avulso sem preparação " -"para replicação\n" +msgstr "Servidor avulso: configure um servidor LDAP avulso sem preparação para replicação\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" @@ -1411,17 +1212,14 @@ "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" "Servidor mestre de replicação: crie uma configuração LDAP \n" -"preparada para atuar como um servidor mestre (provedor) numa configuração de " -"replicação.\n" +"preparada para atuar como um servidor mestre (provedor) numa configuração de replicação.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Servidor escravo de replicação: configura um servidor escravo " -"OpenLDAP que replica todos os seus dados,\n" +"Servidor escravo de replicação: configura um servidor escravo OpenLDAP que replica todos os seus dados,\n" "incluindo configuração, a partir de um servidor mestre." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1439,33 +1237,27 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Para habilitar a criptografia via TLS/SSL, selecione Habilitar TLS. " -"Adicionalmente,\n" +"Para habilitar a criptografia via TLS/SSL, selecione Habilitar TLS. Adicionalmente,\n" "você precisa configurar um certificado para uso do servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation." -"\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecione Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps) para que o " -"servidor\n" -"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o OpenLDAP " -"suportará apenas \n" +"Selecione Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps) para que o servidor\n" +"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o OpenLDAP suportará apenas \n" "conexões TLS criptografadas através da operação estendida StartTLS.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" "Se você já tem um certificado de servidor comum instalado usando o \n" -"módulo correspondente do YaST selecione Usar certificado de servidor " -"comum \n" +"módulo correspondente do YaST selecione Usar certificado de servidor comum \n" "para que o OpenLDAP utilize esse certificado.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 @@ -1475,26 +1267,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File" -",\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -"Se você não possui um certificado de servidor comum ou deseja que o " -"OpenLDAP use\n" -"um certificado diferente, forneça os nomes de arquivos do Arquivo de " -"certificado CA, \n" -"Arquivo de certificado e Arquivo da chave do certificado nos " -"campos correspondentes.\n" +"Se você não possui um certificado de servidor comum ou deseja que o OpenLDAP use\n" +"um certificado diferente, forneça os nomes de arquivos do Arquivo de certificado CA, \n" +"Arquivo de certificado e Arquivo da chave do certificado nos campos correspondentes.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" -"Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de " -"CA\n" +"Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de CA\n" "clicando em Iniciar módulo de gerenciamento de CA.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 @@ -1505,16 +1291,12 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in " -"which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Adicione ou remova arquivos de esquema neste diálogo. Clique em " -"Adicionar para abrir um diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n" -"um novo esquema. Nota: o OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta " -"atualmente a remoção de\n" +"Adicione ou remova arquivos de esquema neste diálogo. Clique em Adicionar para abrir um diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n" +"um novo esquema. Nota: o OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta atualmente a remoção de\n" "dados de esquema." #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" @@ -1523,18 +1305,13 @@ "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" -"Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar comandos de depuração e " -"estatísticas\n" +"Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar comandos de depuração e estatísticas\n" "que serão salvas no syslog." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Selecione quais opções especiais o servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou " -"proibir: " +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Selecione quais opções especiais o servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou proibir: " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1542,46 +1319,36 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"Requisições de acesso LDAPv2: para deixar o servidor aceitar as " -"requisições de acesso LDAPv2.\n" +"Requisições de acesso LDAPv2: para deixar o servidor aceitar as requisições de acesso LDAPv2.\n" "Note que o OpenLDAP não implementa completamente o LDAPv2.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -"Associação anônima quando as credenciais não estão vazias.: Para " -"permitir associação anônima quando \n" -"as credenciais não estão vazias (por ex.: a senha está presente mas a " -"associação DN não está presente) " +"Associação anônima quando as credenciais não estão vazias.: Para permitir associação anônima quando \n" +"as credenciais não estão vazias (por ex.: a senha está presente mas a associação DN não está presente) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Sessão não autenticada quando DN não está vazio: Para permitir " -"sessões \n" +"Sessão não autenticada quando DN não está vazio: Para permitir sessões \n" "(anônimas) não autenticada quando DN não está vazio" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -"Opções de atualização não autenticadas a processar: para permitir " -"operações\n" -"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) a serem processadas. Elas ainda " -"estão sujeitas às\n" +"Opções de atualização não autenticadas a processar: para permitir operações\n" +"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) a serem processadas. Elas ainda estão sujeitas às\n" "regras de controle de acesso e outras limitações administrativas.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 @@ -1594,10 +1361,8 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos: o " -"servidor\n" -"não aceitará pedidos de associação anônimos. Observe que isto não proíbe " -"acesso anônimo\n" +"Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos: o servidor\n" +"não aceitará pedidos de associação anônimos. Observe que isto não proíbe acesso anônimo\n" "a diretórios.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 @@ -1605,19 +1370,16 @@ "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Desabilitar a autenticação de acesso simples: desabilita " -"completamente a\n" +"Desabilitar a autenticação de acesso simples: desabilita completamente a\n" "autenticação de acesso simples\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo mediante a resposta de uma " -"operação StartTLS :\n" +"Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo mediante a resposta de uma operação StartTLS :\n" "o servidor não irá mais forçar uma conexão autenticada para o \n" "estado anônimo quando receber a operação StartTLS.\n" @@ -1635,140 +1397,90 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" "database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"Esta exibe todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de dados com o " -"tipo \"frontend\" \n" -"e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O banco de dados " -"\"Frontend\" é usado para configurar\n" -"restrições globais de controle de acesso e overlays que se aplicam a todos os " -"bancos de dados.O \n" +"Esta exibe todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de dados com o tipo \"frontend\" \n" +"e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O banco de dados \"Frontend\" é usado para configurar\n" +"restrições globais de controle de acesso e overlays que se aplicam a todos os bancos de dados.O \n" "banco de dados \"Config\" contém a configuração do servidor LDAP.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar um novo banco de dados, clique em Adicionar banco de " -"dados...." +msgstr "Para adicionar um novo banco de dados, clique em Adicionar banco de dados...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Para remover um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados da lista e " -"pressione Remover banco de dados....\n" +"Para remover um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados da lista e pressione Remover banco de dados....\n" "Você não pode remover os bancos de dados \"config\" e \"frontend\".\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"cn=config" -"\"). Isto é necessário para \n" +"Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"cn=config\"). Isto é necessário para \n" "tornar o banco de dados de configuração acessível remotamente." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the " -"\"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed " -"for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Se o servidor deve participar de uma configuração MirrorMode, selecione " -"\"Prepara para replicação MirrorMode\".\n" -"Isso garantirá que o atributo serverId será gerado quadno necessário para a " -"replicação MirrorMode.\n" +"Se o servidor deve participar de uma configuração MirrorMode, selecione \"Prepara para replicação MirrorMode\".\n" +"Isso garantirá que o atributo serverId será gerado quadno necessário para a replicação MirrorMode.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps<" -"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Para configurar um servidor escravo, são necessários alguns detalhes do " -"servidor mestre. Por favor, digite o nome de máquina\n" -"do servidor mestre, ajuste o protocolo (\"ldap\" ou \"ldaps\") " -"e número de porta conforme a necessidade e digite a senha\n" -"para o banco de dados de configuração do servidor mestre(\"cn=config" -"\")." +"Para configurar um servidor escravo, são necessários alguns detalhes do servidor mestre. Por favor, digite o nome de máquina\n" +"do servidor mestre, ajuste o protocolo (\"ldap\" ou \"ldaps\") e número de porta conforme a necessidade e digite a senha\n" +"para o banco de dados de configuração do servidor mestre(\"cn=config\")." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Especifique o <big>Domínio</big> e a <big>Senha mestre</big> para seu " -"servidor Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Especifique o <big>Domínio</big> e a <big>Senha mestre</big> para seu servidor Kerberos." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to " -"use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" -"Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, " -"convenciona-se deixá-lo com o mesmo nome do seu nome de domínio, em letras " -"maiúsculas.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, convenciona-se deixá-lo com o mesmo nome do seu nome de domínio, em letras maiúsculas.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados do Kerberos para " -"este domínio." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados do Kerberos para este domínio." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "" -"Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo da lista de controle de " -"acesso (ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões dos " -"principais no banco de dados." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo da lista de controle de acesso (ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões dos principais no banco de dados." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de chaves usado pelo " -"kdamin para autenticar no banco de dados." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de chaves usado pelo kdamin para autenticar no banco de dados." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de expiração padrão dos principais " -"criados neste realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de expiração padrão dos principais criados neste realm." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Estes indicadores especificam os atributos padrões dos principais criados " -"neste realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Estes indicadores especificam os atributos padrões dos principais criados neste realm." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1777,8 +1489,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets postdateable." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets postdateable." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1787,8 +1498,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets transferíveis." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets transferíveis." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -1797,8 +1507,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -1815,12 +1524,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para " -"outro usuário, permitindo autenticação usuário-usuário para este principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para outro usuário, permitindo autenticação usuário-usuário para este principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1828,17 +1533,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only " -"be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "" -"Se este indicador estiver habilitado num principal cliente, então aquele " -"principal é requerido para pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer " -"tickets. Se você habilitar este indicador num principal como serviço, os " -"tickets de serviço para este principal somente serão emitidos para clientes " -"com um TGT que possui o conjunto de tickets de pré-autenticação." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Se este indicador estiver habilitado num principal cliente, então aquele principal é requerido para pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer tickets. Se você habilitar este indicador num principal como serviço, os tickets de serviço para este principal somente serão emitidos para clientes com um TGT que possui o conjunto de tickets de pré-autenticação." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1846,13 +1542,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a " -"hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Se este indicador for habilitado, então o principal é requerido para " -"pré-autenticar usando um dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer " -"tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Se este indicador for habilitado, então o principal é requerido para pré-autenticar usando um dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer tickets." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1860,11 +1551,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite que o KDC emita tickets de serviço para este " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o KDC emita tickets de serviço para este principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1872,14 +1560,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a " -"ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that " -"was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets baseados num " -"ticket-granting-ticket, ao invés de repetir o processo de autenticação que " -"era usado para obter o TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets baseados num ticket-granting-ticket, ao invés de repetir o processo de autenticação que era usado para obter o TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1887,13 +1569,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção fará com que o KDC emita tickets para este principal. " -"Desabilitar esta opção basicamente desativa o principal neste realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção fará com que o KDC emita tickets para este principal. Desabilitar esta opção basicamente desativa o principal neste realm." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1910,181 +1587,102 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Se esta opção estiver habilitar, este principal será marcado como um serviço " -"de alteração de senha. Isto deve ser usado somente em casos especiais, por " -"exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets " -"para aquele principal para que seja possível alterar a senha sem passar pelo " -"processo normal de autenticação de senha." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Se esta opção estiver habilitar, este principal será marcado como um serviço de alteração de senha. Isto deve ser usado somente em casos especiais, por exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets para aquele principal para que seja possível alterar a senha sem passar pelo processo normal de autenticação de senha." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not " -"allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" -"A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são " -"permitidas como senhas. Se esta opção não estiver marcada ou não existir " -"política atribuída ao principal, então nenhuma verificação será feita." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são permitidas como senhas. Se esta opção não estiver marcada ou não existir política atribuída ao principal, então nenhuma verificação será feita." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon do kadmind " -"escutará neste domínio." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon do kadmind escutará neste domínio." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" -"Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave mestra foi armazenada " -"com kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave mestra foi armazenada com kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este realm." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master " -"key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -"Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado com a chave mestra. O " -"valor padrão é K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado com a chave mestra. O valor padrão é K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" -"Esta string de tipo de chave representa o tipo de chave da chave mestra.<" -"/p>" +msgstr "Esta string de tipo de chave representa o tipo de chave da chave mestra." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser " -"válido neste realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser válido neste realm." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser " -"renovado neste realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser renovado neste realm." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Uma lista de strings chaves/salt que especifica as combinações chaves/salt " -"padrões dos principais neste realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Uma lista de strings chaves/salt que especifica as combinações chaves/salt padrões dos principais neste realm." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Especifica as combinações chave-salt permitidas dos principais deste " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Especifica as combinações chave-salt permitidas dos principais deste realm." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"Especifica se a lista de realms transitados para tickets inter-realms deve " -"ser verificada usando o caminho de trânsito computado dos nomes de realm e a " -"seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Especifica se a lista de realms transitados para tickets inter-realms deve ser verificada usando o caminho de trânsito computado dos nomes de realm e a seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas " -"pelo servidor LDAP." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas pelo servidor LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords " -"for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas stashed " -"para os objetos utilizados para inicializar os servidores Kerberos." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas stashed para os objetos utilizados para inicializar os servidores Kerberos." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The " -"search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the " -"subtree." -msgstr "" -"Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um realm. A " -"lista contém os DNs dos objetos da subárvore separados por dois-pontos (:). <" -"/p> O escopo da busca especifica o escopo para pesquisar os principais na " -"subárvore." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um realm. A lista contém os DNs dos objetos da subárvore separados por dois-pontos (:). O escopo da busca especifica o escopo para pesquisar os principais na subárvore." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o DN do conteiner do objeto no qual os principais de um realm " -"serão criados. Se a referência para o conteiner não estiver configurada para " -"um realm, os principais serão criados no conteiner do realm." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Especifica o DN do conteiner do objeto no qual os principais de um realm serão criados. Se a referência para o conteiner não estiver configurada para um realm, os principais serão criados no conteiner do realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Especifica a vida máxima dos tickets para principais neste realm." +msgstr "Especifica a vida máxima dos tickets para principais neste realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Especifica a vida máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Especifica a vida máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste realm." -#. #################################################################################. #################################################################################. #################################################################################. #################################################################################. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# #. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); #. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 @@ -2400,22 +1998,16 @@ msgstr "URI do servidor" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Este servidor não está configurado como um nó MirrorMode. Clique em " -"\"Próximo\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Este servidor não está configurado como um nó MirrorMode. Clique em \"Próximo\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Resumo de MirrorMode do OpenLDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"Não é possível remover a máquina na qual este módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "Não é possível remover a máquina na qual este módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -2726,23 +2318,16 @@ msgstr "Selecionar indicadores de &permissão: " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos (não proíbe acesso " -"anônimo a diretórios) " +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos (não proíbe acesso anônimo a diretórios) " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Desabilitar autenticação por associação simples " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo com status mediante a resposta de " -"uma operação StartTLS " +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo com status mediante a resposta de uma operação StartTLS " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2834,8 +2419,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Permitir autenticação em texto plano (bind simples) para este banco de dados." +msgstr "Permitir autenticação em texto plano (bind simples) para este banco de dados." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -3192,8 +2776,7 @@ "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" "O banco de dados selecionado contém regras de controle de acesso que não\n" -"são atualmente suportadas pelo YaST. O diálogo de controle de acesso será " -"desabilitado.\n" +"são atualmente suportadas pelo YaST. O diálogo de controle de acesso será desabilitado.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." @@ -3262,11 +2845,8 @@ msgstr "Falha na verificação dos recursos LDAPsync do provedor." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Por favor, verifique se o servidor destino está configurado para ser um " -"provedor LDAPsync" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Por favor, verifique se o servidor destino está configurado para ser um provedor LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3492,12 +3072,8 @@ msgstr "Atualizando objetos da política de senha padrão" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Esperando pelas tarefas de fundo de indexação do OpenLDAP serem completadas " -"(isto pode levar alguns minutos)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Esperando pelas tarefas de fundo de indexação do OpenLDAP serem completadas (isto pode levar alguns minutos)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -3516,11 +3092,8 @@ msgstr "A criação da política de senha falhou." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ocorreu erro ao esperar a finalização do indexador do banco de dados " -"OpenLDAP.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao esperar a finalização do indexador do banco de dados OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3565,8 +3138,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível definir uma ACL do sistema de arquivos na chave privada." +msgstr "Não foi possível definir uma ACL do sistema de arquivos na chave privada." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" @@ -3582,8 +3154,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Alterando a configuração inicial para usar o banco de dados de configuração. " +msgstr "Alterando a configuração inicial para usar o banco de dados de configuração. " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" @@ -3607,8 +3178,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" -"Certificado de servidor comum não disponível. O startTLS está desabilitado." +msgstr "Certificado de servidor comum não disponível. O startTLS está desabilitado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3617,22 +3187,15 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível ajustar as propriedades do diretório do banco de dados." +msgstr "Não foi possível ajustar as propriedades do diretório do banco de dados." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível determinar o próprio nome de máquina completamente " -"qualificado." +msgstr "Não foi possível determinar o próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own " -"fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Um servidor mestre para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem " -"conhecer seu próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Um servidor mestre para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem conhecer seu próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3662,12 +3225,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country " -"2-letter code." -msgstr "" -"O valor do atributo \"c\" deve conter um código de país de 2 letras no " -"ISO-3166." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "O valor do atributo \"c\" deve conter um código de país de 2 letras no ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -3708,10 +3267,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Erro ao tentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Erro ao tentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format @@ -3742,9 +3299,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os tipos permitidos são 'bdb' " -"e 'hdb'." +msgstr "O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os tipos permitidos são 'bdb' e 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -3885,4 +3440,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar o arquivo de certificado CA." - Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:56:06 UTC (rev 90879) @@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#| msgid "&Repository Name" msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "Nome do repositório" @@ -38,7 +37,6 @@ msgstr "URL" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "Perguntar no erro" @@ -50,10 +48,8 @@ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " -"for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -61,19 +57,16 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 -#| msgid "Repository URL" msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "&URL do repositório" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 -#| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "Per&guntar no erro" #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 -#| msgid "Administrator DN" msgid "Administrator Name" msgstr "Nome do administrador" @@ -92,15 +85,12 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." -"\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " -"space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 -#| msgid "Bonding Policy" msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "&Política de vínculos" @@ -136,13 +126,11 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 -#| msgid "Use VLAN" msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "Usar &VLAN" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 -#| msgid "VLAN ID" msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "&ID da VLAN" @@ -153,7 +141,6 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 -#| msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "Pre&ferência do roteador" @@ -168,19 +155,16 @@ msgstr "&Máscara de rede" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 -#| msgid "Broadcast" msgid "Broa&dcast" msgstr "Broa&dcast" #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 -#| msgid "Add Bridge" msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "&Adicionar ponte" #. push button label& #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 -#| msgid "&Edit Ranges..." msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "Editar inter&valos..." @@ -222,9 +206,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 -#| msgid "" -#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" -#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -279,7 +260,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 -#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "O endereço IP '%1' não faz parte da rede '%2'." @@ -318,19 +298,16 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 -#| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Configurações do &usuário" #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 -msgid "" -"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 -#| msgid "Network Mode" msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Modo de r&ede" @@ -342,13 +319,11 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 -#| msgid "Networks" msgid "Net&works" msgstr "&Redes" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 -#| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "Re&positórios" @@ -365,8 +340,7 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"O servidor de administração de nuvem SUSE foi implantado. A alteração da " -"rede\n" +"O servidor de administração de nuvem SUSE foi implantado. A alteração da rede\n" "não é suportada atualmente.\n" "\n" "Você pode visitar a interface web do Crowbar em http://%1:3000/" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90878 - trunk/yast/ko/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14

16 Dec '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-12-16 14:28:00 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90878 Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878) @@ -80,15 +80,12 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' 도움말'을 사용하십시오." +msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' 도움말'을 사용하십시오." #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 도움말'을 사용하십" -"시오." +msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 도움말'을 사용하십시오." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 @@ -134,9 +131,7 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시" -"오." +msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오." # translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode # %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name @@ -144,9 +139,7 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용" -"하십시오." +msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오." # translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module @@ -198,7 +191,6 @@ # translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749 -#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module." msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "이것은 YaST 모듈입니다." @@ -257,27 +249,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -" 사용 가능한 옵션들의 목록을 위해서 'yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말'을 운영 하십시" -"오. " +msgstr " 사용 가능한 옵션들의 목록을 위해서 'yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말'을 운영 하십시오. " #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명" -"령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 비어 있습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명" -"령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 비어 있습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." # translators: fallback name for a module at command line #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line @@ -460,9 +442,6 @@ #. last part of the question (variable) #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 -#| msgid "" -#| "Do you really want\n" -#| "to quit the installation?" msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "정말로 설치를 계속하거나 중단하시겠습니까?" @@ -528,7 +507,6 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 #: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 -#| msgid "An internal error occured when integrating additional workflow." msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "추가 작업을 통합하는 동안 내부 오류가 발생했습니다." @@ -558,8 +536,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>서비스 시작</big> \n" "컴퓨터를 켤 때마다 서비스가 시작되도록 하려면\n" -" %1을(를) 설정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 %2을(를) 설정하십시오.</" -"p>" +" %1을(를) 설정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 %2을(를) 설정하십시오." # Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 # Final step of the isntallation wizard - 2/4 @@ -578,8 +555,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>서비스 시작</big> \n" "컴퓨터를 켤 때마다 서비스가 시작되도록 하려면\n" -"%1을(를) 설정하세요. xinetd 데몬과 함께 시작하려면, %3을 설정하" -"시고,\n" +"%1을(를) 설정하세요. xinetd 데몬과 함께 시작하려면, %3을 설정하시고,\n" "그렇지 않으면 %2을(를) 설정하세요." #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -1073,7 +1049,6 @@ msgstr "YaST 제어판" #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 -#| msgid "Rundi" msgid "Run" msgstr "실행" @@ -1089,7 +1064,6 @@ # NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 -#| msgid "Controlling YaST2 ncurses with the Keyboard" msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "YaST ncurses 와 함께 Keyboard 제어" @@ -1111,11 +1085,7 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "" # NCurses Control Center help 2/9 @@ -1176,8 +1146,7 @@ #| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog." msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) 기능 키 \n" "F 키를 사용하면 주 기능에 빠르게 접근 할 수 있습니다.\n" @@ -1704,12 +1673,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 -#| msgid "Updating configuration..." msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "시스템 구성 업데이트 중..." #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 -#| msgid "This may take a while" msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "약간의 시간이 소요될 수 있습니다." @@ -1932,15 +1899,11 @@ #. translators: warnings summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#| msgid "Warning:" -#| msgid_plural "Warnings:" msgid "Warning:" msgstr "경고:" #. translators: errors summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 -#| msgid "Error:" -#| msgid_plural "Errors:" msgid "Error:" msgstr "오류:" @@ -1948,8 +1911,6 @@ #. translators: message summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 -#| msgid "Message:" -#| msgid_plural "Messages:" msgid "Message:" msgstr "메세지:" @@ -2072,14 +2033,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>새 GPG 키 만들기</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>가 시작됩니다. 자세한 내용은 <tt>gpg</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지" -"를 참조하십시오.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>가 시작됩니다. 자세한 내용은 <tt>gpg</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n" " 취소하려면 Ctrl+C를 누르십시오.\n" " " @@ -2277,8 +2236,7 @@ #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be " -#| "unselected:\n" +#| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be unselected:\n" #| "%1" msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" @@ -3093,116 +3051,79 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 내부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습" -"니다." +msgstr "새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 내부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 외부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습" -"니다." +msgstr "새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 외부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"SuSEfirewall2 꾸러미가 설지되지 않았습니다. 방화벽이 비활성화 될것입니다." +msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 꾸러미가 설지되지 않았습니다. 방화벽이 비활성화 될것입니다." # label in proposal text #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"방화벽 활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">비 활성화</" -"a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "방화벽 활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">비 활성화</a>)" # label in proposal text #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"방화벽 비활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">활성화</" -"a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "방화벽 비활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">활성화</a>)" # label in proposal text #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)" # label in proposal text #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</" -#| "a>), but there are still no network interfaces configured" +#| msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but there are still no network interfaces configured" msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" -msgstr "" -"SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>), 하" -"지만 네트워크 구성이 아직 없습니다." +msgstr "SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>), 하지만 네트워크 구성이 아직 없습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다." # label in proposal text #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">닫" -"기</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)" # label in proposal text #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">열" -"기</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"원격 관리(VNC)를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 VNC 포트가 열리지 않" -"았습니다." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "원격 관리(VNC)를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 VNC 포트가 열리지 않았습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -3221,14 +3142,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH " -#| "port on the firewall." -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다." +#| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3372,8 +3288,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" -#| "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -#| "module." +#| "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3417,8 +3332,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "꾸러미 실패를 무시하면 시스템이 망가질 가능성이 있습니다.\n" "잠시 후 소프트웨어 관리 모듈을 실행하여 시스템을 확인하세요." @@ -3427,10 +3341,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "지정한 URL의 소스에서 다른 미디어 ID를 제공합니다.\n" @@ -3754,9 +3666,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"꾸러미 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 작업은 시간이 많이 걸릴 수 있" -"습니다." +msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 작업은 시간이 많이 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216 @@ -3970,8 +3880,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3988,20 +3897,15 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t 이 대화 상자에서는 이 시스템의 작업 및 설치할 소프트웨어를 정의할 수 있" -"습니다.\n" -"\t\t 이 시스템에 대해 사용할 수 있는 작업 및 소프트웨어는 왼쪽 열에 카테고리" -"별로\n" -"\t\t 표시됩니다. 항목에 대한 설명을 보려면 목록에서 해당 항목을 선택하십시" -"오.\n" +"\t\t 이 대화 상자에서는 이 시스템의 작업 및 설치할 소프트웨어를 정의할 수 있습니다.\n" +"\t\t 이 시스템에 대해 사용할 수 있는 작업 및 소프트웨어는 왼쪽 열에 카테고리별로\n" +"\t\t 표시됩니다. 항목에 대한 설명을 보려면 목록에서 해당 항목을 선택하십시오.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 @@ -4033,8 +3937,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -4042,13 +3945,11 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t 오른쪽 맨 아래의 디스크 사용 표시는 요청한 변경 작업을 모두 수행한 후" -"에\n" +"\t\t 오른쪽 맨 아래의 디스크 사용 표시는 요청한 변경 작업을 모두 수행한 후에\n" " \t\t 남게 되는 디스크 공간을 보여 줍니다.\n" " \t\t 하드 디스크 파티션이 꽉 차거나 거의 차면 시스템 성능이\n" " \t\t 저하되고 어떤 경우에는 심각한 문제를 일으킬 수 있습니다.\n" -" \t\t 시스템이 올바로 실행되기 위해서는 사용 가능한 디스크 공간이 어느 정도 " -"필요합니다.\n" +" \t\t 시스템이 올바로 실행되기 위해서는 사용 가능한 디스크 공간이 어느 정도 필요합니다.\n" " \t\t " #. Dialog title @@ -4146,7 +4047,6 @@ # Button label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 -#| msgid "&Finish" msgid "Finish" msgstr "완료" @@ -4158,18 +4058,11 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of " -#| "installed packages." -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>설치 요약</BIG> 이곳에 설치된 꾸러미의 간략한 소개가 있습니" -"다." +#| msgid "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed packages." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>설치 요약</BIG> 이곳에 설치된 꾸러미의 간략한 소개가 있습니다." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 -#| msgid "Installation Error" msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "설치 보고" @@ -4229,10 +4122,8 @@ #| msgid "" #| "The file %1 from repository %2\n" #| "%3\n" -#| "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the " -#| "file\n" -#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system " -#| "at risk.\n" +#| "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" +#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #| "\n" #| "Use it anyway?" msgid "" @@ -4265,10 +4156,8 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" -#| "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the " -#| "list of checksums\n" -#| "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package " -#| "may put\n" +#| "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the list of checksums\n" +#| "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package may put\n" #| "the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #| "\n" #| "Install it anyway?" @@ -4293,16 +4182,14 @@ #| msgid "" #| "No checksum for file %1 was found the repository.\n" #| "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -#| "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -#| "Using the file\n" +#| "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" #| "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #| "\n" #| "Use it anyway?" msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4350,7 +4237,6 @@ #. GPG key property #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659 -#| msgid "ID: %1" msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " @@ -4384,11 +4270,9 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Package %1 from repository %2\n" #| "%3\n" -#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: " -#| "%4\n" +#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n" #| "\n" -#| "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an " -#| "attacker\n" +#| "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n" #| "since the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\n" #| "for the integrity and security of your system.\n" #| "\n" @@ -4420,8 +4304,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "File %1 from repository %2\n" #| "%3\n" -#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: " -#| "%4\n" +#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n" #| "\n" #| "This means that the file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n" #| "since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n" @@ -4606,8 +4489,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "신뢰한(가져온) 키에 의해 서명되지 않은\n" "모든 꾸러미에 대해 경고 대화 상자가 열립니다. 키를 가져오지 않으면\n" @@ -4648,9 +4530,6 @@ #. warning label - the key to import is expired #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 -#| msgid "" -#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" -#| "Expiry date: %1" msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "경고: 키가 만료되었습니다!" @@ -4661,7 +4540,6 @@ #. push button #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 -#| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" msgstr "신뢰(&T)" @@ -4714,8 +4592,7 @@ #| "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" #| "\n" #| "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system " -#| "at risk.\n" +#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #| "\n" #| "Use it anyway?" msgid "" @@ -4724,8 +4601,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4787,19 +4663,11 @@ msgstr "꾸러미를 설치하는 동안 기다려 주십시오." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"설치 중단 꾸러미 설치는 중단 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니" -"다. 하지만, 이로인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 " -"않아 부팅이 안될 수도 있습니다." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "설치 중단 꾸러미 설치는 중단 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니다. 하지만, 이로인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 않아 부팅이 안될 수도 있습니다." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -#| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s 출시 정보" @@ -5619,8 +5487,7 @@ "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" msgstr "" "올바른 네트워크 정의는 모든 네트워크에 대해\n" -"IP, IP/네트워크 마스크, IP/네트워크 마스크_비트 또는 0/0을 포함할 수 있습니" -"다.\n" +"IP, IP/네트워크 마스크, IP/네트워크 마스크_비트 또는 0/0을 포함할 수 있습니다.\n" " \n" " 예:\n" " IP: 192.168.0.1\n" @@ -5642,21 +5509,18 @@ # MegaByte abbreviated #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 -#| msgid "MB" msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" # GigaByte abbreviated #. GigaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 -#| msgid "GB" msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" # TeraByte abbreviated #. TeraByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 -#| msgid "TB" msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" @@ -5786,7 +5650,6 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277 -#| msgid "Modules" msgid "Module" msgstr "모듈" @@ -6457,15 +6320,13 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "%1 역방향 IPv4 주소는 잘못되었습니다.\n" "\n" " 유효한 역방향 IPv4는 0-255 범위의 네 개의 정수로 구성되고\n" " 각 정수는 점으로 구분되며 그 뒤에 '.in-addr.arpa.'와 같은 문자열이 옵니다.\n" -" 예를 들어 IPv4 주소 '192.168.32.1'의 경우 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'가 될 " -"수 있습니다.\n" +" 예를 들어 IPv4 주소 '192.168.32.1'의 경우 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'가 될 수 있습니다.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878) @@ -251,10 +251,8 @@ " 클릭하여 네트워크 장치를 방화벽 영역에 할당합니다.\n" " \n" " <tt>any</tt>와 같은 특수 문자열을 입력하려면 \n" -" 사용자 정의를 사용하십시오. 아직 구성하지 않은 인터페이스도 여기서 입" -"력할 수 있습니다.\n" -" 마스커레이딩이 필요한 경우에는 <tt>any</tt> 문자열을 사용할 수 없습니다.</" -"p>\n" +" 사용자 정의를 사용하십시오. 아직 구성하지 않은 인터페이스도 여기서 입력할 수 있습니다.\n" +" 마스커레이딩이 필요한 경우에는 <tt>any</tt> 문자열을 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" " \n" " 모든 네트워크 장치를 방화벽 영역에 할당해야 합니다.\n" " 할당되지 않은 인터페이스를 통한 네트워크 트래픽은 차단됩니다.\n" @@ -275,18 +273,15 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Allowed Services</big>\n" -#| " Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the " -#| "network.\n" +#| " Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" #| "Networks are divided into firewall zones.\n" #| "\n" #| "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" #| "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -#| "To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -#| "Service then press Delete.\n" +#| "To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" #| "\n" #| "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, remove \n" -#| "protection from the zone. All services and ports would be unprotected " -#| "from this zone.\n" +#| "protection from the zone. All services and ports would be unprotected from this zone.\n" msgid "" "<big>Allowed Services</big>\n" " Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -294,12 +289,10 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>허용된 서비스</big>\n" @@ -308,8 +301,7 @@ "\n" "서비스를 허용하려면 영역 및\n" "허용할 서비스를 선택하고추가를 누릅니다.\n" -"허용된 서비스를 제거하려면 영역 및 허용된 서비스를 선택하고 " -"삭제를 누릅니다.\n" +"허용된 서비스를 제거하려면 영역 및 허용된 서비스를 선택하고 삭제를 누릅니다.\n" "\n" "내부 영역에서 방화벽 보호의 선택을 해제하면 영역에서 보호가\n" "제거됩니다. 이 영역에서는 모든 서비스와 포트가 보호되지 않습니다.\n" @@ -318,25 +310,20 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "고급을 사용하면 추가로 설정을 구성할 수 있습니다.\n" -"항목은 공백으로 구분해야 합니다. 여기서는 TCP, UDP, RPC 포트 및 IP 프로토콜" -"을\n" +"항목은 공백으로 구분해야 합니다. 여기서는 TCP, UDP, RPC 포트 및 IP 프로토콜을\n" " 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" -" TCP 및 UDP 포트는 포트 이름(<tt>ftp-data</tt>), 포트 번호(<tt>3128</" -"tt>)\n" +" TCP 및 UDP 포트는 포트 이름(<tt>ftp-data</tt>), 포트 번호(<tt>3128</tt>)\n" " 및 포트 범위(<tt>8000:8520</tt>)로 입력할 수 있습니다.\n" -" RPC 포트는 서비스 이름(<tt>portmap</tt> 또는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)으로 입력해" -"야 합니다.\n" +" RPC 포트는 서비스 이름(<tt>portmap</tt> 또는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)으로 입력해야 합니다.\n" " IP 프로토콜은 프로토콜 이름(<tt>esp</tt>)으로 입력할 수 있습니다.\n" " \n" @@ -344,99 +331,73 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>마스커레이딩</big>\n" -" 마스커레이딩이란 내부 네트워크를 방화벽 뒤에 숨긴 채 내부 네트워크가 인터" -"넷과 같은\n" +" 마스커레이딩이란 내부 네트워크를 방화벽 뒤에 숨긴 채 내부 네트워크가 인터넷과 같은\n" "외부 네트워크에 투명하게 접근 할 수 있도록 지원하는 기능입니다. \n" "외부 네트워크에서 내부 네트워크로의 요청은 차단됩니다.\n" -"외부 네트워크에 대해 네트워크를 마스커레이드하려면 네트워크 마스커레이드</" -"b>를\n" +"외부 네트워크에 대해 네트워크를 마스커레이드하려면 네트워크 마스커레이드를\n" "선택합니다.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"외부 네트워크로부터의 요청이 내부 네트워크에 도달하지는 못하더라도, 방화벽" -"의\n" +"외부 네트워크로부터의 요청이 내부 네트워크에 도달하지는 못하더라도, 방화벽의\n" "요청된 포트를 내부 IP 중 하나로 리디렉션할 수는 있습니다. \n" -"새 리디렉션 규칙을 추가하려면 추가를 클릭하고 리디렉션 양식을 작성합니" -"다.\n" +"새 리디렉션 규칙을 추가하려면 추가를 클릭하고 리디렉션 양식을 작성합니다.\n" "\n" -"리디렉션 규칙을 제거하려면 테이블에서 해당 규칙을 선택하고 삭제를 " -"누릅니다.\n" +"리디렉션 규칙을 제거하려면 테이블에서 해당 규칙을 선택하고 삭제를 누릅니다.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>브로드캐스트 구성</big>\n" " 브로드캐스트 패킷은 주변 컴퓨터를 찾거나 네트워크의 각 컴퓨터에\n" " 정보를 전송하기 위해 네트워크 전체로 전송되는 특수 UDP 패킷입니다.\n" -" 예를 들어 CUPS 서버는 브로드캐스트 패킷을 사용하여 인쇄 대기열에 대한 정보" -"를 제공합니다.\n" +" 예를 들어 CUPS 서버는 브로드캐스트 패킷을 사용하여 인쇄 대기열에 대한 정보를 제공합니다.\n" " \n" -" 허용된 인터페이스에서 선택한 SuSEfirewall2 서비스는 필요한 브로드캐스트 " -"포트를 여기서 \n" -" 자동으로 추가합니다. 다른 항목을 추가하거나 제거하려면 공백으로 구분된, 특" -"정 영역에 대한\n" +" 허용된 인터페이스에서 선택한 SuSEfirewall2 서비스는 필요한 브로드캐스트 포트를 여기서 \n" +" 자동으로 추가합니다. 다른 항목을 추가하거나 제거하려면 공백으로 구분된, 특정 영역에 대한\n" " 포트 목록을 편집할 수 있습니다.\n" " \n" -" 다른 손실된 브로드캐스트 패킷은 로그에 기록됩니다. 규모가 큰 네트워크에" -"는 상당히 많은 패킷이 존재할 수 있습니다.\n" -" 이러한 패킷의 로깅을 억제하려면 원하는 영역에 대해 허용되지 않은 브로드캐" -"스트 패킷 기록을\n" +" 다른 손실된 브로드캐스트 패킷은 로그에 기록됩니다. 규모가 큰 네트워크에는 상당히 많은 패킷이 존재할 수 있습니다.\n" +" 이러한 패킷의 로깅을 억제하려면 원하는 영역에 대해 허용되지 않은 브로드캐스트 패킷 기록을\n" " 선택 취소합니다.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" @@ -444,53 +405,40 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPsec 지원</big>\n" -" IPsec은 검증된 호스트 또는 인터넷과 같이 검증되지 않은 네트워크를 통한 네" -"트워크 간에 이루어지는 암호화된\n" +" IPsec은 검증된 호스트 또는 인터넷과 같이 검증되지 않은 네트워크를 통한 네트워크 간에 이루어지는 암호화된\n" "통신입니다. 이 대화 상자에서 활성화를 사용하면 외부 영역에\n" "대한 IPsec이 열립니다.\n" " \n" " 세부 사항에서는 성공적으로 암호 해독된 IPsec 패킷의 처리\n" -" 방법을 구성합니다. 예를 들어 이러한 패킷을 내부 영역에서 온 것처럼 처리할 " -"수 있습니다.\n" +" 방법을 구성합니다. 예를 들어 이러한 패킷을 내부 영역에서 온 것처럼 처리할 수 있습니다.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>로깅 레벨</big>\n" " 이것은 IP 패킷 로깅 설정을 위한 기본 구성 대화 상자입니다. 여기서는\n" -" 들어오는 연결 패킷에 대한 로깅을 구성할 수 있습니다. 나가는 연결 패킷은 기록" -"되지 않습니다.\n" +" 들어오는 연결 패킷에 대한 로깅을 구성할 수 있습니다. 나가는 연결 패킷은 기록되지 않습니다.\n" " \n" -" 기록된 IP 패킷에는 두 그룹이 있습니다. 허용된 패킷과 허용되지 " -"않은 패킷이 그것입니다.\n" -" 각 그룹에 대해 세 가지 로깅 레벨 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 모든 패킷을 기록" -"하려면 모두 기록을,\n" -" 관심이 있는 내용만 기록하려면 중요한 내용만 기록을, 기록하지 않으려" -"면 기록하지 않음을\n" +" 기록된 IP 패킷에는 두 그룹이 있습니다. 허용된 패킷과 허용되지 않은 패킷이 그것입니다.\n" +" 각 그룹에 대해 세 가지 로깅 레벨 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 모든 패킷을 기록하려면 모두 기록을,\n" +" 관심이 있는 내용만 기록하려면 중요한 내용만 기록을, 기록하지 않으려면 기록하지 않음을\n" " 선택합니다. 최소한 중요하게 허용된 패킷은 기록해야 합니다.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help @@ -498,23 +446,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>요약</big>\n" @@ -525,16 +468,12 @@ " 방화벽 시작은 방화벽이 부팅 과정 중에 시작되는지 또는\n" " 수동으로만 시작되는지를 보여줍니다.\n" " \n" -" 방화벽 영역에 네트워크 인터페이스가 할당되어 있어야 요약에 다음 항목이 열" -"거됩니다.\n" +" 방화벽 영역에 네트워크 인터페이스가 할당되어 있어야 요약에 다음 항목이 열거됩니다.\n" " \n" -" 인터페이스: 모든 인터페이스는 해당 구성 이름 및 장치 이름을 사용하" -"여 열거됩니다.\n" +" 인터페이스: 모든 인터페이스는 해당 구성 이름 및 장치 이름을 사용하여 열거됩니다.\n" " \n" -" 기타 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜: 여기에는 모든 허용된 네트워크 서비" -"스,\n" -" TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP(User Datagram Protocol), RPC(Remote " -"Procedure Call)\n" +" 기타 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜: 여기에는 모든 허용된 네트워크 서비스,\n" +" TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP(User Datagram Protocol), RPC(Remote Procedure Call)\n" " 포트 및 IP(Internet Protocol) 프로토콜이 열거됩니다.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -563,12 +502,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "RPC 포트 는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>, \n" -"<tt>ypbind</tt>, 혹은 <tt>portmap</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 RPC 서비스 목" -"록입니다." +"<tt>ypbind</tt>, 혹은 <tt>portmap</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 RPC 서비스 목록입니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -580,8 +517,7 @@ "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." msgstr "" "IP 프로토콜 은 <tt>esp</tt>, \n" -"<tt>smp</tt>, 혹은 <tt>chaos</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 프로토콜 목록입니" -"다.\n" +"<tt>smp</tt>, 혹은 <tt>chaos</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 프로토콜 목록입니다.\n" "현재 사용되는 프로토콜 목록\n" "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." @@ -589,8 +525,7 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -616,16 +551,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -#| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from " -#| "network attacks." +#| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks." msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>방화벽</big> \n" -"방화벽은 네트워크 상의 공격자로부터 사용하는 컴퓨터를 보호하기 위한 네트워크 " -"방어 시스템입니다." +"방화벽은 네트워크 상의 공격자로부터 사용하는 컴퓨터를 보호하기 위한 네트워크 방어 시스템입니다." #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -1273,15 +1205,9 @@ #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, " -#| "Source port: %4" -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"네트워크: %1, 프로토콜: %2, 포트 목적지: %3, 포트 소스: " -"%4" +#| msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "네트워크: %1, 프로토콜: %2, 포트 목적지: %3, 포트 소스: %4" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1327,8 +1253,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration is written" -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "구성을 기록한 후 방화벽이 중지됨" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1469,11 +1394,8 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"마스커레이딩을 설정하려면 적어도 하나의 외부 인터페이스 및 하나의 다른 인터페" -"이스가 필요합니다." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "마스커레이딩을 설정하려면 적어도 하나의 외부 인터페이스 및 하나의 다른 인터페이스가 필요합니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 #. TRANSLATORS: popup message @@ -2250,8 +2172,7 @@ #~ "or 0/0" #~ msgstr "" #~ "잘못된 네트워크 정의 '%1'.\n" -#~ "네트워크는 IP 주소나 슬래시(/)와 넷마스크가 들어간 IP 주소를 쓸 수 있습니" -#~ "다.\n" +#~ "네트워크는 IP 주소나 슬래시(/)와 넷마스크가 들어간 IP 주소를 쓸 수 있습니다.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "예: 192.168.0.1\n" #~ "혹은 192.168.0.0/20\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878) @@ -60,16 +60,8 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." -msgstr "" -"이 도구는 현재 하나의 파티션에 전체 XPRAM을 할당하는 기능만 지원합니다. 여" -"러 파티션을 가지려면 리눅스 커널 2.6 - 2004년 4월 스트림의 \"장치 드라이버, " -"기능 및 명령 2004년 11월 30일\"을 참조하십시오.이 경우 이 모듈에서 " -"XPRAM을 비활성화하십시오." +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "이 도구는 현재 하나의 파티션에 전체 XPRAM을 할당하는 기능만 지원합니다. 여러 파티션을 가지려면 리눅스 커널 2.6 - 2004년 4월 스트림의 \"장치 드라이버, 기능 및 명령 2004년 11월 30일\"을 참조하십시오.이 경우 이 모듈에서 XPRAM을 비활성화하십시오." # ******************** # End of GUI elements @@ -81,8 +73,7 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." -msgstr "" -"마운트 포인트에 대해 정확한 마운트 포인트를 선택하십시오." +msgstr "마운트 포인트에 대해 정확한 마운트 포인트를 선택하십시오." #. help text for XPRAM 4/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 @@ -163,13 +154,11 @@ msgstr "완료됨" #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 -#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." msgstr "xpram 중지 오류. 수동으로 \"rcxpram stop\" 을 시도해보세요." #. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); #. y2milestone("got %1", out); #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 -#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." msgstr "xpram 시작 오류. 수동으로 \"rcxpram stop\" 를 시도해보세요." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90877 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14

16 Dec '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-12-16 14:26:57 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90877 Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po Log: merged Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877) @@ -0,0 +1,511 @@ +# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of printer" +msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" +msgstr "Tulostinmääritykset" + +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clustering" +msgid "GeoCluster" +msgstr "Ryvästys" + +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clustering" +msgid "&GeoCluster" +msgstr "Ryvästys" + +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Configuration" +msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Tulostinmääritykset" + +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Overview" +msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" +msgstr "Tulostimen yhteenveto" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Lue määritystiedosto" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Transport" +msgid "transport" +msgstr "Siirto" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "port" +msgstr "portti" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +msgid "arbitrator" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Lisää" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "Muokkaa" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Poista" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Website:" +msgid "site" +msgstr "WWW-sivut:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Packet" +msgid "ticket" +msgstr "Paketti" + +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "OK" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Peruuta" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" +msgstr "Anna voimassa oleva sähköpostiosoite" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Timeouts" +msgid "timeout" +msgstr "Aikakatkaisut" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Ei tapahtumia." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Height" +msgid "weights" +msgstr "Korkeus" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "expire" +msgstr "Mennyt vanhaksi" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Vaaditut ohjelmistoryhmät" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Action is invalid." +msgid "timeout is invalid" +msgstr "Toiminto on virheellinen." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "expire is invalid" +msgstr "Avain ei kelpaa." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The name is invalid." +msgid "acquireafter is invalid" +msgstr "Nimi on epäkelpo." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device size is invalid." +msgid "retries is invalid" +msgstr "Laitteen koko ei kelpaa." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "weights is invalid" +msgstr "Avain ei kelpaa." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Port field cannot be empty" +msgid "ticket can not be empty" +msgstr "Portti-kenttää ei saa jättää tyhjäksi" + +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Palomuurimääritykset" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "Palvelimen ylläpitäjän sähköpostiosoite" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "Palvelimen ylläpitäjän sähköpostiosoite" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the address of the KDC server." +msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" +msgstr "Anna KDC-palvelimen osoite." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP address of master NIS server" +msgid "Edit IP address of your site" +msgstr "NIS-isäntäpalvelimen IP-osoite" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The target already exists" +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Kohde on jo olemassa" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." +msgstr "Määritysnimi ei voi olla tyhjä." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Määritysnimi ei voi olla tyhjä." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Avain ei kelpaa." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 +msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "Asennettavat ohjelmistot:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "Asennettavat ohjelmistot:" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Koneen määritysten yhteenveto:" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Lue määritystiedosto" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Valmistellaan..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Yleisten asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "Yleisten asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut." + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Yleisten asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut." + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" +msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Valmistellaan tulostinmääritystä" + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset." + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgstr "Lue aikaisemmat asetukset" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgstr "Luetaan aikaisemmat asetukset..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Valmis" + +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" +msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetaan asennuslähteiden määritykset" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the firewall settings" +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..." + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu." + +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..." + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Security Configuration" +msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Valmistellaan turvamääritykset" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Lue tietokanta" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +msgid "Detect the devices" +msgstr "Tunnista laitteet" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgstr "Tunnistetaan laitteita..." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Tietokannan1 lukeminen ei onnistu." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +msgid "Cannot read the database2." +msgstr "Tietokannan2 lukeminen ei onnistu." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgstr "Laitteiden tunnistaminen ei onnistu." + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" +msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetaan asennuslähteiden määritykset" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Suorita SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Suoritetaan SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +msgid "Configuration summary ..." +msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto ..." Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877) @@ -0,0 +1,797 @@ +# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" +msgid "Configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "IPsec-määritykset" + +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +msgid "Iplb" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +msgid "&Iplb" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Yleiset määritykset" + +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" +msgstr "Postipalvelimen määritys" + +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Configuration" +msgid "IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "CA määritys" + +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Overview" +msgid "IPLB Overview" +msgstr "Yhteenveto" + +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "CASA määrityksen ensimmäinen vaihe" + +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "CASA määrityksen toinen vaihe" + +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "kyllä" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ei" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Yleiset määritykset" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Postipalvelimen määritys" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CRL Check Interval" +msgid "Check Interval" +msgstr "CRL-tarkistusväli" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection &Timeout" +msgid "Check Timeout" +msgstr "&Yhteyden aikakatkaisu" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failure" +msgid "Failure Count" +msgstr "Epäonnistui" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Menu Timeout" +msgid "Negotiate Timeout" +msgstr "Käynnistysvalikon näyttöaika" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ro&llback" +msgid "Fallback" +msgstr "Palauta e&dellinen" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Callback Of&f" +msgid "Callback" +msgstr "&Ei takaisinsoittoa" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +msgid "Execute" +msgstr "Suorita" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Addr: " +msgid "Email Alert" +msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite: " + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Addr: " +msgid "Email Alert Freq" +msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite: " + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Status" +msgid "Email Alert Status" +msgstr "Kokeilun tila" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Reload" +msgid "Auto Reload" +msgstr "Lataa &uudelleen" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Quiet" +msgid "Quiescent" +msgstr "Hiljainen" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Supervised" +msgstr "Palvelu" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Log File" +msgid "Log File" +msgstr "&Lokitiedosto" + +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>check interval</big> = n\n" +"Defines the number of second between server checks.\n" +"Default: 10 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +"configuration.\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" +"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" +"\n" +"<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" +"\n" +"<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: yes\n" +"\n" +"<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +"underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +"activated. Default is negotiate.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"Default:\n" +"<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" +"Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" +"</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" +"</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server ip\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server port\n" +"</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check port</big> = n\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +"Default: port specified for each real server\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +"rows. This is a required setting.\n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +" are replaced with a new line character.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"Default: GET\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"SIP servers.\n" +"For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +"from uname if unset.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" +"is a required setting.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" +"passwd above).\n" +"Default: empty string\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>persistent</big> = n\n" +"Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" +"Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Default: \"wrr\"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +"protocol must be fwm.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" +"</dt></dl>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: yes\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Feedback Type" +msgid "Check Type" +msgstr "&Palautteen tyyppi" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check Now" +msgid "Check Port" +msgstr "Tarkista heti" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Palvelu" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command" +msgid "Check Command" +msgstr "Komento" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setup Method" +msgid "Http Method" +msgstr "Asennustapa" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +msgid "Request" +msgstr "Pyyntö" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "JJY Receivers" +msgid "Receive" +msgstr "JJY-vastaanottimet" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VirtualHost" +msgid "Virtual Host" +msgstr "NäennäisPalvelin" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Kirjautuminen" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "Salasana" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Name:" +msgid "Database Name" +msgstr "Tietokannan nimi:" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Samba secrets" +msgid "Radius Secret" +msgstr "Lue Samba-salaisuudet" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Persistent Tunnel" +msgid "Persistent" +msgstr "Pysyvä tunneli" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +msgid "Netmask" +msgstr "Aliverkon peite" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Schedule" +msgid "Scheduler" +msgstr "Ajasta" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "Yhteyskäytäntö" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual Users" +msgid "Virtual Servers" +msgstr "Virtuaaliset käyttäjät" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Lisää" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "Muokkaa" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Poista" + +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual Device" +msgid "Virtual Server" +msgstr "Virtuaalilaite" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Servers" +msgid "Real Servers" +msgstr "Postipalvelimet" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check Repository Type" +msgid "Check type" +msgstr "Tarkista asennuslähteen tyyppi" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Socket type" +msgid "Auth type" +msgstr "Pistokkeen tyyppi" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other" +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Muu" + +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "OK" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Peruuta" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server &IP Address:" +msgid "Real Server's IP Address" +msgstr "Palvelimen &IP-osoite:" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Forward Zone Editor" +msgid "Forward Method" +msgstr "Välitä vyöhyke editori" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Height" +msgid "weight" +msgstr "Korkeus" + +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "IP-osoite ei kelpaa." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Lisää uusi jako" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "Aseta palvelimen rooli" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Valmistellaan..." + +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "Valmistellaan FTP-määritystä" + +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read global settings" +msgid "Read the global settings" +msgstr "Lue yleiset asetukset" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Read the virtual host settings" +msgstr "Lue aikaisemmat asetukset" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading global settings..." +msgid "Reading the global settings..." +msgstr "Luetaan yleisiä asetuksia..." + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." +msgstr "Luetaan aikaisemmat asetukset..." + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Valmis" + +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetaan FTP-määritystä" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Suorita SuSEconfig" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Suoritetaan SuSEconfig..." + +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu." + +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..." Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877) @@ -73,12 +73,8 @@ msgstr "Vientivalinnat (katso 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' " -"etc." -msgstr "" -"Domain-määritys NFSv4 ID mapping:ille, kuten 'localdomain' tai 'abc.com' tai " -"muu sellainen." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Domain-määritys NFSv4 ID mapping:ille, kuten 'localdomain' tai 'abc.com' tai muu sellainen." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -86,8 +82,7 @@ #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS." -msgstr "" -"Kyllä/Ei valinta Secure NFS -tuen käyttöönotolle/käytöstä poistamiselle." +msgstr "Kyllä/Ei valinta Secure NFS -tuen käyttöönotolle/käytöstä poistamiselle." #. summary text #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 @@ -122,19 +117,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"Toimialuetta ei voi asettaa ilman NFSv4:n käyttöönottoa. Käytä tähän 'set " -"enablev4' -komentoa." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "Toimialuetta ei voi asettaa ilman NFSv4:n käyttöönottoa. Käytä tähän 'set enablev4' -komentoa." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"Komentoa 'set' tulee käyttää muodossa 'set option=value'. Käytä 'set help' " -"saadaksesi lisätietoa käytettävissä olevista valinnoista." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "Komentoa 'set' tulee käyttää muodossa 'set option=value'. Käytä 'set help' saadaksesi lisätietoa käytettävissä olevista valinnoista." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -254,12 +242,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the " -"domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Tiedoston /etc/idmapd.conf lukeminen ei onnistu. Toimialueeksi määritetään " -"oletustoimialue 'localdomain'" +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Tiedoston /etc/idmapd.conf lukeminen ei onnistu. Toimialueeksi määritetään oletustoimialue 'localdomain'" #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 @@ -276,37 +260,27 @@ "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -"Jos valitset Käynnistä NFS-palvelin, napsauttamalla Seuraava " -"avautuu\n" +"Jos valitset Käynnistä NFS-palvelin, napsauttamalla Seuraava avautuu\n" "määritysikkuna, jossa voit määritellä vietävät hakemistot." #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Jos palvelimen on käsiteltävä NFSv4-asiakkaita, ota käyttöön Ota NFSv4 " -"käyttöön,\n" -" ja täytä NFSv4-toimialueen nimi tekstiruutuun tunnusten " -"vastaavuustaustaohjelman käyttöön. Jätä arvoksi\n" -" localdomain tai katso lisätietoja idmapd- ja idmapd.conf-man-sivuilta, jos " -"et ole varma.\n" +"Jos palvelimen on käsiteltävä NFSv4-asiakkaita, ota käyttöön Ota NFSv4 käyttöön,\n" +" ja täytä NFSv4-toimialueen nimi tekstiruutuun tunnusten vastaavuustaustaohjelman käyttöön. Jätä arvoksi\n" +" localdomain tai katso lisätietoja idmapd- ja idmapd.conf-man-sivuilta, jos et ole varma.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"Jos palvelin ja asiakas on todennettava käyttämällä GSS-kirjastoa, ota " -"käyttöön \n" -"Ota GSS-suojaus -valinta. GSS-APIn käyttäminen edellyttää tällä " -"hetkellä sitä, että järjestelmässä on Kerberos ja gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)<" -"/P>\n" +"Jos palvelin ja asiakas on todennettava käyttämällä GSS-kirjastoa, ota käyttöön \n" +"Ota GSS-suojaus -valinta. GSS-APIn käyttäminen edellyttää tällä hetkellä sitä, että järjestelmässä on Kerberos ja gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -363,15 +337,13 @@ "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"Kone / jokerimerkki asettaa mitkä palvelimet saavat käyttää " -"valittua hakemistoa.\n" +"Kone / jokerimerkki asettaa mitkä palvelimet saavat käyttää valittua hakemistoa.\n" "Se voi olla yksittäinen kone, ryhmiä, jokerimerkkejä\n" "tai IP-verkkoja.\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "Syötä tähti (<tt>*</tt>) määrittääksesi kaikki koneet." #. Help, part 4 of 4 @@ -485,15 +457,10 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is " -"correct." -msgstr "" -"Palvelun svcgssd käynnistäminen ei onnistunut. Tarkista, että kerberos- ja " -"gssapi (nfs-utils) -asetukset ovat kunnossa." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Palvelun svcgssd käynnistäminen ei onnistunut. Tarkista, että kerberos- ja gssapi (nfs-utils) -asetukset ovat kunnossa." #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 -#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Palvelun 'svcgssd' uudelleen käynnistäminen ei onnistunut." Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877) @@ -177,8 +177,7 @@ "Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Valitse jos passwd -tiedosto tulisi yhdistää shadow " -"-tiedostoon\n" +"Valitse jos passwd -tiedosto tulisi yhdistää shadow -tiedostoon\n" "(mahdollista vain jos shadow -tiedosto on olemassa).\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -232,12 +231,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Anna NIS-toimialue. Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas joka käyttää " -"tätä konetta palvelimena, valitse\n" +"Anna NIS-toimialue. Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas joka käyttää tätä konetta palvelimena, valitse\n" "vastaava valinta.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -263,8 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" "Salli muutokset salasanoihin antaa käyttäjien vaihtaa \n" "salasanojaan kun NIS on läsnä. Painikkeiden jotka sallivat\n" -"vaihtaa kirjautumiskonsolia tai GECOS (koko nimi ja liittyvät tiedot) " -"voidaan\n" +"vaihtaa kirjautumiskonsolia tai GECOS (koko nimi ja liittyvät tiedot) voidaan\n" "käyttää asettamaan näitä enemmän tarkkoja valintoja.\n" #. To translators: checkbox label @@ -335,15 +331,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details" -".\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Palomuuri asetukset \n" "Avataksesi palomuurin sallimaan NIS-palvelimeen pääsyn\n" "etäkoneesta, aseta Avaa portti palomuurista.\n" -"Valitaksesi liitännän jolle portti avataan, napsauta Palomuurin tiedot" -".\n" +"Valitaksesi liitännän jolle portti avataan, napsauta Palomuurin tiedot.\n" "Tämä valinta on saatavilla vain jos palomuuri on käytössä.\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading @@ -383,8 +377,7 @@ "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" "Konenimi on sallittu, jos verkko saadaan loogisella\n" -"JA-operaattorilla koneen osoitteen ja aliverkon peitteen " -"binääriesitysmuodosta." +"JA-operaattorilla koneen osoitteen ja aliverkon peitteen binääriesitysmuodosta." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 @@ -393,8 +386,7 @@ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "Merkintä verkonpeitto <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> ja verkko\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> täytyy olla olemassa salliaksesi yhteydet paikalliselta " -"koneelta.\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> täytyy olla olemassa salliaksesi yhteydet paikalliselta koneelta.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -422,31 +414,21 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Anna NIS-toimialue ja IP-osoite tai NIS-isäntäpalvelimen " -"konenimi." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Anna NIS-toimialue ja IP-osoite tai NIS-isäntäpalvelimen konenimi." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas, joka käyttää konetta palvelimena, " -"valitse vastaava valinta." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas, joka käyttää konetta palvelimena, valitse vastaava valinta." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 -#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "NIS-&toimialue nimi:" #. text entry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 -#| msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "NIS-&isäntäpalvelin:" @@ -477,14 +459,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Tässä annat NIS-palvelimen rengeiksi määritettävien koneiden nimet. Käytä " -"Lisää lisätäksesi uuden, Muokkaa vaihtaaksesi olemassa olevaa " -"ja Poista poistaaksesi merkinnän." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Tässä annat NIS-palvelimen rengeiksi määritettävien koneiden nimet. Käytä Lisää lisätäksesi uuden, Muokkaa vaihtaaksesi olemassa olevaa ja Poista poistaaksesi merkinnän." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877) @@ -36,42 +36,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Napsauta Tahdista nyt saattaaksesi järjestelmäsi aika oikein " -"NTP-palvelimen avulla. Jos haluat käyttää NTP-protokollaa pysyvästi, napsauta " -"Tallenna NTP-määritys." +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Napsauta Tahdista nyt saattaaksesi järjestelmäsi aika oikein NTP-palvelimen avulla. Jos haluat käyttää NTP-protokollaa pysyvästi, napsauta Tallenna NTP-määritys." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"Ottamalla käyttöön Suorita NTP-demonina vaihtoehdon NTP-palvelu " -"käynnistetään demonina. Muutoin järjestelmän aika synkronoidaan aika ajoin. " -"Oletus aikaväli on 15 minuuttia. Voit vaihtaa tämän asennuksen jälkeen " -"yast2 ntp-asiakas moduulilla." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "Ottamalla käyttöön Suorita NTP-demonina vaihtoehdon NTP-palvelu käynnistetään demonina. Muutoin järjestelmän aika synkronoidaan aika ajoin. Oletus aikaväli on 15 minuuttia. Voit vaihtaa tämän asennuksen jälkeen yast2 ntp-asiakas moduulilla." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "" -"Määritä-painikkeella avaat NTP-määrityksen lisämääritykset." +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "Määritä-painikkeella avaat NTP-määrityksen lisämääritykset." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Tahdistaminen NTP-palvelimen kanssa onnistuu vain jos verkko on " -"määritetty." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "Tahdistaminen NTP-palvelimen kanssa onnistuu vain jos verkko on määritetty." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -120,22 +100,19 @@ #. update time widgets #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 -#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Yhteys valittuun NTP-palvelimeen epäonnistui." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 -#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" "Testikysely palvelimelta '%1' epäonnistui.\n" -"Jos palvelin ei ole vielä käytettävissä tai verkkoa ei ole määritetty " -"napsauta 'Ei' ohittaaksesi.\n" +"Jos palvelin ei ole vielä käytettävissä tai verkkoa ei ole määritetty napsauta 'Ei' ohittaaksesi.\n" "Palaa NTP-palvelimen määritykseen?" #. local clock type name @@ -637,35 +614,25 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Keskeytetään tallennus:</big> \n" "Keskeytä tallennus painamalla Keskeytä.\n" -"Näytettävä lisäikkuna kertoo, onko tallentamisen keskeyttäminen turvallista.<" -"/p>" +"Näytettävä lisäikkuna kertoo, onko tallentamisen keskeyttäminen turvallista." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" -#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is " -"15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Käynnistä NTP-demoni</big> \n" "Valitse, käynnistetäänkö NTP-demoni heti ja aina järjestelmän käynnistyessä.\n" -"NTP-demoni selvittää palvelinnimet valmistelun yhteydessä. Verkkoyhteytesi " -"pitää\n" +"NTP-demoni selvittää palvelinnimet valmistelun yhteydessä. Verkkoyhteytesi pitää\n" "olla käynnistetty ennen kuin NTP-demoni käynnistyy.\n" "Valitsemalla Synkronoi ilman demonia NTP-demonia ei aktivoida.\n" -"Järjestelmän aika tarkistetaan säännöllisesti. Tarkistustiheys on " -"muokattavissa. Oletuksena se on 15 minuuttia.\n" +"Järjestelmän aika tarkistetaan säännöllisesti. Tarkistustiheys on muokattavissa. Oletuksena se on 15 minuuttia.\n" "Voit muuttaa tämän asennuksen jälkeen." #. help text 2/5 @@ -684,20 +651,14 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf<" -"/tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Turvallinen NTP määritys</big> \n" -"Valitsemalla Rajoita NTP-palvelu vain määritettyihin palvelimiin estät " -"kaikkia etäkoneita tarkastelemasta ja muokkaamasta NTP-asetuksia\n" -"tietokoneellasi. Tällä tavalla NTP-palvelu rajoitetaan vain palvelimiin, " -"jotka on luetteloitu /etc/ntp.conf-tiedostossa ja localhost:iin. \n" -"Pääsynhallintaliput voidaan hienosäätää muokkaamalla vastaavia palvelin " -"merkintöjä palvelinten yhteenvetotaulussa.\n" +"Valitsemalla Rajoita NTP-palvelu vain määritettyihin palvelimiin estät kaikkia etäkoneita tarkastelemasta ja muokkaamasta NTP-asetuksia\n" +"tietokoneellasi. Tällä tavalla NTP-palvelu rajoitetaan vain palvelimiin, jotka on luetteloitu /etc/ntp.conf-tiedostossa ja localhost:iin. \n" +"Pääsynhallintaliput voidaan hienosäätää muokkaamalla vastaavia palvelin merkintöjä palvelinten yhteenvetotaulussa.\n" "Tämä valinta ei ole käytettävissä jos NTP on määritetty DHCP:llä.\n" #. help text 3/5 @@ -712,26 +673,21 @@ "<big>Määritys DHCP:n avulla</big> \n" "Hakeaksesi NTP-palvelinten tiedot DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä verkkopalvelimelta\n" "käsin asettamisen sijaan valitse Määritä NTP-demoni DHCP:n avulla.\n" -"Kysy verkkosi ylläpitäjältä tarjoaako DHCP-palvelin NTP-palvelinten tiedot.<" -"/p>" +"Kysy verkkosi ylläpitäjältä tarjoaako DHCP-palvelin NTP-palvelinten tiedot." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Määritetyt palvelimet</big> \n" -"Mukauttaaksesi NTP-palvelimia, kollegoita, paikallisia kelloja ja " -"NTP-lähetystä\n" -"valitse vastaava rivi ja napsauta Muokkaa. Lisätäksesi uuden " -"tahdistuskollegan\n" -"napsauta Lisää. Poistaaksesi tahdistuskollegan valitse se ja napsauta " -"Poista." +"Mukauttaaksesi NTP-palvelimia, kollegoita, paikallisia kelloja ja NTP-lähetystä\n" +"valitse vastaava rivi ja napsauta Muokkaa. Lisätäksesi uuden tahdistuskollegan\n" +"napsauta Lisää. Poistaaksesi tahdistuskollegan valitse se ja napsauta Poista." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 @@ -740,15 +696,13 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Näytä loki</big> \n" -"Jos haluat näyttää NTP-taustaohjelman lokit, napsauta Näytä loki " -"-painiketta.\n" +"Jos haluat näyttää NTP-taustaohjelman lokit, napsauta Näytä loki -painiketta.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Asiantuntijamääritys</big> \n" @@ -778,8 +732,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link " -"to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -787,12 +740,9 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Laite</big> \n" -"Saadaksesi kellon toimimaan saattaa olla tarpeellista luoda erityinen " -"symbolinen linkki\n" -"laitteeseen, johon kello on kytketty. Tehdäksesi tämän valitse Luo " -"Symlink ja\n" -"aseta Laite. Selaillaksesi laitteita napsauta Selaile. " -"Joillekin kellotyypeille\n" +"Saadaksesi kellon toimimaan saattaa olla tarpeellista luoda erityinen symbolinen linkki\n" +"laitteeseen, johon kello on kytketty. Tehdäksesi tämän valitse Luo Symlink ja\n" +"aseta Laite. Selaillaksesi laitteita napsauta Selaile. Joillekin kellotyypeille\n" "ei ole tarvetta perustaa symbolista linkkiä tai se pitää luoda käsin." #. help text 4/4 @@ -814,10 +764,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>NTP-palvelimen osoite</big> \n" "Asettaaksesi NTP-palvelimen osoitteen käytä Osoite-kenttää.\n" -"Saadaksesi NTP-palvelimen osoitteen kysy verkon ylläpitäjältä tai " -"palveluntarjoajaltasi.\n" -"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>" -"ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n" +"Saadaksesi NTP-palvelimen osoitteen kysy verkon ylläpitäjältä tai palveluntarjoajaltasi.\n" +"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n" "Kansainvälisiä NTP-palvelimia on esim. <tt>time.nist.gov</tt>." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 @@ -829,10 +777,8 @@ "choose between Local NTP Server and Public NTP Server." msgstr "" "<big>Palvelimen valitseminen</big> \n" -"Valitaksesi paikallisesta verkosta löytyneistä NTP-palvelimista tai " -"tunnettujen\n" -"NTP-palvelinten luettelosta napsauta Valitse ja valitse Paikallinen " -"NTP-palvelin tai Julkinen NTP-palvelin." +"Valitaksesi paikallisesta verkosta löytyneistä NTP-palvelimista tai tunnettujen\n" +"NTP-palvelinten luettelosta napsauta Valitse ja valitse Paikallinen NTP-palvelin tai Julkinen NTP-palvelin." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -842,8 +788,7 @@ "click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Palvelimen saavutettavuuden testaus</big> \n" -"Testataksesi onko valittu palvelin päällä ja vastaa oikein napsauta " -"Testaa." +"Testataksesi onko valittu palvelin päällä ja vastaa oikein napsauta Testaa." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 @@ -853,8 +798,7 @@ "use Address." msgstr "" "<big>Osoite</big> \n" -"Asettaaksesi palvelimen osoitteen keskinäistä tahdistusta varten valitse " -"Osoite." +"Asettaaksesi palvelimen osoitteen keskinäistä tahdistusta varten valitse Osoite." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 @@ -874,8 +818,7 @@ "Address." msgstr "" "<big>Osoite</big> \n" -"Asettaaksesi osoitteen josta tulevat paketit hyväksytään valitse Osoite" -"." +"Asettaaksesi osoitteen josta tulevat paketit hyväksytään valitse Osoite." #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional @@ -895,8 +838,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" @@ -904,10 +846,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Pääsyn valvontavalinnat</big> \n" "Tässä määritellään käyttövaltuusliput (restrict-direktiivi\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) tiedostossa, jotka määrittävät mitä komentoja " -"etäpalvelimet\n" -"voivat suorittaa tämän koneen NTP-demonilla. Oletuksena se on asetettu \"" -"notrap\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) tiedostossa, jotka määrittävät mitä komentoja etäpalvelimet\n" +"voivat suorittaa tämän koneen NTP-demonilla. Oletuksena se on asetettu \"notrap\n" "nomodify noquery\" Tämä valinta on käytössä vain, mikäli\n" "Rajoita NTP-palvelu määriteltyihin palvelimiin on valittuna\n" "tietoturva-asetuksissa.\n" @@ -926,43 +866,35 @@ msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." -msgstr "" -"Lisätäksesi NTP-palvelimen tahdistusta varten valitse Palvelin." +msgstr "Lisätäksesi NTP-palvelimen tahdistusta varten valitse Palvelin." #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." -msgstr "" -"Lisätäksesi NTP-kollegan jonka kanssa tahdistetaan keskinäisesti, valitse " -"Kollega." +msgstr "Lisätäksesi NTP-kollegan jonka kanssa tahdistetaan keskinäisesti, valitse Kollega." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." -msgstr "" -"Määrittääksesi tietokoneeseesi suoraan liitetyn paikallisen kellon valitse " -"Radiokello." +msgstr "Määrittääksesi tietokoneeseesi suoraan liitetyn paikallisen kellon valitse Radiokello." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." -msgstr "" -"Lähettääksesi aikatietoa verkkoosi valitse Lähtevä lähetys." +msgstr "Lähettääksesi aikatietoa verkkoosi valitse Lähtevä lähetys." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." -msgstr "" -"Vastaanottaaksesi NTP-paketteja verkon toisilta palvelimilta ja " -"asettaaksesi niiden avulla paikallisen ajan valitse Saapuva lähetys." +msgstr "Vastaanottaaksesi NTP-paketteja verkon toisilta palvelimilta ja asettaaksesi niiden avulla paikallisen ajan valitse Saapuva lähetys." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -985,8 +917,7 @@ "Then select a server from the list of found servers." msgstr "" "<big>Palvelimen etsintä paikallisesta verkosta</big> \n" -"Etsiäksesi NTP-palvelimia paikallisesta verkosta käyttäen " -"SLP-yhteyskäytäntöä\n" +"Etsiäksesi NTP-palvelimia paikallisesta verkosta käyttäen SLP-yhteyskäytäntöä\n" "(Service Location Protocol) napsauta Etsi.\n" "Valitse sitten palvelin löydetyistä palvelimista." @@ -994,13 +925,11 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Julkisen NTP-palvelimen valinta</big> \n" -"Valitse NTP-palvelin Julkiset NTP-palvelimet -luettelosta. " -"Näyttääksesi\n" +"Valitse NTP-palvelin Julkiset NTP-palvelimet -luettelosta. Näyttääksesi\n" "vain tietyn maan NTP-palvelimet valitse Maa." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1018,14 +947,11 @@ "<big>Huomautus</big> \n" "Luetellut NTP-palvelimet eivät välttämättä ole käytettävissä kaikista maista\n" "vaan pelkästään tietystä maasta tai alueelta käsin. Ennen kuin käytät mitään\n" -"NTP-palvelinta luettelosta, kysy järjestelmäsi ylläpitäjältä tai " -"palveluntarjoajaltasi\n" -"onko sinua lähempänä NTP-palvelinta ja suosi näitä palvelimia luettelossa " -"olevien\n" +"NTP-palvelinta luettelosta, kysy järjestelmäsi ylläpitäjältä tai palveluntarjoajaltasi\n" +"onko sinua lähempänä NTP-palvelinta ja suosi näitä palvelimia luettelossa olevien\n" "palvelinten sijaan. Voit etsiä lähellä sijaitsevaa palvelimia myös täältä\n" "http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html.\n" -"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>" -"ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n" +"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n" "Kansainvälisiä NTP-palvelimia on esim. <tt>time.nist.gov</tt> " #. help text 5/5 @@ -1044,44 +970,36 @@ "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" "three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Käytä satunnaista palvelinta</big> \n" "Tämän palvelun tarjoaa pool.ntp.org. Jos valitset tämän,\n" "kolme eri palvelinta lisätään määritykseen. Palvelimien nimet ovat\n" -"pysyviä, mutta ne muuttavat DNS-merkintäänsä (IP) joka tunti. Tämä " -"tarkoittaa, että\n" +"pysyviä, mutta ne muuttavat DNS-merkintäänsä (IP) joka tunti. Tämä tarkoittaa, että\n" "NTP-palvelusi tahdistetaan joka tunti eri palvelimien kanssa.\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Kello-ohjaimen kalibrointi</big> \n" -"Kello-ohjain saattaa vaatia kalibroinnin. Tässä valintaikkunassa voidaan " -"asettaa\n" -"erilaisia kalibrointivalintoja. Tietyn valinnan merkitys riippuu ohjaimesta. " -"Kaikki\n" +"Kello-ohjain saattaa vaatia kalibroinnin. Tässä valintaikkunassa voidaan asettaa\n" +"erilaisia kalibrointivalintoja. Tietyn valinnan merkitys riippuu ohjaimesta. Kaikki\n" "ohjaimet eivät käytä kaikkia valintoja." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i" -">.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "Lisätietoja käytettävissä olevista valinnoista saat asentamalla paketin\n" -"ntp-doc ja lukemalla /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.h" -"tm.\n" +"ntp-doc ja lukemalla /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90876 - trunk/yast/es/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14

16 Dec '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-12-16 14:23:10 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90876 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2014-12-16 13:17:34 UTC (rev 90875) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876) @@ -47,23 +47,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Utilice Configuración del Sistema de Duplicación si desea crear un " -"perfil de AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin " -"necesidad de\n" -"interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para saber cómo debe " -"que ser\n" -"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un " -"perfil del sistema actual en\n" +"Utilice Configuración del Sistema de Duplicación si desea crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n" +"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin necesidad de\n" +"interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para saber cómo debe que ser\n" +"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un perfil del sistema actual en\n" " <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. this is a heading @@ -79,12 +71,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"El perfil de AutoYaST se guardará en /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no " -"guardar</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "El perfil de AutoYaST se guardará en /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no guardar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -129,12 +117,8 @@ msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede elegir si utilizar imágenes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar " -"la instalación." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si utilizar imágenes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar la instalación." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -145,12 +129,8 @@ msgstr "No instalar desde &imágenes" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Instalación mediante imágenes propias - necesita una URL para utilizar como " -"orígen de la instalación" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Instalación mediante imágenes propias - necesita una URL para utilizar como orígen de la instalación" #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -158,18 +138,12 @@ msgstr "Aquí puedes crear imágenes personalizadas.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "Debes configurar la selección de software antes de crear una imagen" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Crear un archivo de imagen (durante la instalación AutoYaST lo buscará en la " -"ubicación indicada)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Crear un archivo de imagen (durante la instalación AutoYaST lo buscará en la ubicación indicada)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -193,53 +167,38 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"La instalación desde imágenes se utiliza para acelerar la " -"instalación.\n" -"Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que " -"corresponden\n" -"con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en las " -"imágenes\n" +"La instalación desde imágenes se utiliza para acelerar la instalación.\n" +"Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que corresponden\n" +"con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en las imágenes\n" "serán instalados de la forma habitual.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "Creando imágenes propias se utilizará\n" -"si desea omitir el paso completo de instalación RPM. En su lugar, AutoYaST " -"desplegará\n" -"una imágen en el disco, ya que es mucho más rápido y puede pre " -"configurarse.\n" -"El resto de la instalación RPM se realiza como una auto instalación normal.</" -"p>" +"si desea omitir el paso completo de instalación RPM. En su lugar, AutoYaST desplegará\n" +"una imágen en el disco, ya que es mucho más rápido y puede pre configurarse.\n" +"El resto de la instalación RPM se realiza como una auto instalación normal." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" -msgstr "" -"es necesario que realice la selección de software antes de crear una imagen" +msgstr "es necesario que realice la selección de software antes de crear una imagen" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que al instalar desde imágenes, la fecha y hora de los " -"paquetes de las imágenes no\n" -"coincidirán con la fecha de instalación, sino que tendrán la fecha de " -"creación de la imagen." +"Tenga en cuenta que al instalar desde imágenes, la fecha y hora de los paquetes de las imágenes no\n" +"coincidirán con la fecha de instalación, sino que tendrán la fecha de creación de la imagen." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -281,15 +240,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Instalación desde imágenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Instalación desde imágenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)." #. progress step title #: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -407,8 +364,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Elija el idioma y la distribución del teclado que se usará " -"durante la instalación y en\n" +"Elija el idioma y la distribución del teclado que se usará durante la instalación y en\n" "el sistema instalado.\n" "\n" @@ -418,14 +374,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Es necesario que acepte la licencia para continuar con la instalación.\n" -"Utilice Traducciones de la licencia... para ver la licencia en todos " -"los idiomas disponibles.\n" +"Utilice Traducciones de la licencia... para ver la licencia en todos los idiomas disponibles.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -564,20 +518,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Utilice Clonar si desea crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin " -"que\n" -"sea necesaria la interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para " -"saber cómo tiene que ser\n" -"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un " -"perfil del sistema actual en\n" +"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin que\n" +"sea necesaria la interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para saber cómo tiene que ser\n" +"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un perfil del sistema actual en\n" " <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message @@ -590,10 +538,8 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para clonar el sistema actual, debe inestalar el paquete %1." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para clonar el sistema actual, debe inestalar el paquete %1." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -601,8 +547,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." -msgstr "" -"El paquete autoyast2 no se encuentra instalado. Clonación deshabilitada." +msgstr "El paquete autoyast2 no se encuentra instalado. Clonación deshabilitada." #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 @@ -635,12 +580,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "La depuración se encuentra habilitada.\n" -"YaST abrirá el gestor de paquetes para verificar el estado actual de los " -"paquetes." +"YaST abrirá el gestor de paquetes para verificar el estado actual de los paquetes." # include/mail/ui.ycp:712 # include/mail/ui.ycp:739 include/mail/ui.ycp:823 @@ -690,13 +633,8 @@ msgstr "&Disco a utilizar" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el disco en el que se desplegará la imagen. Toda la información " -"contenida en el disco se perderá, y el disco se particionará como se " -"encuentra definido en la imagen." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Seleccione el disco en el que se desplegará la imagen. Toda la información contenida en el disco se perderá, y el disco se particionará como se encuentra definido en la imagen." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -771,15 +709,12 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes ne los siguientes repositorios " -"adicionales:" +msgstr "Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes ne los siguientes repositorios adicionales:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"¿Iniciar el gestor de paquetes para verificar e instalar actualizaciones?" +msgstr "¿Iniciar el gestor de paquetes para verificar e instalar actualizaciones?" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1391 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1506 @@ -915,31 +850,24 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para utilizar los repositorios remotos sugeridos durante la instalación o la " -"actualización, seleccione\n" +"Para utilizar los repositorios remotos sugeridos durante la instalación o la actualización, seleccione\n" "Añadir repositorios en línea antes de la instalación." #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para instalar un producto complementario desde un medio separado junto con " -"&product;, seleccione\n" +"Para instalar un producto complementario desde un medio separado junto con &product;, seleccione\n" "Incluir productos complementarios desde medios separados.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Si necesita controladores de hardware particulares, consulte el sitio " -"http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Si necesita controladores de hardware particulares, consulte el sitio http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -995,12 +923,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Es necesario tener configurada la red para usar los repositorios\n" -" remotos o productos adicionales. Omita esta configuración si no utiliza " -"repositorios remotos.\n" +" remotos o productos adicionales. Omita esta configuración si no utiliza repositorios remotos.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -1014,35 +940,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"En Linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE " -"ofrece diferentes \n" -"entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 más " -"importantes \n" +"En Linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE ofrece diferentes \n" +"entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 más importantes \n" "GNOME y KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Puedes seleccionar alternativas de entornos de escritorio (o una " -"instalación mínima)\n" -"que mejor se adapte a tus necesidades utilizando la opción Otros. Más " -"adelante,\n" -"en la selección de software o después de la instalación, puedes cambiar to " -"selección o agregar\n" +"Puedes seleccionar alternativas de entornos de escritorio (o una instalación mínima)\n" +"que mejor se adapte a tus necesidades utilizando la opción Otros. Más adelante,\n" +"en la selección de software o después de la instalación, puedes cambiar to selección o agregar\n" "un entorno adicional. En este paso selecciona el que usarás por defecto." # clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:250 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:574 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309 @@ -1072,9 +988,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"No es posible localizar el producto base. Las notas de versión no se " -"mostrarán." +msgstr "No es posible localizar el producto base. Las notas de versión no se mostrarán." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1107,9 +1021,7 @@ #. to store profile after installation #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" -"Error al guardar la configuración. Puede encontrar más detalles en el " -"registro." +msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración. Puede encontrar más detalles en el registro." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 @@ -1197,9 +1109,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Pulse sobre cualquier encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú " -"\"Cambiar...\" de más abajo." +msgstr "Pulse sobre cualquier encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú \"Cambiar...\" de más abajo." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1228,13 +1138,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione Instalar para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los " -"valores mostrados.\n" +"Seleccione Instalar para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los valores mostrados.\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1265,8 +1173,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Su disco duro no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin " -"problemas.\n" +"Su disco duro no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin problemas.\n" "\n" #. Help text for update proposal @@ -1278,8 +1185,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione Actualizar para llevar a cabo una actualización con los " -"valores mostrados.\n" +"Seleccione Actualizar para llevar a cabo una actualización con los valores mostrados.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1329,8 +1235,7 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"La instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) le permite iniciar máquinas " -"virtuales\n" +"La instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) le permite iniciar máquinas virtuales\n" "Linux independientes en el sistema anfitrión." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -1343,8 +1248,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para utilizar la configuración tal y como se muestra, pulse Siguiente</" -"b>.\n" +"Para utilizar la configuración tal y como se muestra, pulse Siguiente.\n" "\n" #. help text @@ -1355,8 +1259,7 @@ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Es posible que algunas propuestas se encuentren\n" -"bloqueadas por el administrador del sistema y no puedan ser modificadas. " -"Contacte con el\n" +"bloqueadas por el administrador del sistema y no puedan ser modificadas. Contacte con el\n" "administrador del sistema si necesita cambiar una de estas propuestas.\n" #. FATE #120373 @@ -1418,8 +1321,7 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Seleccione un escenario que se adapte mejor a sus necesidades.\n" -"Más adelante podrá seleccionar aplicaciones adicionales en la propuesta de " -"software.\n" +"Más adelante podrá seleccionar aplicaciones adicionales en la propuesta de software.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1476,8 +1378,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." -msgstr "" -"Cargando los módulos del kernel para las controladoras de disco duro..." +msgstr "Cargando los módulos del kernel para las controladoras de disco duro..." #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" @@ -1521,12 +1422,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Consulte \"drivers.suse.com\" si necesita controladores de hardware " -"particulares." +"Consulte \"drivers.suse.com\" si necesita controladores de hardware particulares." #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 @@ -1631,8 +1530,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Aquí puede ver todos los repositorios que se han encontrado\n" "en el sistema que está actualizando. Habilite aquellos que\n" @@ -1645,15 +1543,12 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Para activar, desactivar o eliminar una dirección URL, pulse en el botón\n" -"Cambiar estadoo pulse dos veces sobre el elemento respectivo en la " -"tabla." +"Cambiar estadoo pulse dos veces sobre el elemento respectivo en la tabla." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar la dirección URL, pulse sobre el botón Cambiar.... .</" -"p>" +msgstr "Para cambiar la dirección URL, pulse sobre el botón Cambiar.... ." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key @@ -1819,10 +1714,8 @@ "Next to continue. \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Hay que realizar algunos pasos adicionales antes de que el sistema esté " -"listo\n" -"para usarse. A continuación YaST le guiará en algunos ajustes básicos de " -"configuración.\n" +"Hay que realizar algunos pasos adicionales antes de que el sistema esté listo\n" +"para usarse. A continuación YaST le guiará en algunos ajustes básicos de configuración.\n" "Pulse Siguiente para continuar. \n" " \n" @@ -1838,8 +1731,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error message #: src/clients/installation.rb:83 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." -msgstr "" -"No se ha definido ninguna secuencia de trabajo para este tipo de instalación." +msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna secuencia de trabajo para este tipo de instalación." # modules/Lan.ycp:220 #. progress step title @@ -1935,9 +1827,7 @@ #. progress step title #: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." -msgstr "" -"Copiando la configuración del sistema de ventanas X (X Window System) en el " -"sistema..." +msgstr "Copiando la configuración del sistema de ventanas X (X Window System) en el sistema..." #. progress step title #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -2036,8 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "No se ha podido iniciar la interfaz gráfica.\n" "\n" -"Es posible que los paquetes requeridos no estén instalados (instalación " -"mínima)\n" +"Es posible que los paquetes requeridos no estén instalados (instalación mínima)\n" "o que la tarjeta gráfica no esté soportada.\n" "\n" "Como alternativa, el modo texto de YaST le guiará \n" @@ -2094,8 +1983,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -"La información necesaria para la instalación básica está completa." +msgstr "La información necesaria para la instalación básica está completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 @@ -2124,9 +2012,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "" -"Si no está seguro, todavía puede retroceder y revisar las opciones " -"seleccionadas." +msgstr "Si no está seguro, todavía puede retroceder y revisar las opciones seleccionadas." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242 @@ -2136,9 +2022,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Se ha completado toda la información necesaria para realizar una " -"actualización." +msgstr "Se ha completado toda la información necesaria para realizar una actualización." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 @@ -2170,24 +2054,18 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">deshabilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">deshabilitar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Lista negra de dispositivos deshabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos deshabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilitar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Utilice Lista negra de dispositivos si desea crear una lista de " -"dispositivos a bloquear para reducir la memoria utilizada por el kernel." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Utilice Lista negra de dispositivos si desea crear una lista de dispositivos a bloquear para reducir la memoria utilizada por el kernel." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 @@ -2246,8 +2124,7 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"La instalación no ha logrado resolver las dependencias de paquetes " -"automáticamente.\n" +"La instalación no ha logrado resolver las dependencias de paquetes automáticamente.\n" "Se abrirá el gestor de paquetes para que pueda resolverlas manualmente." #~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" @@ -2351,11 +2228,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Información del hardware de la tarjeta de red seleccionada" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí puede configurar sus tarjetas de red para usarlas inmediatamente." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr "Aquí puede configurar sus tarjetas de red para usarlas inmediatamente." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2417,8 +2291,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 no es un número de puerto válido para el servidor proxy.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "El número de puerto debe estar comprendido entre 1 y 65535 ambos " -#~ "inclusive." +#~ "El número de puerto debe estar comprendido entre 1 y 65535 ambos inclusive." #~ msgid "Select your network setup type for %1" #~ msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de configuración de la red para %1" @@ -2468,10 +2341,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configuración de red</big>\n" #~ " Aquí puede configurar su tarjeta de red.\n" -#~ "Seleccione configuración DHCP o estática. DHCP se ajusta en la mayoría de " -#~ "casos.\n" -#~ "Para obtener más información, póngase en contacto con su proveedor de " -#~ "acceso a\n" +#~ "Seleccione configuración DHCP o estática. DHCP se ajusta en la mayoría de casos.\n" +#~ "Para obtener más información, póngase en contacto con su proveedor de acceso a\n" #~ "Internet o con el administrador de su red.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2566,12 +2437,8 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de la red..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por favor, espere mientras se escribe y se prueba la configuración de " -#~ "la red..." +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Por favor, espere mientras se escribe y se prueba la configuración de la red..." #~ msgid "" #~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n" @@ -2664,8 +2531,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2685,17 +2551,14 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Seleccione la opción Actualizar un sistema existente para " -#~ "actualizar un\n" -#~ "sistema Linux ya instalado. Esta opción respeta en la medida de lo " -#~ "posible\n" +#~ "Seleccione la opción Actualizar un sistema existente para actualizar un\n" +#~ "sistema Linux ya instalado. Esta opción respeta en la medida de lo posible\n" #~ "la configuración del sistema existente.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" @@ -2705,8 +2568,7 @@ #~ "Seleccione Utilizar configuración automática para dejar que el\n" #~ "programa de instalación configure su red y hardware automáticamente.\n" #~ "En caso contrario, se le ofrecerá una propuesta de configuración con la\n" -#~ "posibilidad de ajustarla manualmente. Los usuarios sin experiencia " -#~ "deberían\n" +#~ "posibilidad de ajustarla manualmente. Los usuarios sin experiencia deberían\n" #~ "optar por utilizar la configuración automática.\n" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:57 @@ -2735,8 +2597,7 @@ #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Estas son las notas de la versión para la primera publicación. Son\n" -#~ "parte del medio de instalación. Durante la instalación, si dispone de una " -#~ "conexión a\n" +#~ "parte del medio de instalación. Durante la instalación, si dispone de una conexión a\n" #~ "Internet, podrá descargar las notas de versión actualizadas\n" #~ "desde el servidor Web de openSUSE.\n" @@ -2761,8 +2622,7 @@ #~ "Puede encontrar más información al final del archivo \"%1\".\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Merece la pena informar del fallo en %2.\n" -#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el " -#~ "directorio \"%3\".\n" +#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio \"%3\".\n" #~ "Vea %4 para más información acerca de los registros de YaST.\n" #~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" @@ -2776,8 +2636,7 @@ #~ "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Merece la pena informar del fallo en %1.\n" -#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el " -#~ "directorio \"%2\".\n" +#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio \"%2\".\n" #~ msgid "Checking for %1 binary..." #~ msgstr "Verificando archivo binario %1..." @@ -2825,9 +2684,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Abriendo archivo..." #~ msgid "SCR process has died, printing the last log lines..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El proceso SCR terminó de forma inesperada, mostrando las últimas líneas " -#~ "del registro..." +#~ msgstr "El proceso SCR terminó de forma inesperada, mostrando las últimas líneas del registro..." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1370 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1485# @@ -2845,15 +2702,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Ruta de chroot desconocida. El depurador no puede continuar." #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se ha producido un error al conectar con inst-sys. El depurador no puede " -#~ "continuar." +#~ msgstr "Se ha producido un error al conectar con inst-sys. El depurador no puede continuar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para acceder al sistema X11, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Para acceder al sistema X11, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "¿Desea instalarlo ahora?" @@ -2866,8 +2718,7 @@ #~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~ "Please check your hardware!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "No se ha encontrado ningún disco duro para la instalación.\n" #~ "Por favor, ¡revise su hardware!\n" @@ -2882,8 +2733,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "No se han encontrado discos duros ni controladoras de discos duros\n" #~ "para la instalación.\n" @@ -2905,8 +2755,7 @@ #~ "this process can take some time.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<tt>SuSEconfig</tt> debe escribir la configuración de su sistema\n" -#~ "&product;. Dependiendo de la CPU y de la cantidad de memoria " -#~ "disponible, \n" +#~ "&product;. Dependiendo de la CPU y de la cantidad de memoria disponible, \n" #~ "este proceso puede tardar un poco.\n" #~ msgid "Progress" @@ -2942,33 +2791,22 @@ #~ msgstr "Inicializando las fuentes..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instalación desde imágenes se utiliza para acelerar la " -#~ "instalación.\n" -#~ "Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que " -#~ "corresponden \n" -#~ "con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en " -#~ "las imágenes \n" +#~ "Instalación desde imágenes se utiliza para acelerar la instalación.\n" +#~ "Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que corresponden \n" +#~ "con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en las imágenes \n" #~ "serán instalados de la forma habitual." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ahora la instalación está escribiendo la configuración automática. Por " -#~ "favor espere..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "Ahora la instalación está escribiendo la configuración automática. Por favor espere..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" @@ -2981,28 +2819,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Para instalar un producto adicional desde un medio separado con " -#~ "&product;, seleccione\n" +#~ "Para instalar un producto adicional desde un medio separado con &product;, seleccione\n" #~ "Incluir productos adicionales desde medios separados." #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por favor, espere mientras la instalación prueba las tarjetas de red..." +#~ msgstr "Por favor, espere mientras la instalación prueba las tarjetas de red..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Su disco duro todavía no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede " -#~ "interrumpir\n" +#~ "Su disco duro todavía no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede interrumpir\n" #~ "la instalación sin problemas.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3029,25 +2862,20 @@ #~ msgstr "&Reparar el sistema instalado" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione Reparar el sistema instalado si tiene un sistema " -#~ "Linux dañado en\n" -#~ "el disco duro. Con esta opción se intentará resolver automáticamente los " -#~ "problemas.\n" +#~ "Seleccione Reparar el sistema instalado si tiene un sistema Linux dañado en\n" +#~ "el disco duro. Con esta opción se intentará resolver automáticamente los problemas.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo texto. Durante la " -#~ "instalación\n" -#~ "se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma " -#~ "seleccionado." +#~ "El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo texto. Durante la instalación\n" +#~ "se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma seleccionado." #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting Other, you can chose a minimal installation that\n" @@ -3059,13 +2887,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n" #~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n" -#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' " -#~ "directory." +#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha fallado el acceso al módulo %1 de YaST.\n" #~ "Puede haber más información en el archivo '%2'.\n" -#~ "Por favor, informe de este fallo a %3 y adjunte los registros de YaST " -#~ "almacenados en el directorio '%4'." +#~ "Por favor, informe de este fallo a %3 y adjunte los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio '%4'." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3104,26 +2930,18 @@ #~ msgstr "Ejecutando el debugger..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -#~ "number\n" -#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -#~ "ones\n" -#~ "GNOME and KDE. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a " -#~ "large number\n" -#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many " -#~ "others." +#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number\n" +#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones\n" +#~ "GNOME and KDE. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a large number\n" +#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE " -#~ "ofrece diferentes\n" +#~ "En linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE ofrece diferentes\n" #~ "entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 mayores\n" -#~ "GNOME y KDE. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de usar con " -#~ "un gran número\n" -#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos " -#~ "otros." +#~ "GNOME y KDE. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de usar con un gran número\n" +#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos otros." #~ msgid "" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear recommendation " -#~ "can't be\n" +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear recommendation can't be\n" #~ "given." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que\n" @@ -3164,73 +2982,51 @@ #~ msgstr "Desplegando imágenes de instalación" #~ msgid "Please wait, while system images are just being deployed..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por favor, aguarde mientras se despliegan las imágenes del sistema...</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgstr "Por favor, aguarde mientras se despliegan las imágenes del sistema..." #~ msgid "Installation images are part of the installation media." #~ msgstr "Las imágenes de instalación forman parte del medio." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM " -#~ "packages\n" +#~ "Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM packages\n" #~ "because it does not need to handle with RPM database, locks etc.\n" -#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata." -#~ "" +#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La instalación utilizando imágenes es mucho más rápido que hacerlo " -#~ "desde paquetes RPM\n" +#~ "La instalación utilizando imágenes es mucho más rápido que hacerlo desde paquetes RPM\n" #~ "ya que no necesita manejarse con la base de datos RPM, bloqueos, etc.\n" -#~ "Una de las imágenes también contiene la base de datos RPM y otros " -#~ "metadatos." +#~ "Una de las imágenes también contiene la base de datos RPM y otros metadatos." #~ msgid "" #~ "If there is no direct access to installation images,\n" -#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed." -#~ "" +#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si no hay acceso a las imágenes de instalación,\n" -#~ "el programa de instalación deberá descargarlas antes de realizar el " -#~ "despliegue." +#~ "el programa de instalación deberá descargarlas antes de realizar el despliegue." #~ msgid "" -#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -#~ "ones \n" -#~ "GNOME and KDE (in two different versions). Both provide an " -#~ "easy to use desktop\n" -#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, " -#~ "games and many others." +#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +#~ "GNOME and KDE (in two different versions). Both provide an easy to use desktop\n" +#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE " -#~ "ofrece diferentes\n" +#~ "En linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE ofrece diferentes\n" #~ "entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 mayores\n" -#~ "GNOME y KDE (en dos versiones). Ambos proveen un escritorio " -#~ "fácil de usar con un gran número\n" -#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos " -#~ "otros." +#~ "GNOME y KDE (en dos versiones). Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de usar con un gran número\n" +#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos otros." #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities.\n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "openSUSE ofrece una selección de interfaces de usuario. Los dos mayores y " -#~ "completos \n" -#~ "escritorios son KDE y GNOME. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de " -#~ "utilizar con un \n" -#~ "conjunto de aplicaciones completo, que incluye, correo electrónico, " -#~ "navegadores, juegos y utilidades.\n" +#~ "openSUSE ofrece una selección de interfaces de usuario. Los dos mayores y completos \n" +#~ "escritorios son KDE y GNOME. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de utilizar con un \n" +#~ "conjunto de aplicaciones completo, que incluye, correo electrónico, navegadores, juegos y utilidades.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que no podemos " -#~ "darle ninguna recomendación." +#~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que no podemos darle ninguna recomendación." #~ msgid "Please wait while repositories are being read..." #~ msgstr "Por favor, aguarde mientras se leen los repositorios..." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2014-12-16 13:17:34 UTC (rev 90875) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876) @@ -182,151 +182,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a " -"per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" -"ename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"" -"|syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a " -"href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " -"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds " -"will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting" -"|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options " -"are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of " -"the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, " -"the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " -"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS<" -"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to " -"run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a " -"href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">" -"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a " -"href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>" -" for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -336,250 +273,130 @@ "Valor predefinido: 10 segundos\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Límite de tiempo, en segundos, para realizar conexión y para hacer " -"comprobaciones externas y mediante ping. Si se excede el límite de tiempo, " -"entonces el servidor real se considera muerto.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es sobrescrito.\n" -"Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. " -"negotiatetimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por " -"alguna configuración virtual.\n" -"Si no se han definido ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout, entonces se " -"usa " -"el valor predeterminado.\n" +"Límite de tiempo, en segundos, para realizar conexión y para hacer comprobaciones externas y mediante ping. Si se excede el límite de tiempo, entonces el servidor real se considera muerto.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. negotiatetimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por alguna configuración virtual.\n" +"Si no se han definido ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout, entonces se usa el valor predeterminado.\n" "Valor predefinido: 5 segundos\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"El número de veces consecutivas que debe comunicarse un fallo durante " -"una comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un " -"valor 1 considerará que realserver ha fallado al primer fracaso. Una " -"comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador a 0.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"El número de veces consecutivas que debe comunicarse un fallo durante una comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un valor 1 considerará que realserver ha fallado al primer fracaso. Una comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador a 0.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "Valor predefinido: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Límite de tiempo para negociar las comprobaciones.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es sobrescrito.\n" -"Si no se ha definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. " -"connecttimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por " -"alguna configuración virtual.\n" -"Si no se han definido ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout, se usa el " -"valor predeterminado.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"Si no se ha definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. connecttimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por alguna configuración virtual.\n" +"Si no se han definido ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout, se usa el valor predeterminado.\n" "Valor predefinido: 30 segundos\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = " -"dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[:número_de_puerto|nombre_del_servicio] [" -"pasarela|máscara|ipip]\n" -"el servidor al que un se redirige un webservice si todos los " -"servidores reales están indispuestos. Normalmente este puede ser 127.0.0.1 " -"con una página de emergencia.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[:número_de_puerto|nombre_del_servicio] [pasarela|máscara|ipip]\n" +"el servidor al que un se redirige un webservice si todos los servidores reales están indispuestos. Normalmente este puede ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"" -"/ruta/al/archivo_del_registro\"|servicio_syslog\n" -"Con esta directiva se puede especificar un archivo de registro " -"alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no tiene una '/' al principio, se " -"asume que es el nombre de servicio <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>" -"(3).\n" -"Valor predefinido: enviar el registro directamente al fichero " -"/var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/ruta/al/archivo_del_registro\"|servicio_syslog\n" +"Con esta directiva se puede especificar un archivo de registro alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no tiene una '/' al principio, se asume que es el nombre de servicio <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3).\n" +"Valor predefinido: enviar el registro directamente al fichero /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert</big> = \"dirección_de_correo" -"\"\n" -"Una dirección de correo válida a donde enviar alertas sobre el cambio " -"de estado de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio " -"virtual. Esta opción requiere que esté instalado\n" -"el módulo Perl MailTools. Intenta enviar un correo automáticamente usando " -"cualquiera de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener " -"más información sobre los métodos.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"<big>email alert</big> = \"dirección_de_correo\"\n" +"Una dirección de correo válida a donde enviar alertas sobre el cambio de estado de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que esté instalado\n" +"el módulo Perl MailTools. Intenta enviar un correo automáticamente usando cualquiera de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Intervalo en segundos entre repeticiones de la alerta por correo " -"mientras que cualquier servidor real in el servicio virtual permanece " -"inaccesible. Un valor igual a cero segundos inhibirá\n" -"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de la hora del correo de este ajuste " -"depende del número de segundos definidos en la configuración de la opción\n" +"Intervalo en segundos entre repeticiones de la alerta por correo mientras que cualquier servidor real in el servicio virtual permanece inaccesible. Un valor igual a cero segundos inhibirá\n" +"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de la hora del correo de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definidos en la configuración de la opción\n" "checkinterval.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "Valor predefinido: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|nothing|" -"starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se " -"deberían enviar alertas por correo. all es un atajo para\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Si " -"se especifica nada, no se puede indicar ninguna de las demás opciones, " -"de lo contrario se hace una operación OR\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|nothing|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se deberían enviar alertas por correo. all es un atajo para\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Si se especifica nada, no se puede indicar ninguna de las demás opciones, de lo contrario se hace una operación OR\n" "con ellas.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "Valor predefinido: all\n" "\n" -"<big>callback</big> = \"/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada" -"\"\n" -"Si esta directiva está definida, ldirectord invoca " -"automáticamente el ejecutable /ruta/a/función_de_rellamada después de " -"que el fichero de configuración haya cambiado en\n" -"el disco. Esto es útil para actualizar el fichero de configuración mediante <" -"b>scp en el otro host comprobado. El primer argumento a la función de " -"rellamada es el nombre de la\n" +"<big>callback</big> = \"/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada\"\n" +"Si esta directiva está definida, ldirectord invoca automáticamente el ejecutable /ruta/a/función_de_rellamada después de que el fichero de configuración haya cambiado en\n" +"el disco. Esto es útil para actualizar el fichero de configuración mediante scp en el otro host comprobado. El primer argumento a la función de rellamada es el nombre de la\n" "configuración.\n" -"Esta directiva también se podría usar para reiniciar ldirectord " -"automáticamente después de cambios en el fichero de configuración en disco. " -"Sin embargo, si autoreload is\n" +"Esta directiva también se podría usar para reiniciar ldirectord automáticamente después de cambios en el fichero de configuración en disco. Sin embargo, si autoreload is\n" "está establecido a sí, la configuración se recarga de todas formas.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuración\"\n" -"Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la " -"configuración citada.\n" +"Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la configuración citada.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Define <ldirectord> debe comprobar continuamente el fichero de " -"configuración en busca de modificaciones. Si se establece a 'yes' y el " -"fichero " -"de configuración ha cambiado\n" -"en el disco y su fecha de modificación (mtime) es más reciente que la de la " -"versión anterior, el fichero de configuración se recarga automáticamente.\n" +"Define <ldirectord> debe comprobar continuamente el fichero de configuración en busca de modificaciones. Si se establece a 'yes' y el fichero de configuración ha cambiado\n" +"en el disco y su fecha de modificación (mtime) es más reciente que la de la versión anterior, el fichero de configuración se recarga automáticamente.\n" "Valor predefinido: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"Si es yes, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores " -"reales o alternativos están caídos no se eliminan realmente de la tabla <" -"small>LVS del kernel.\n" -"En vez de eso, su peso se pone a cero para indicar que no se aceptará ninguna " -"conexión nueva.\n" -"Esto tiene el efecto colateral de que, si el servidor real tiene " -"conexiones persistentes, las conexiones desde cualquier cliente existente se " -"redirigirán continuamente al \n" -"servidor real hasta que el límite de tiempo persistente pueda expirar. Vea " -"ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n" +"Si es yes, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores reales o alternativos están caídos no se eliminan realmente de la tabla LVS del kernel.\n" +"En vez de eso, su peso se pone a cero para indicar que no se aceptará ninguna conexión nueva.\n" +"Esto tiene el efecto colateral de que, si el servidor real tiene conexiones persistentes, las conexiones desde cualquier cliente existente se redirigirán continuamente al \n" +"servidor real hasta que el límite de tiempo persistente pueda expirar. Vea ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n" "Este efecto colateral se puede evitar ejecutando lo siguiente:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"Si el archivo proc no estuviera presente probablemente indicaría que " -"el kernel no tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte LVS no se " -"ha cargado o que el kernel es demasiado\n" -"viejo para tener un fichero proc. La ejecución de ipvsadm como root debería " -"cargar LVS en el kernel si es posible.\n" -"Si es no, entonces los servidores reales o alternativos se " -"eliminarán de la tabla LVS del kernel. El valor predeterminado " -"es sí.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"Si el archivo proc no estuviera presente probablemente indicaría que el kernel no tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte LVS no se ha cargado o que el kernel es demasiado\n" +"viejo para tener un fichero proc. La ejecución de ipvsadm como root debería cargar LVS en el kernel si es posible.\n" +"Si es no, entonces los servidores reales o alternativos se eliminarán de la tabla LVS del kernel. El valor predeterminado es sí.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "Valor predefinido: yes\n" "\n" "<big>bifurcar</big> = yes|no\n" -"Si es yes, entonces ldirectord creará un proceso hijo para cada " -"servidor virtual y efectuará comprobaciones contra el servidor real desde " -"ellos. Esto incrementa\n" -"los tiempos de respuesta a los cambios en el estado del servidor real en " -"configuraciones con muchos servidores virtuales. Puede que también puede use " -"menos memoria que al ejecutar instancias separadas\n" +"Si es yes, entonces ldirectord creará un proceso hijo para cada servidor virtual y efectuará comprobaciones contra el servidor real desde ellos. Esto incrementa\n" +"los tiempos de respuesta a los cambios en el estado del servidor real en configuraciones con muchos servidores virtuales. Puede que también puede use menos memoria que al ejecutar instancias separadas\n" "de ldirectord. Los procesos hijo se reinician automáticamente si mueren.\n" "Valor predefinido: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"Si es yes, entonces ldirectord no pasa a segundo plano. Todos " -"los " -"mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout en vez de a logfile. Esto es útil " -"para ejecutar\n" -"ldirectord supervisado por daemontools. Vea <a " -"href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">" -"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o <a " -"href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>" -" para obtener más detalles.\n" +"Si es yes, entonces ldirectord no pasa a segundo plano. Todos los mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout en vez de a logfile. Esto es útil para ejecutar\n" +"ldirectord supervisado por daemontools. Vea <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> para obtener más detalles.\n" "Valor predefinido: no\n" "\n" #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = " -"(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = " -"ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request<" -"b>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must " -"be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive " -"pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is " -"used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate" -"|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp" -"|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive" -" sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -602,9 +419,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run " -"to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -615,103 +430,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or " -"the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL<" -"/small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind " -"that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD<" -"/small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is " -"used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. " -"In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of " -"the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort " -"the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , <" -"small>LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run " -"time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -725,215 +505,115 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">" -"ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP<" -"/small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port " -"is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a " -"per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " -"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds " -"will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting" -"|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options " -"are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" -"ename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " -"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS<" -"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = " -"(dirección_ip|nombre_de_host:número_del_puerto|nombre_del_servicio)|firewall-m" -"ark\n" -"Define un servicio virtual por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y " -"puerto (o nombre del servicio) o firewall-mark. firewall-mark es un entero " -"mayor que cero. La\n" -"configuración del marcado de paquetes se controla usando la opción <tt>" -"\"-m\"</tt> de ipchains(8). Todos los servicios reales e indicadores " -"de un servicio virtual\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (dirección_ip|nombre_de_host:número_del_puerto|nombre_del_servicio)|firewall-mark\n" +"Define un servicio virtual por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y puerto (o nombre del servicio) o firewall-mark. firewall-mark es un entero mayor que cero. La\n" +"configuración del marcado de paquetes se controla usando la opción <tt>\"-m\"</tt> de ipchains(8). Todos los servicios reales e indicadores de un servicio virtual\n" "deben ir inmediatamente después de esta línea y estar sangradas.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = " -"dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[->dirección_ip|nombre_de_host][:número_de_puert" -"o|nombre_del_servicio]\n" -"pasarela|máscara|ipip [peso] [\"" -"solicitud<" -"/i>\", \"recepción\"]\n" -"Define un servicio real por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y puerto " -"(o nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, entonces se usa 0, estando " -"esto pensado así principalmente para\n" -"servicios fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto de los servidores reales. De " -"forma opcional, se puede proporcionar un rango de direcciones IP<" -"/small> (o dos nombres de host), en cuyo caso\n" -"cada dirección IP en el rango será tratada como un servidor " -"que usa el puerto dado. El segundo argumento define el método de " -"redireccionamiento, y debe ser\n" -"gate, ipip o masq. El tercer argumento es opcional y " -"define el peso para dicho servidor real. Si se omite, entonces se usa un peso " -"1\n" -". Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par " -"solicitud-recepción que se usa para comprobar si el servidor está vivo. " -"Sobrescriben el par solicitud-recepción\n" -"de la sección de servidor virtual. Las dos cadenas de texto deben estar " -"entrecomilladas. Si la cadena de solicitud empieza por http://..., la " -"dirección IP y el puerto del servidor real\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[->dirección_ip|nombre_de_host][:número_de_puerto|nombre_del_servicio]\n" +"pasarela|máscara|ipip [peso] [\"solicitud\", \"recepción\"]\n" +"Define un servicio real por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y puerto (o nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, entonces se usa 0, estando esto pensado así principalmente para\n" +"servicios fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto de los servidores reales. De forma opcional, se puede proporcionar un rango de direcciones IP (o dos nombres de host), en cuyo caso\n" +"cada dirección IP en el rango será tratada como un servidor que usa el puerto dado. El segundo argumento define el método de redireccionamiento, y debe ser\n" +"gate, ipip o masq. El tercer argumento es opcional y define el peso para dicho servidor real. Si se omite, entonces se usa un peso 1\n" +". Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par solicitud-recepción que se usa para comprobar si el servidor está vivo. Sobrescriben el par solicitud-recepción\n" +"de la sección de servidor virtual. Las dos cadenas de texto deben estar entrecomilladas. Si la cadena de solicitud empieza por http://..., la dirección IP y el puerto del servidor real\n" "se ignoran, en otro caso se usan la dirección IP y puerto del servidor real.\n" -"Para servicios virtuales TCP y UDP (no " -"fwmark), a menos que el método de redireccionamiento sea masq y la dirección " -"IP de un\n" -"servidor real no sea local (no presente en una interfaz en el host que está " -"ejecutando ldirectord), entonces el puerto del servidor real se hará igual al " -"de su servicio\n" -"virtual. Es decir, port-mapping solo está disponible si el servidor real es " -"otra máquina y el método de redireccionamiento es masq. Esto es debido al " -"modo en el que\n" +"Para servicios virtuales TCP y UDP (no fwmark), a menos que el método de redireccionamiento sea masq y la dirección IP de un\n" +"servidor real no sea local (no presente en una interfaz en el host que está ejecutando ldirectord), entonces el puerto del servidor real se hará igual al de su servicio\n" +"virtual. Es decir, port-mapping solo está disponible si el servidor real es otra máquina y el método de redireccionamiento es masq. Esto es debido al modo en el que\n" "funciona el código subyacente de LVS en el kernel.\n" -"Dentro de una sección virtual pueden residir más de una de esas " -"entradas. Las opciones checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, " -"fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq y\n" -"quiescent listadas arriba pueden aparecer dentro de una sección virtual, en " -"cuyo caso se sobrescribe el valor global.\n" +"Dentro de una sección virtual pueden residir más de una de esas entradas. Las opciones checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq y\n" +"quiescent listadas arriba pueden aparecer dentro de una sección virtual, en cuyo caso se sobrescribe el valor global.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|" -"negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Tipo de comprobación a realizar. Negotiate envía una petición y hace " -"una comparación con la cadena de texto recibida. Connect solo intenta hacer " -"un conexión TCP/IP, así que\n" -"las cadenas de solicitud y recepción se pueden omitir. Si checktype es un " -"número, entonces negotiate y connect se combinan de forma que cada N intentos " -"de conexión se realiza un intento\n" -"negotiate. Esto es útil para comprobar con frecuencia si un servicio responde " -"y en intervalos mucho mayores se realiza una comprobación negotiate. Ping " -"indica que\n" -"se va a usar un ping ICMP para comprobar la disponibilidad de " -"servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión para " -"servicios UDP. Off\n" -"quiere decir que no se realiza ninguna comprobación y que no se activa " -"ninguno de los servidores reales o de respaldo. On significa que no se " -"realiza ninguna comprobación y que los servidores reales se activan\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Tipo de comprobación a realizar. Negotiate envía una petición y hace una comparación con la cadena de texto recibida. Connect solo intenta hacer un conexión TCP/IP, así que\n" +"las cadenas de solicitud y recepción se pueden omitir. Si checktype es un número, entonces negotiate y connect se combinan de forma que cada N intentos de conexión se realiza un intento\n" +"negotiate. Esto es útil para comprobar con frecuencia si un servicio responde y en intervalos mucho mayores se realiza una comprobación negotiate. Ping indica que\n" +"se va a usar un ping ICMP para comprobar la disponibilidad de servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión para servicios UDP. Off\n" +"quiere decir que no se realiza ninguna comprobación y que no se activa ninguno de los servidores reales o de respaldo. On significa que no se realiza ninguna comprobación y que los servidores reales se activan\n" "siempre. El valor predefinido es negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|<" -"b>" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp" -"|sip|smtp\n" -"El tipo de servicio a monitorizar cuando se usa checktype=negotiate. " -"None " -"denota un servicio que no será monitorizado.\n" -"simpletcp envía la cadena de solicitud al servidor y la " -"comprueba " -"con la expresión regular recepción. Los otros tipos de comprobación " -"conectan con " -"el servidor\n" -"usando el protocolo especificado. Por favor, ve las secciones solicitud" -" y recepción" -" para obtener la información específica del protocolo.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"El tipo de servicio a monitorizar cuando se usa checktype=negotiate. None denota un servicio que no será monitorizado.\n" +"simpletcp envía la cadena de solicitud al servidor y la comprueba con la expresión regular recepción. Los otros tipos de comprobación conectan con el servidor\n" +"usando el protocolo especificado. Por favor, ve las secciones solicitud y recepción para obtener la información específica del protocolo.\n" "Valor predefinido:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 21: ftp\n" @@ -955,13 +635,8 @@ "</dt><dt>* En otro caso: none\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"ruta a guión" -"\"\n" -"Esta configuración se usa si checktype es external y se trata del comando " -"que se va a ejecutar " -"para comprobar el estado del servidor real. Debería terminar con código de " -"salida 0 si " -"todo\n" +"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"ruta a guión\"\n" +"Esta configuración se usa si checktype es external y se trata del comando que se va a ejecutar para comprobar el estado del servidor real. Debería terminar con código de salida 0 si todo\n" "va bien, o un valor distinto de cero en caso contrario.\n" "Se pasan cuatro parámetros al guión:\n" "</dt><dt>* ip/firewall mark del servidor virtual\n" @@ -972,133 +647,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Número del puerto a monitorizar. A veces el puerto de comprobación " -"difiere del puerto de " -"servicio.\n" +"Número del puerto a monitorizar. A veces el puerto de comprobación difiere del puerto de servicio.\n" "Valor predefinido: puerto especificado para cada servidor real\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri al objeto solicitado\"" -"\n" -"El objeto será solicitado cada checkinterval segundos en cada servidor " -"real. La cadena de texto debe estar entrecomillada. Tenga en cuenta que dicha " -"cadena puede ser " -"sobrescrita por\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri al objeto solicitado\"\n" +"El objeto será solicitado cada checkinterval segundos en cada servidor real. La cadena de texto debe estar entrecomillada. Tenga en cuenta que dicha cadena puede ser sobrescrita por\n" "una cadena de solicitud opcional dada de un servidor real.\n" -"Para una comprobación DNS esta debería ser el nombre de " -"un registro A, o " -"la dirección de un registro PTR donde buscar.\n" -"Para una comprobación MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debería ser una " -"consulta SQL<" -"/small>. El dato devuelto no se comprueba, solo se mira que la respuesta " -"tenga una " -"o más\n" +"Para una comprobación DNS esta debería ser el nombre de un registro A, o la dirección de un registro PTR donde buscar.\n" +"Para una comprobación MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debería ser una consulta SQL. El dato devuelto no se comprueba, solo se mira que la respuesta tenga una o más\n" "filas. Este valor de configuración es obligatorio.\n" -"Para una comprobación simpletcp, la cadena se envía textualmente " -"excepto que " -"cualquier ocurrencia de \n" +"Para una comprobación simpletcp, la cadena se envía textualmente excepto que cualquier ocurrencia de \n" " que son sustituidas con un carácter de nueva línea.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>receive</big> = \"expresión regular con la que " -"comparar\"\n" -"Si el resultado de la solicitud contiene esta expresión regular con " -"la que comparar, el " -"servidor real es declarado vivo. La expresión regular debe estar " -"entrecomillada. Tenga en mente " -"que\n" -"las expresiones regulares no son simples cadenas de texto y que es necesario " -"usar caracteres de escape para los caracteres " -"especiales si se deben tratar como literales. Advierta que la expresión " -"regular puede ser " -"sobrescrita por una\n" +"<big>receive</big> = \"expresión regular con la que comparar\"\n" +"Si el resultado de la solicitud contiene esta expresión regular con la que comparar, el servidor real es declarado vivo. La expresión regular debe estar entrecomillada. Tenga en mente que\n" +"las expresiones regulares no son simples cadenas de texto y que es necesario usar caracteres de escape para los caracteres especiales si se deben tratar como literales. Advierta que la expresión regular puede ser sobrescrita por una\n" "expresión regular opcional dada de un servidor real.\n" -"Para una comprobación DNS debería ser cualquiera de las " -"direcciones de " -" registros A o cualquiera de los nombres de registros PTR.\n" +"Para una comprobación DNS debería ser cualquiera de las direcciones de registros A o cualquiera de los nombres de registros PTR.\n" "Para una comprobación MySQL, el valor recibido no se usa.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD<" -"/small>\n" -"Establece el método HTTP que se debe usar para buscar " -"el " -"URI especificado en la cadena de texto specified in the " -"request. GET es " -"el\n" -"método usado por defecto si no se le asigna un valor al parámetro. Si se usa " -"HEAD, " -"se debería eliminar el valor de la cadena de texto receive.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Establece el método HTTP que se debe usar para buscar el URI especificado en la cadena de texto specified in the request. GET es el\n" +"método usado por defecto si no se le asigna un valor al parámetro. Si se usa HEAD, se debería eliminar el valor de la cadena de texto receive.\n" "Valor predefinido: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"nombre de host\"\n" -"Se usa cuando se utiliza una comprobación negotiate con HTTP<" -"/small> o " -"HTTPS . Establece la cabecera del host en la solicitud HTTP<" -"/small>. " -"En el\n" -"caso de HTTPS, en general, es necesario que este coincida con " -"el nombre común del " -"certificado SSL. Si no se establece, entonces la cabecera del " -"host se\n" -"derivará a partir de la url de la solicitud del servidor real si existe. Como " -"último recurso " -"se usa la dirección IP del servidor real.\n" +"Se usa cuando se utiliza una comprobación negotiate con HTTP o HTTPS . Establece la cabecera del host en la solicitud HTTP. En el\n" +"caso de HTTPS, en general, es necesario que este coincida con el nombre común del certificado SSL. Si no se establece, entonces la cabecera del host se\n" +"derivará a partir de la url de la solicitud del servidor real si existe. Como último recurso se usa la dirección IP del servidor real.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"nombre de usuario\"\n" -"Para FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP y PostgreSQL, es el nombre de usuario para " -"iniciar " -"sesión.\n" +"Para FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP y PostgreSQL, es el nombre de usuario para iniciar sesión.\n" "Con Radius se usa passwd para el atributo User-Name.\n" -"Con SIP , se usa el nombre de usuario tanto para la " -"dirección desde " -"como para la dirección hasta en una consulta OPTIONS.\n" +"Con SIP , se usa el nombre de usuario tanto para la dirección desde como para la dirección hasta en una consulta OPTIONS.\n" "Valor predefinido:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la " -"configuración\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname se " -"deduce como en la opción passwd de abajo.\n" -"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía, que denota el caso en el que no se " -"intenta la autenticación.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la configuración\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname se deduce como en la opción passwd de abajo.\n" +"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía, que denota el caso en el que no se intenta la autenticación.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"contraseña\"\n" -"Contraseña a usar par iniciar sesión en servidores FTP , <" -"small>IMAP , <" -"small>LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL y\n" +"Contraseña a usar par iniciar sesión en servidores FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL y\n" "SIP.\n" "Con Radius se usa passwd para el atributo User-Password.\n" "Valor predefinido:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, donde " -"nombre de host es la variable de entorno HOSTNAME evaluada en " -"tiempo " -"de ejecución, u obtenida\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, donde nombre de host es la variable de entorno HOSTNAME evaluada en tiempo de ejecución, u obtenida\n" "de uname is no tiene valor asignado.\n" -"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía. En el caso de LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL esto quiere decir que que no se realizará la " -"autenticación.\n" +"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía. En el caso de LDAP , MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL esto quiere decir que que no se realizará la autenticación.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"nombre_de_la_base_de_datos" -"\"\n" -"Base de datos a utilizar por servidores MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL, siendo " -"esta la " -"base de datos sobre la que se realizará la consulta (establecida con " -"receive más arriba). " -"Este\n" +"</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"nombre_de_la_base_de_datos\"\n" +"Base de datos a utilizar por servidores MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL, siendo esta la base de datos sobre la que se realizará la consulta (establecida con receive más arriba). Este\n" "ajuste es obligatorio.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secreto a usar en servidores Radius, siendo este el secreto usado para " -"realizar " -"una solicitud de acceso con el nombre de usuario (establecido con login" -" más arriba) y passwd " -"(establecido con\n" +"Secreto a usar en servidores Radius, siendo este el secreto usado para realizar una solicitud de acceso con el nombre de usuario (establecido con login más arriba) y passwd (establecido con\n" "passwd más arriba).\n" "Valor predefinido: cadena vacía\n" "\n" @@ -1108,161 +718,77 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" -"Máscara de red a usar para la granularidad de las conexiones de " -"cliente persistentes.\n" +"Máscara de red a usar para la granularidad de las conexiones de cliente persistentes.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Planificador a usar por LVS para el balanceo de carga. " -"Para obtener " -"información sobre los planificadores disponibles, por favor, vea la página " -"man <a href=\"ipvsadm\">" -"ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" +"Planificador a usar por LVS para el balanceo de carga. Para obtener información sobre los planificadores disponibles, por favor, vea la página man <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" "Valor predefinido: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocolo a usar. Se se especifica el virtual como una dirección <" -"small>IP<" -"/small> y puerto, entonces debe ser o tcp o udp. Si es un firewall " -"mark entonces el\n" +"Protocolo a usar. Se se especifica el virtual como una dirección IP y puerto, entonces debe ser o tcp o udp. Si es un firewall mark entonces el\n" "protocolo debe ser fwm.\n" "Valor predeterminado:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual es una dirección IP y puerto, y el " -"puerto " -"no es el 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual no es una dirección IP y puerto, y el " -"puerto es " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual es una dirección IP y puerto, y el puerto no es el 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual no es una dirección IP y puerto, y el puerto es 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual es un firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Tiempo de espera en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, " -"externas y ping. Si se " -"excede el tiempo de espera, entonces el servidor real se declara inactivo.\n" -"Se se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es " -"sobrescrito.\n" -"Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. " -"negotiatetimeout es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una " -"configuración virtual.\n" -"Si ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout están definidas, se usa el " -"valor " -"predefinido.\n" +"Tiempo de espera en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, externas y ping. Si se excede el tiempo de espera, entonces el servidor real se declara inactivo.\n" +"Se se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. negotiatetimeout es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una configuración virtual.\n" +"Si ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout están definidas, se usa el valor predefinido.\n" "Valor predefinido: 5 segundos\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Tiempo de espera en segundos para comprobaciones negotiate.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es " -"sobrescrito.\n" -"Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. " -"connecttimeout " -"es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una configuración " -"virtual.\n" -"Si ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout están definidas, se usa el " -"valor " -"predefinido.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" +"Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. connecttimeout es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una configuración virtual.\n" +"Si ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout están definidas, se usa el valor predefinido.\n" "Valor predefinido: 30 segundos\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"El número de veces consecutivas que se debe comunicar un fallo en una " -"comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un valor 1 " -"considera que realserver falla al primer error. Una " -"comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador de fallos a 0.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es " -"sobrescrito.\n" +"El número de veces consecutivas que se debe comunicar un fallo en una comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un valor 1 considera que realserver falla al primer error. Una comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador de fallos a 0.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "Valor predefinido: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre " -"cambios en el estado " -"de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. " -"Esta opción " -"requiere que esté instalado\n" -"el módulo perl MailTools. Intenta el envío automático de correo usando " -"cualquiera " -"de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener más " -"información sobre los métodos.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es " -"sobrescrito.\n" +"Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre cambios en el estado de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que esté instalado\n" +"el módulo perl MailTools. Intenta el envío automático de correo usando cualquiera de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Retardo en segundos entre repeticiones de alerta por correo mientras " -"cualquier servidor real dado " -"en el servicio virtual permanece inaccesible. Un valor de cero segundos " -"inhibe\n" -"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de los tiempo del correo de esta " -"configuración " -"depende del número de segundos definidos en la opción de " -"configuración\n" +"Retardo en segundos entre repeticiones de alerta por correo mientras cualquier servidor real dado en el servicio virtual permanece inaccesible. Un valor de cero segundos inhibe\n" +"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de los tiempo del correo de esta configuración depende del número de segundos definidos en la opción de configuración\n" "checkinterval.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es " -"sobrescrito.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "Valor predefinido: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting" -"|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se debe " -"enviar " -"alertas. all es una forma abreviada para\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Si se " -"indica " -"none, no se debe especificar ninguna otra opción, en caso contrario se " -"hace una " -"operación OR\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se debe enviar alertas. all es una forma abreviada para\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Si se indica none, no se debe especificar ninguna otra opción, en caso contrario se hace una operación OR\n" "con ellas.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es " -"sobrescrito.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "Valor predefinido: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" -"ename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"el servidor al que se redirige un webservice si todos los servidores " -"reales " -"están caídos. Normalmente este sería 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es " -"sobrescrito.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"el servidor al que se redirige un webservice si todos los servidores reales están caídos. Normalmente este sería 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"Si es yes, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores " -"reales o de respaldo están " -"caídos, no se eliminan realmente de la tabla LVS " -"del kernel.\n" -"En vez de eso, su peso se hace cero para indicar que no se aceptan conexiones " -"nuevas.\n" -"Esto tiene como efecto colateral que si el servidor real tiene " -"conexiones " -"persistentes, las conexiones nuevas desde cualquiera de los clientes " -"existentes continuarán siendo " -"dirigidas\n" -"al servidor real hasta que el tiempo de espera de la conexión persistente " -"expire. Vea ipvsadm para obtener " -"información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n" +"Si es yes, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores reales o de respaldo están caídos, no se eliminan realmente de la tabla LVS del kernel.\n" +"En vez de eso, su peso se hace cero para indicar que no se aceptan conexiones nuevas.\n" +"Esto tiene como efecto colateral que si el servidor real tiene conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas desde cualquiera de los clientes existentes continuarán siendo dirigidas\n" +"al servidor real hasta que el tiempo de espera de la conexión persistente expire. Vea ipvsadm para obtener información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n" "Este efecto colateral se puede evitar ejecutando lo siguiente:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"Si el archivo no existe en proc probablemente significa que el kernel " -"no " -"tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte para LVS no está " -"cargado o que " -"el kernel es demasiado\n" -"viejo para tener el archivo en proc. Al ejecutar ipvsadm como root se debería " -"cargar LVS<" -"/small> en el kernel si es posible.\n" -"Si es no, entonces los servidores reales o de respaldo se " -"eliminan de " -"la tabla LVS del kernel. El valor predeterminado es yes" -".\n" -"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el " -"valor global es " -"sobrescrito.\n" +"Si el archivo no existe en proc probablemente significa que el kernel no tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte para LVS no está cargado o que el kernel es demasiado\n" +"viejo para tener el archivo en proc. Al ejecutar ipvsadm como root se debería cargar LVS en el kernel si es posible.\n" +"Si es no, entonces los servidores reales o de respaldo se eliminan de la tabla LVS del kernel. El valor predeterminado es yes.\n" +"Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n" "Valor predefinido: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -1497,5 +1023,3 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de la configuración..." - - -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90875 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14

16 Dec '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-12-16 14:17:34 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90875 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po 2014-12-16 13:17:34 UTC (rev 90875) @@ -30,14 +30,6 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Congratulations!\n" -#| "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -#| "Visit us at %1.\n" -#| "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -#| "\t " msgid "" "\n" "Congratulations!\n" @@ -142,7 +134,6 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Cargar a Configuración de rede linuxrc" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90874 - trunk/yast/cs/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14

16 Dec '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-12-16 14:17:07 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) New Revision: 90874 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -101,9 +101,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet " -"pomalu" +msgstr "Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet pomalu" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -118,9 +116,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet " -"pomalu" +msgstr "Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet pomalu" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -135,9 +131,7 @@ #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"Mail je zaslán tomuto účtu (pokud je nastavena volba space_left_action na " -"EMAIL)" +msgstr "Mail je zaslán tomuto účtu (pokud je nastavena volba space_left_action na EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -243,8 +237,7 @@ #. Report error - error during reset #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." -msgstr "" -"Není možné přenastavit pravidla. Prohlédněte si /etc/audit/audit.rules." +msgstr "Není možné přenastavit pravidla. Prohlédněte si /etc/audit/audit.rules." #. Handle actions of rules dialog #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 @@ -533,33 +526,21 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file " -"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace záznamového souboru pro auditd</big> \n" -"Démon auditu je komponenta linuxového auditovacího systému, který je " -"odpovědný za zápis všech potřebných událostí auditu do záznamového souboru " -"/var/log/audit/audit.log (jako výchozí).\n" -"Události mohou přicházet z jaderného modulu apparmor, z aplikací " -"používajících libaudit (např. PAM) nebo incidenty způsobené pravidly " -"(např. sledování souboru)." +"Démon auditu je komponenta linuxového auditovacího systému, který je odpovědný za zápis všech potřebných událostí auditu do záznamového souboru /var/log/audit/audit.log (jako výchozí).\n" +"Události mohou přicházet z jaderného modulu apparmor, z aplikací používajících libaudit (např. PAM) nebo incidenty způsobené pravidly (např. sledování souboru)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"Dialog Pravidla pro auditctl nabízí více informací o pravidlech a " -"možnostech pravidla přidávat.\n" -"Podrobné informace o nastavení záznamového souboru můžetze získat z manuálové " -"stránky ('man auditd.conf')." +"Dialog Pravidla pro auditctl nabízí více informací o pravidlech a možnostech pravidla přidávat.\n" +"Podrobné informace o nastavení záznamového souboru můžetze získat z manuálové stránky ('man auditd.conf')." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -573,10 +554,8 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing " -"it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" "Formát: nastavte RAW pro logování\n" @@ -588,12 +567,9 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep " -"data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" "Vylít: popisuje, jak zapsat data na disk. Pokud\n" @@ -608,8 +584,7 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavte maximální velikost záznamového souboru\n" @@ -619,12 +594,9 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" @@ -641,17 +613,13 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Formát jména počítače popisuje, jak zapisovat jméno počítače do " -"záznamového souboru.\n" +"Formát jména počítače popisuje, jak zapisovat jméno počítače do záznamového souboru.\n" "Pokud je nastaveno USER, je použito Uživatelem zadané jméno.\n" "NONE znamená, že nebude vkládáno žádné jméno počítače.\n" "HOSTNAME - jméno navrácené systémovému volání 'gethostname'.\n" @@ -661,33 +629,25 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace odesilatele auditd</big> \n" -"Podrobné informace o nastavení odesilatele můžete získat z manuálové stránky " -"('man auditd.conf')." +"Podrobné informace o nastavení odesilatele můžete získat z manuálové stránky ('man auditd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." -msgstr "" -"Odesilatel - Odesílací program spouštěný démonem auditu a " -"získávající všechny události auditu na standardní vstup." +msgstr "Odesilatel - Odesílací program spouštěný démonem auditu a získávající všechny události auditu na standardní vstup." #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a " -"blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" "Komunikace: Ovládá komunikaci mezi démonem\n" @@ -700,8 +660,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man " -"audispd.conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "Odesilatel 'audispd' je multiplexor událostí auditu.\n" "Pro více informací čtěte manuálové stránky ('man audispd'\n" @@ -732,20 +691,15 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an " -"Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." -msgstr "" -"Zbývající místo (v megabajtech) říká démonu auditu, kdy má provést " -"Akci kvůli tomu, že systému začíná docházet místo." +msgstr "Zbývající místo (v megabajtech) říká démonu auditu, kdy má provést Akci kvůli tomu, že systému začíná docházet místo." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action " -"will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" "Hodnota Zbývající místo administrátoraby měla být\n" "nižší než ta uvedená výše. Systému začíná docházet místo\n" @@ -763,10 +717,8 @@ "system.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud je akce nastavena na: \n" -"EMAIL - je zaslán varovný mail na účet uvedený v Mailovém účtu " -"akce. \n" -"SYSLOG znamená, že varování o docházejícím místu je zapsáno do " -"/var/log/messages. \n" +"EMAIL - je zaslán varovný mail na účet uvedený v Mailovém účtu akce. \n" +"SYSLOG znamená, že varování o docházejícím místu je zapsáno do /var/log/messages. \n" "IGNORE - nestane se nic. \n" "EXEC - spusť skript uvedený v Cesta ke skriptu. \n" "SUSPEND - zastaví se zápis záznamů na disk. \n" @@ -776,10 +728,8 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" "Také můžete zadat Akci při plném disku (disk už se\n" @@ -791,8 +741,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" "Nepřehlédněte: Všechny skripty zadané pro\n" "EXECmusí vlastnit 'root', mít nastaveno oprávnění na '0750'\n" @@ -813,19 +762,14 @@ #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nepřehlédněte: Uzamčení pravidel znamená, že nemohou být " -"pozměněny do příštího startu systému." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Nepřehlédněte: Uzamčení pravidel znamená, že nemohou být pozměněny do příštího startu systému." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to " -"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Povolení auditování bez dalších pravidel ovlivní aplikace používající\n" "libaudit, např. PAM, pro zaznamenávání do souboru\n" @@ -834,20 +778,15 @@ #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"Můžete také upravit pravidla ručně, což je doporučeno pouze pokročilým " -"uživatelům. \n" +"Můžete také upravit pravidla ručně, což je doporučeno pouze pokročilým uživatelům. \n" "Pro více informací o všech možnostech čtěte 'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from " -"/etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" "Kontrola syntaxe posílá pravidla přes auditctl\n" "do subsystému auditu a kontroluje správnost syntaxe. \n" @@ -895,12 +834,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pro pokračování konfigurace linuxového auditu musí být nainstalován " -"balíček %1." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Pro pokračování konfigurace linuxového auditu musí být nainstalován balíček %1." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -976,7 +911,6 @@ #. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 -#| msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" @@ -990,11 +924,6 @@ #. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 -#| msgid "" -#| " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -#| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -#| "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -#| "Do you want to start the daemon now?" msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -185,7 +185,6 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -#| msgid "Authenticated Clients" msgid "Authentication Client" msgstr "Ověřovací klient" @@ -213,43 +212,8 @@ #. initialize GUI #: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "" -"SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and " -"authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one " -"authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication " -"domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the " -"next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected " -"providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected " -"identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: " -"proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal " -"provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for " -"more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat " -"Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory " -"provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP " -"authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa " -"FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad " -"Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to " -"some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. " -"The default auth provider is the id_provider. " -msgstr "" -"SSSD poskytuje sadu démonů pro správu přístupu ke vzdáleným adresářům a " -"ověřovacím mechanismům. Musíte nakonfigurovat alespoň jednu ověřovací " -"doménu. Co musíte nejprve nastavit pro ověřovací doménu je poskytovatel " -"identifikace a ověření, kterého daná doména používá. V dalším kroku musíte " -"nastavit některé nezbytné parametry vybraných poskytovatelů. Později " -"můžete pro vybraného identifikačního a ověřovacího poskytovatele vybrat " -"všechny dostupné parametry.SSSD poskytuje následující identifikátory " -"id_provider: proxy: Podpora zastaralého poskytovatele NSS. " -"local: Interní SSSD poskytovatel pro místní uživatele. ldap: " -"Poskytovatel LDAP. Pro další informace o konfigurování LDAP vizte " -"sssd-ldap(5). ipa: Poskytovatelé FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise " -"Identity Management. ad: Poskytovatel Active Directory. " -"Podporovaní ověřovací poskytovatelé jsou: ldap pro běžné LDAP " -"ověření. krb5 pro ověření pomocí protokolu Kerberos. ipa " -"poskytovatel FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. ad " -"poskytovatel Active Directory. proxy pro předávání ověření nějakému " -"dalšímu cíli PAM. none přímo zakazuje ověřování. Výchozí " -"ověřovací poskytovatel je id_provider. " +msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " +msgstr "SSSD poskytuje sadu démonů pro správu přístupu ke vzdáleným adresářům a ověřovacím mechanismům. Musíte nakonfigurovat alespoň jednu ověřovací doménu. Co musíte nejprve nastavit pro ověřovací doménu je poskytovatel identifikace a ověření, kterého daná doména používá. V dalším kroku musíte nastavit některé nezbytné parametry vybraných poskytovatelů. Později můžete pro vybraného identifikačního a ověřovacího poskytovatele vybrat všechny dostupné parametry.SSSD poskytuje následující identifikátory id_provider: proxy: Podpora zastaralého poskytovatele NSS. local: Interní SSSD poskytovatel pro místní uživatele. ldap: Poskytovatel LDAP. Pro další informace o konfigurování LDAP vizte sssd-ldap(5). ipa: Poskytovatelé FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. ad: Poskytovatel Active Directory. Podporovaní ověřovací poskytovatelé jsou: l dap pro běžné LDAP ověření. krb5 pro ověření pomocí protokolu Kerberos. ipa poskytovatel FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. ad poskytovatel Active Directory. proxy pro předávání ověření nějakému dalšímu cíli PAM. none přímo zakazuje ověřování. Výchozí ověřovací poskytovatel je id_provider. " #. Define Global Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 @@ -257,91 +221,49 @@ msgstr "Značí jaká je syntaxe konfiguračního souboru." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "" -"Seznam služeb oddělený čárkou, které jsou spuštěny při samotném startu sssd." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "Seznam služeb oddělený čárkou, které jsou spuštěny při samotném startu sssd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"Počet pokusů o přístup pro znovu připojení, které mají služby provést v " -"případě pádu Poskytovatele dat nebo restartu předtím, než to vzdají" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Počet pokusů o přístup pro znovu připojení, které mají služby provést v případě pádu Poskytovatele dat nebo restartu předtím, než to vzdají" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "" -"SSSD může používat více domén zároveň, ale musí být nastavena nejméně jedna, " -"jinak SSSD se nebude spouštět." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "SSSD může používat více domén zároveň, ale musí být nastavena nejméně jedna, jinak SSSD se nebude spouštět." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." -msgstr "" -"Tento parametr obsahuje seznam domén v pořadí, v jakém budou dotazovány." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +msgstr "Tento parametr obsahuje seznam domén v pořadí, v jakém budou dotazovány." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "" -"Výchozí regulární výraz, který popisuje jak analyzovat řetězec obsahující " -"uživatelské jméno a doménu v tyto části" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "Výchozí regulární výraz, který popisuje jak analyzovat řetězec obsahující uživatelské jméno a doménu v tyto části" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Výchozí formát kompatibilní s printf(3), který popisuje jak přeložit n-tici " -"(název, doména) do plně kvalifikovaného názvu." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Výchozí formát kompatibilní s printf(3), který popisuje jak přeložit n-tici (název, doména) do plně kvalifikovaného názvu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "" -"SSSD sleduje stav resolv.conf pro zjištění, kdy potřebuje aktualizovat jeho " -"interní DNS řešitel." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "SSSD sleduje stav resolv.conf pro zjištění, kdy potřebuje aktualizovat jeho interní DNS řešitel." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "" -"Ve výchozím stavu zkoušíme přístup použitím inotify a pokud nemůže být " -"inotify použito, vracíme se každých pět sekund zpět k dotazování resolv.conf." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "Ve výchozím stavu zkoušíme přístup použitím inotify a pokud nemůže být inotify použito, vracíme se každých pět sekund zpět k dotazování resolv.conf." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." -msgstr "" -"Adresář na souborovém systému, kde by měl SSSD ukládata soubory Kerberos " -"replay." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgstr "Adresář na souborovém systému, kde by měl SSSD ukládata soubory Kerberos replay." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec bude použit jako výchozí název domény pro všechna jména bez " -"části doménového jména." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgstr "Tento řetězec bude použit jako výchozí název domény pro všechna jména bez části doménového jména." #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose " -"mode." -msgstr "" -"Bitová maska, která označuje která úroveň ladění bude viditelná. 0x0010 je " -"výchozí a zároveň nejnižší dovolená hodnota, 0xFFF0 je nejupovídanější režim." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +msgstr "Bitová maska, která označuje která úroveň ladění bude viditelná. 0x0010 je výchozí a zároveň nejnižší dovolená hodnota, 0xFFF0 je nejupovídanější režim." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -356,89 +278,49 @@ msgstr "Odpočet v sekundách mezi pulzy pro tuto službu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "" -"Tato volba určuje maximální počet popisovačů souborů, které mohou být " -"otevřený zároveň tímto procesem SSSD." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "Tato volba určuje maximální počet popisovačů souborů, které mohou být otevřený zároveň tímto procesem SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "" -"Tato volba určuje počet sekund, po které klient SSSD procesu může držet " -"popisovač souboru bez nějaké komunikace s ním." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "Tato volba určuje počet sekund, po které klient SSSD procesu může držet popisovač souboru bez nějaké komunikace s ním." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "" -"Pokud služba neodpovídá na kontrolu pingem (viz volba \"timeout\"), je " -"nejdříve odeslán signál SIGTERM, který ji vyzývá k řádnému ukončení." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "Pokud služba neodpovídá na kontrolu pingem (viz volba \"timeout\"), je nejdříve odeslán signál SIGTERM, který ji vyzývá k řádnému ukončení." #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"Kolik sekund by měly být cacheovány výčty nss_sss (požadavky o informaci o " -"všech uživatelích)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "Kolik sekund by měly být cacheovány výčty nss_sss (požadavky o informaci o všech uživatelích)?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"Tato vstupní cache může být nastavena, aby automaticky aktualizovala položky " -"na pozadí, pokud jsou požadovány mimo procentní hodnotu sazby " -"entry_cache_timeout pro danou doménu." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "Tato vstupní cache může být nastavena, aby automaticky aktualizovala položky na pozadí, pokud jsou požadovány mimo procentní hodnotu sazby entry_cache_timeout pro danou doménu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that " -"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before " -"asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Určuje po kolik sekund by měl nss_sss cachovat negativní zásahy cache (což " -"znamená dotazy na neplatné položky databáze, jako jsou ty neexistující) před " -"tím, než se znovu výkonné části dotáže." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Určuje po kolik sekund by měl nss_sss cachovat negativní zásahy cache (což znamená dotazy na neplatné položky databáze, jako jsou ty neexistující) před tím, než se znovu výkonné části dotáže." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" -"Vyloučit určité uživatele z toho, aby byli získáváni z sss NSS databáze." +msgstr "Vyloučit určité uživatele z toho, aby byli získáváni z sss NSS databáze." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." msgstr "Vyloučit určité skupiny z toho, aby byly získávány z sss NSS databáze." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Pokud chcete, aby filtrovaní uživatelé byli nadále členy skupiny, nastavte " -"tuto volbu na false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Pokud chcete, aby filtrovaní uživatelé byli nadále členy skupiny, nastavte tuto volbu na false." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Přenastavit uživatelský domovský adresář. Můžete buď zadat absolutní hodnotu " -"nebo šablonu." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Přenastavit uživatelský domovský adresář. Můžete buď zadat absolutní hodnotu nebo šablonu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Nastavte výchozí šablonu pro uživatelský domovský adresář pokud není " -"explicitně zadán doménovým poskytovatelem dat." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Nastavte výchozí šablonu pro uživatelský domovský adresář pokud není explicitně zadán doménovým poskytovatelem dat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -450,70 +332,40 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" -msgstr "" -"Nahradit některou instanci těchto shellů prostřednictvím shell_fallback" +msgstr "Nahradit některou instanci těchto shellů prostřednictvím shell_fallback" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"Výchozí shell, který má být použit pokud na stroji není nainstalován povolený " -"shell." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "Výchozí shell, který má být použit pokud na stroji není nainstalován povolený shell." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"Výchozí shell, který má být použit pokud poskytovatel žádný nevrací během " -"vyhledávání." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "Výchozí shell, který má být použit pokud poskytovatel žádný nevrací během vyhledávání." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Určuje čas v sekundách, po který má být seznam poddomén považován za platný." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "Určuje čas v sekundách, po který má být seznam poddomén považován za platný." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Určuje čas v sekundách, po který mají být záznamy v paměťové cachi považována " -"za platná." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "Určuje čas v sekundách, po který mají být záznamy v paměťové cachi považována za platná." #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je ověřovací poskytovatel nedostupný, jak dlouho mají být umožněny " -"cachované přihlášení (v dnech od posledního úspěšného online přihlášení)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "Pokud je ověřovací poskytovatel nedostupný, jak dlouho mají být umožněny cachované přihlášení (v dnech od posledního úspěšného online přihlášení)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has " -"been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"Čas v minutách, který musí uběhnout po dosažení " -"offline_failed_login_attempts, aby mohl být proveden další pokus o nové " -"přihlášení." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "Čas v minutách, který musí uběhnout po dosažení offline_failed_login_attempts, aby mohl být proveden další pokus o nové přihlášení." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "Řídí jaké druhy zpráv jsou uživateli zobrazeny během ověřování." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"Pro každý požadavek PAM, zatímco je SSSD online, se SSSD pokusí okamžitě " -"aktualizovat cachované informace identity uživatele tak, aby zajistil, že " -"ověřování probíhá dle posledních informací." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "Pro každý požadavek PAM, zatímco je SSSD online, se SSSD pokusí okamžitě aktualizovat cachované informace identity uživatele tak, aby zajistil, že ověřování probíhá dle posledních informací." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 @@ -523,141 +375,80 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that " -"implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"Zda ano či ne - vyhodnocovat atributy sudoNotBefore a sudoNotAfter, která " -"implementují časově závislé položky sudoerů." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "Zda ano či ne - vyhodnocovat atributy sudoNotBefore a sudoNotAfter, která implementují časově závislé položky sudoerů." #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Určuje po kolik sekund může autofs responder cachovat negativní zásahy " -"předtím, než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Určuje po kolik sekund může autofs responder cachovat negativní zásahy předtím, než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Zda ano či ne - hashovat názvy hostitelů a adresy v řízeném souboru " -"known_hosts." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "Zda ano či ne - hashovat názvy hostitelů a adresy v řízeném souboru known_hosts." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"Kolik sekund udržet hostitele v řízeném souboru known_hosts poté, co byly " -"vyžádány klíče tohoto hostitele." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "Kolik sekund udržet hostitele v řízeném souboru known_hosts poté, co byly vyžádány klíče tohoto hostitele." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Omezení UID a GID pro danou doménu. Pokud doména obsahuje položku, která je " -"mimo tato omezení, je ignorována." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "Omezení UID a GID pro danou doménu. Pokud doména obsahuje položku, která je mimo tato omezení, je ignorována." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." msgstr "Zjišťuje, zda může být doména vyjmenována." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"Pokud tato služba není ukončena po \"force_timeout\" sekundách, monitor " -"vynutí její ukončení zasláním signálu SIGKILL." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "Pokud tato služba není ukončena po \"force_timeout\" sekundách, monitor vynutí její ukončení zasláním signálu SIGKILL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky za platné předtím než se znovu " -"dotáže výkonné části." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky uživatelů za platné předtím než " -"se znovu dotáže výkonné části." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky uživatelů za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky skupin za platné předtím než se " -"znovu dotáže výkonné části." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky skupin za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky netgroup za platné předtím než " -"se znovu dotáže výkonné části." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky netgroup za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky služeb za platné předtím než se " -"znovu dotáže výkonné části." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky služeb za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Kolik sekund by měl sudo považovat pravidla za platné předtím než se znovu " -"dotáže výkonné části." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl sudo považovat pravidla za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Kolik sekund by měla služba autofs považovat automounter mapy za platné " -"předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Kolik sekund by měla služba autofs považovat automounter mapy za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "" -"Zjišťuje, zda uživatelská pověření jsou také cachována v místní cachi LDB." +msgstr "Zjišťuje, zda uživatelská pověření jsou také cachována v místní cachi LDB." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"Počet dní, po který jsou položky ponechávány v cachi od posledního úspěšného " -"přihlášení, před tím než jsou odebrány během úklidu cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "Počet dní, po který jsou položky ponechávány v cachi od posledního úspěšného přihlášení, před tím než jsou odebrány během úklidu cache." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "Poskytovatel identifikace použitý pro tuto doménu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"Použijte plný název a doménu (jako formátovaný doménovým full_name_format) " -"jako uživatelské jméno přihlášení hlášené k NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "Použijte plný název a doménu (jako formátovaný doménovým full_name_format) jako uživatelské jméno přihlášení hlášené k NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." @@ -668,8 +459,7 @@ msgstr "Poskytovatel řízení přístupu použitý pro tuto doménu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "Poskytovatel, který by měl řídit operace změny hesel pro tuto doménu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 @@ -693,48 +483,28 @@ msgstr "Poskytovatel použitý pro získávání informací o identitě hostitele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"Regulární výraz pro tuto doménu, který popisuje jak analyzovat řetězec " -"obsahující uživatelské jméno a doménu v tyto části." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "Regulární výraz pro tuto doménu, který popisuje jak analyzovat řetězec obsahující uživatelské jméno a doménu v tyto části." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Formát kompatibilní s printf(3), který popisuje jak pro tuto doménu přeložit " -"n-tici (název, doména) do plně kvalifikovaného názvu." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Formát kompatibilní s printf(3), který popisuje jak pro tuto doménu přeložit n-tici (název, doména) do plně kvalifikovaného názvu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"Poskytuje schopnost vybrat preferované rodiny adres, které použít při " -"vyhledávání v DNS." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "Poskytuje schopnost vybrat preferované rodiny adres, které použít při vyhledávání v DNS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Určuje množství času (v sekundách), po který čekat na odpověď z řešitele DNS, " -"před považováním jej za nedostupný." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "Určuje množství času (v sekundách), po který čekat na odpověď z řešitele DNS, před považováním jej za nedostupný." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." msgstr "Použít doménovou část hostitelského názvu stroje." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je použito objevování služeb ve výkonné části, určuje doménovou část " -"objevování služeb DNS dotazů." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "Pokud je použito objevování služeb ve výkonné části, určuje doménovou část objevování služeb DNS dotazů." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -742,99 +512,58 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." -msgstr "" -"Pracovat s uživatelskými a skupinovými názvy s rozlišením velikosti písmen." +msgstr "Pracovat s uživatelskými a skupinovými názvy s rozlišením velikosti písmen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"Když je v poskytovateli proxy vyhledáván uživatel či skupina pomocí jména, je " -"v případě, že se jedná o přezdívku, provedeno druhé vyhledávání podle ID pro " -"'kanonizaci' jména." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "Když je v poskytovateli proxy vyhledáván uživatel či skupina pomocí jména, je v případě, že se jedná o přezdívku, provedeno druhé vyhledávání podle ID pro 'kanonizaci' jména." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"Použít tento domovský adresář jako výchozí hodnotu pro všechny podřízené " -"domény této domény." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "Použít tento domovský adresář jako výchozí hodnotu pro všechny podřízené domény této domény." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." -msgstr "" -"Seznam uživatelů oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je umožněno se " -"přihlásit." +msgstr "Seznam uživatelů oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je umožněno se přihlásit." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Seznam skupin oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je umožněno se přihlásit. " -"Toto platí pouze na skupiny s touto SSSD doménou." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Seznam skupin oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je umožněno se přihlásit. Toto platí pouze na skupiny s touto SSSD doménou." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "" -"Seznam uživatelů oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je přístup odepřen." +msgstr "Seznam uživatelů oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je přístup odepřen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Seznam skupin oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je přístup odepřen. Toto " -"platí jen na skupiny s SSSD doménou." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Seznam skupin oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je přístup odepřen. Toto platí jen na skupiny s SSSD doménou." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "" -"Výchozí základní DN, které se má použít pro provádění pravidel sudo LDAP." +msgstr "Výchozí základní DN, které se má použít pro provádění pravidel sudo LDAP." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Nástroje pro připojení přihlašovacího jména k base_directory a k použití jako " -"home adresář." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "Nástroje pro připojení přihlašovacího jména k base_directory a k použití jako home adresář." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "" -"Označuje, zda by měl být jako výchozí vytvořen domovský adresář pro nové " -"uživatele." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "Označuje, zda by měl být jako výchozí vytvořen domovský adresář pro nové uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"Označuje, zda by měl být jako výchozí odebrán domovský adresář pro smazané " -"uživatele." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "Označuje, zda by měl být jako výchozí odebrán domovský adresář pro smazané uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Toto je použito sss_useradd(8) pro určení výchozích oprávnění pro nově " -"vytvořené domovské adresáře." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "Toto je použito sss_useradd(8) pro určení výchozích oprávnění pro nově vytvořené domovské adresáře." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "" -"Adresářová kostra, která obsahuje soubory a adresáře, která se nakopírují do " -"domovského adresáře uživatele, když je vytvořen pomocí sss_useradd(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "Adresářová kostra, která obsahuje soubory a adresáře, která se nakopírují do domovského adresáře uživatele, když je vytvořen pomocí sss_useradd(8)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -846,26 +575,16 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Určuje seznam adres URI LDAP serverů oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl " -"SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Určuje seznam adres URI LDAP serverů oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"Určuje seznam adres URI LDAP serverů oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl " -"SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí v případě změny uživatelského hesla." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "Určuje seznam adres URI LDAP serverů oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí v případě změny uživatelského hesla." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "" -"Výchozí základní DN, které je použito při provádění uživatelských operací s " -"LDAP." +msgstr "Výchozí základní DN, které je použito při provádění uživatelských operací s LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." @@ -897,16 +616,14 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "" -"LDAP atribut, který odpovídá identifikátoru primární skupiny uživatele." +msgstr "LDAP atribut, který odpovídá identifikátoru primární skupiny uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "LDAP atribut, který odpovídá poli gecos uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " LDAP atribut, který obsahuje název domovského adresáře uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 @@ -922,175 +639,88 @@ msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje objectSID LDAP objektu uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"LDAP atribut, který obsahuje časovou značku poslední úpravy rodičovského " -"objektu." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje časovou značku poslední úpravy rodičovského objektu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP " -"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (datum poslední změny hesla)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (datum poslední změny hesla)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP " -"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (minimální stáří hesla)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (minimální stáří hesla)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP " -"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (maximální stáří hesla)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (maximální stáří hesla)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP " -"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (perioda varování o hesle)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (perioda varování o hesle)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP " -"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (perioda neaktivity hesla)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (perioda neaktivity hesla)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow nebo " -"ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP " -"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (datum vypršení účtu)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow nebo ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (datum vypršení účtu)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, obsahuje tento parametr název " -"LDAP atributu ukládajícího datum a čas poslední změny hesla kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu ukládajícího datum a čas poslední změny hesla kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, obsahuje tento parametr název " -"LDAP atributu ukládajícího datum a čas, kdy současné heslo vyprší." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu ukládajícího datum a čas, kdy současné heslo vyprší." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, obsahuje tento parametr název " -"LDAP atributu ukládajícího čas vypršení účtu." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu ukládajícího čas vypršení účtu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, obsahuje tento parametr název " -"LDAP atributu ukládajícího bitového pole řízení uživatelského přístupu." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu ukládajícího bitového pole řízení uživatelského přístupu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds nebo odpovídající, tento " -"parametr určuje, zda je přístup povolen, nebo není." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds nebo odpovídající, tento parametr určuje, zda je přístup povolen, nebo není." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje, zda je " -"přístup povolen, nebo není." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje, zda je přístup povolen, nebo není." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje, které " -"datum přístupu je uděleno." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje, které datum přístupu je uděleno." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje hodiny " -"dne v týdnu, kdy je je přístup udělen." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje hodiny dne v týdnu, kdy je je přístup udělen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." -msgstr "" -"LDAP atribut, který obsahuje Kerberos Uživatelské hlavní jméno (UPN) " -"uživatele." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje Kerberos Uživatelské hlavní jméno (UPN) uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje veřejné SSH klíče uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm " -"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "" -"Některé adresářové server, například Active Directory, mohou doručovat část " -"sféra v UPN uvedenou malými písmeny, což může vést k selhání ověření." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Některé adresářové server, například Active Directory, mohou doručovat část sféra v UPN uvedenou malými písmeny, což může vést k selhání ověření." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "" -"Tuto volbu nastavte na true, pokud chcete použít sféru velkými písmeny." +msgstr "Tuto volbu nastavte na true, pokud chcete použít sféru velkými písmeny." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"Určuje kolik sekund musí SSSD čekat před obnovou jeho cache vyjmenovaných " -"záznamů." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "Určuje kolik sekund musí SSSD čekat před obnovou jeho cache vyjmenovaných záznamů." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"Určuje jak často kontrolovat cache na neaktivní položky (jako skupiny bez " -"členů a uživatelé, kteří se nikdy nepřihlásili) a odstraňovat je k šetření " -"místa." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "Určuje jak často kontrolovat cache na neaktivní položky (jako skupiny bez členů a uživatelé, kteří se nikdy nepřihlásili) a odstraňovat je k šetření místa." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." @@ -1101,24 +731,12 @@ msgstr "LDAP atribut, který vypisuje členství ve skupinách daného uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"Když je access_provider=ldap a ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD " -"bude používat přítomnost atributu authorizedService uživatelské LDAP položky " -"pro určení přístupových oprávnění." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Když je access_provider=ldap a ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD bude používat přítomnost atributu authorizedService uživatelské LDAP položky pro určení přístupových oprávnění." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"Když je access_provider=ldap a ldap_access_order=host, SSSD bude používat " -"přítomnost atributu host uživatelské LDAP položky pro určení přístupových " -"oprávnění." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Když je access_provider=ldap a ldap_access_order=host, SSSD bude používat přítomnost atributu host uživatelské LDAP položky pro určení přístupových oprávnění." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -1145,42 +763,20 @@ msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje objectSID LDAP objektu skupiny." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -" LDAP atribut, který obsahuje časovou značku poslední úpravy rodičovského " -"objektu." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr " LDAP atribut, který obsahuje časovou značku poslední úpravy rodičovského objektu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je ldap_schema nastaveno na formát schématu, který podporuje vnořené " -"skupiny (např. RFC2307bis), pak tato volba řídí kolik úrovní vnoření bude " -"SSSD sledovat." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "Pokud je ldap_schema nastaveno na formát schématu, který podporuje vnořené skupiny (např. RFC2307bis), pak tato volba řídí kolik úrovní vnoření bude SSSD sledovat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"Tato volba říká SSSD, aby využil výhody funkcí specifických pro Active " -"Directory, které mohou urychlit operace vyhledávání ve skupinách s " -"komplexními či hluboko vnořenými skupinami." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "Tato volba říká SSSD, aby využil výhody funkcí specifických pro Active Directory, které mohou urychlit operace vyhledávání ve skupinách s komplexními či hluboko vnořenými skupinami." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing " -"with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"Tato volba říká SSSD, aby využil výhody funkcí specifických pro Active " -"Directory, které mohou urychlit operace initgroups (zvláště při práci ve " -"skupinách s komplexními či hluboko vnořenými skupinami." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "Tato volba říká SSSD, aby využil výhody funkcí specifických pro Active Directory, které mohou urychlit operace initgroups (zvláště při práci ve skupinách s komplexními či hluboko vnořenými skupinami." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -1195,15 +791,11 @@ msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje názvy členů netgroup." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"LDAP atribut, který obsahuje trojice (hostitel, uživatel, doména) pro " -"netgroup." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje trojice (hostitel, uživatel, doména) pro netgroup." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje UUID/GUID LDAP objektu netgroup." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 @@ -1211,9 +803,7 @@ msgstr "Třída objektu položky služba v LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje název atributů služby a jejich přezdívek." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 @@ -1221,112 +811,60 @@ msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje port spravovaný touto službou." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje protokoly, kterým tato služba rozumí." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." -msgstr "" -"Volitelné základní DN, vyhledávací rozsah a LDAP filtr pro omezení " -"vyhledávání LDAP pro tento typ atributu." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgstr "Volitelné základní DN, vyhledávací rozsah a LDAP filtr pro omezení vyhledávání LDAP pro tento typ atributu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -" Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který je vyhledávání v LDAP umožněno, než " -"je zrušeno a jsou vráceny cachované výsledky (a vstupuje se do režimu " -"offline)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr " Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který je vyhledávání v LDAP umožněno, než je zrušeno a jsou vráceny cachované výsledky (a vstupuje se do režimu offline)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který je v LDAP umožněno vyhledávání " -"uživatelů a skupin, než je zrušeno a jsou vráceny cachované výsledky (a " -"vstupuje se do režimu offline)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který je v LDAP umožněno vyhledávání uživatelů a skupin, než je zrušeno a jsou vráceny cachované výsledky (a vstupuje se do režimu offline)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"Určuje odpočet (v sekundách) po kterém poll(2)/select(2) následuje connect(2) " -"v případě, že není žádná aktivita." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "Určuje odpočet (v sekundách) po kterém poll(2)/select(2) následuje connect(2) v případě, že není žádná aktivita." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po kterém bude volání synchronního LDAP API " -"zrušeno, pokud není obdržena žádná odezva." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po kterém bude volání synchronního LDAP API zrušeno, pokud není obdržena žádná odezva." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." -msgstr "" -"Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který bude udržováno spojení k LDAP serveru." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který bude udržováno spojení k LDAP serveru." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some " -"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte počet záznamů, který má být v jednom LDAP požadavku přijat. Některé " -"LDAP servery vynucují maximální limit na požadavek." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "Zadejte počet záznamů, který má být v jednom LDAP požadavku přijat. Některé LDAP servery vynucují maximální limit na požadavek." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Zakázat ovládání stránkování LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"Při komunikaci s LDAP serverm pomocí SASL, zadejte minimální úroveň " -"zabezpečení potřebného pro ustanovení spojení." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "Při komunikaci s LDAP serverm pomocí SASL, zadejte minimální úroveň zabezpečení potřebného pro ustanovení spojení." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte počet chybějících členů skupiny v interní cache, aby bylo spuštěno " -"dereferenční vyhledávání." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "Zadejte počet chybějících členů skupiny v interní cache, aby bylo spuštěno dereferenční vyhledávání." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." -msgstr "" -"Určuje, které kontroly mají být v TLS sezení provedeny na certifikátu " -"serveru, pokud vůbec mají být provedeny." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." +msgstr "Určuje, které kontroly mají být v TLS sezení provedeny na certifikátu serveru, pokud vůbec mají být provedeny." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"Určuje soubor, který obsahuje certifikáty pro všechny Certifikační autority, " -"které sssd bude rozpoznávat." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "Určuje soubor, který obsahuje certifikáty pro všechny Certifikační autority, které sssd bude rozpoznávat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"Určuje cestu k adresáři, který obsahuje jednotlivé soubory certifikátů " -"Certifikačních autorit." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "Určuje cestu k adresáři, který obsahuje jednotlivé soubory certifikátů Certifikačních autorit." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." @@ -1341,21 +879,12 @@ msgstr "Určuje přijatelné sady šifer." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"Určuje, že spojení id_provideru musí také použít tls pro ochranu kanálu." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "Určuje, že spojení id_provideru musí také použít tls pro ochranu kanálu." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on " -"ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"Určuje, že SSSD by mělo přistupovat k mapování uživatelskému a skupinovému " -"identifikátoru v atributech ldap_user_objectsid a ldap_group_objectsid, " -"namísto spoléhání se na ldap_user_uid_number a ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "Určuje, že SSSD by mělo přistupovat k mapování uživatelskému a skupinovému identifikátoru v atributech ldap_user_objectsid a ldap_group_objectsid, namísto spoléhání se na ldap_user_uid_number a ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -1370,12 +899,8 @@ msgstr "Zadejte sféru SASL, která se má použít." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je nastaveno na true, knihovna LDAP by měla provádět zpětné vyhledávání " -"pro kanonizaci názvu hostitele během vazby SASL." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "Pokud je nastaveno na true, knihovna LDAP by měla provádět zpětné vyhledávání pro kanonizaci názvu hostitele během vazby SASL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." @@ -1390,8 +915,7 @@ msgstr "Určuje životnost TGT v sekundách, pokud je použito GSSAPI." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Vyberte zásadu pro vyhodnocování expirace hesla na straně klienta." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 @@ -1400,43 +924,23 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Určuje název služby, který bude použita, pokud je povoleno vyhledávání " -"službou." +msgstr "Určuje název služby, který bude použita, pokud je povoleno vyhledávání službou." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Určuje název služby, která bude použita k nalezení LDAP serveru, který " -"umožňuje změnu hesla, když je povoleno vyhledávání službou." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "Určuje název služby, která bude použita k nalezení LDAP serveru, který umožňuje změnu hesla, když je povoleno vyhledávání službou." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"Určuje, zda aktualizovat atribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change hodnotou dny od " -"Epochy po operaci změny hesla." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "Určuje, zda aktualizovat atribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change hodnotou dny od Epochy po operaci změny hesla." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"Pokud používáte access_provider = ldap a ldap_access_order = filter " -"(výchozí), je tato volba nezbytná. Určuje kritéria vyhledávácího LDAP filtru, " -"která musí odpovídat, aby byl umožněn přístup k tomuto hostiteli." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "Pokud používáte access_provider = ldap a ldap_access_order = filter (výchozí), je tato volba nezbytná. Určuje kritéria vyhledávácího LDAP filtru, která musí odpovídat, aby byl umožněn přístup k tomuto hostiteli." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" Touto volbou může být povoleno vyhodnocování atributů řízení přístupu na " -"straně klienta." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " Touto volbou může být povoleno vyhodnocování atributů řízení přístupu na straně klienta." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -1447,32 +951,20 @@ msgstr "Určuje, jak je prováděna dereference přezdívek během vyhledávání." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use " -"the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"Umožňuje ponechat místní uživatele jako členy LDAP skupiny pro servery, které " -"používají schéma RFC2307." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "Umožňuje ponechat místní uživatele jako členy LDAP skupiny pro servery, které používají schéma RFC2307." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Určuje seznam IP adres nebo hostitelských názvů serverů Kerberos oddělených " -"čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit, předvoleném pořadí." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "Určuje seznam IP adres nebo hostitelských názvů serverů Kerberos oddělených čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit, předvoleném pořadí." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "Název sféry Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers " -"can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"Pokud neběží služba změny hesla v KDC, mohou zde být definovány alternativní " -"servery." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "Pokud neběží služba změny hesla v KDC, mohou zde být definovány alternativní servery." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -1483,60 +975,36 @@ msgstr "Umístění cache ověřovacích údajů uživatele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password " -"request is aborted." -msgstr "" -" Odpočet v sekundách, po kterém je požadavek na online ověření nebo změnu " -"hesla zrušen." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr " Odpočet v sekundách, po kterém je požadavek na online ověření nebo změnu hesla zrušen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Ověřit s pomocí krb5_keytab, že obdržený TGT nebyl podvržen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "Umístění keytab pro použití při kontrole pověření obdržených od KDC." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"Uložit heslo uživatele, pokud je poskytovatel offline, a použít je k vyžádání " -"TGT, jakmile bude poskytovatel opět online." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "Uložit heslo uživatele, pokud je poskytovatel offline, a použít je k vyžádání TGT, jakmile bude poskytovatel opět online." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Vyžádat obnovitelný tiket s celkovou životností, určenou jako celé číslo " -"okamžitě následované jednotkou času." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Vyžádat obnovitelný tiket s celkovou životností, určenou jako celé číslo okamžitě následované jednotkou času." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Vyžádat tiket s životností, určenou jako celé číslo okamžitě následované " -"jednotkou času." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Vyžádat tiket s životností, určenou jako celé číslo okamžitě následované jednotkou času." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "Čas v sekundách mezi dvěma kontrolami, zda by měl být TGT obnoven." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos " -"pre-authentication." -msgstr "" -"Povoluje flexibilní ověřovací bezpečné tunelování (FAST) pro předověření " -"Kerberos." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Povoluje flexibilní ověřovací bezpečné tunelování (FAST) pro předověření Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1545,8 +1013,7 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 #, fuzzy msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "" -"Určuje, zda by měl být kanonizován hostitelský a uživatelský principál." +msgstr "Určuje, zda by měl být kanonizován hostitelský a uživatelský principál." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 @@ -1554,42 +1021,24 @@ msgstr "Určuje název domény Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Seznam IP adres nebo názvů hostitelů serverů AD oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by " -"se měl SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "Seznam IP adres nebo názvů hostitelů serverů AD oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Volitelné. Může být nastaveno na strojích, kde hostname(5) - tj. název " -"hostitele - neodpovídá plně kvalifikovanému názvu použitému v doméně Active " -"Directory, pro ověření tohoto hostitele." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgstr "Volitelné. Může být nastaveno na strojích, kde hostname(5) - tj. název hostitele - neodpovídá plně kvalifikovanému názvu použitému v doméně Active Directory, pro ověření tohoto hostitele." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Přenastavit uživatelský domovský adresář." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Určuje nižší vázaný rozsah POSIXových identifikátorů, které se mají použít " -"pro mapování uživatelských a skupinových SIDů v Active Directory." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Určuje nižší vázaný rozsah POSIXových identifikátorů, které se mají použít pro mapování uživatelských a skupinových SIDů v Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active " -"Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Určuje vyšší vázaný rozsah POSIXových identifikátorů, které se mají použít " -"pro mapování uživatelských a skupinových SIDů v Active Directory." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Určuje vyšší vázaný rozsah POSIXových identifikátorů, které se mají použít pro mapování uživatelských a skupinových SIDů v Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1604,12 +1053,8 @@ msgstr "Zadejte název výchozí domény." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"Mění chování algoritmu pro mapování identifikátorů tak, aby se bylo více " -"podobné algoritmu \"idmap_autorid\" z winbindu." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "Mění chování algoritmu pro mapování identifikátorů tak, aby se bylo více podobné algoritmu \"idmap_autorid\" z winbindu." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 @@ -1617,21 +1062,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 @@ -1639,8 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -100,12 +100,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later " -"in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"LDAP databáze již byla vytvořena. Nastavení můžete v instalovaném systému " -"změnit později." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "LDAP databáze již byla vytvořena. Nastavení můžete v instalovaném systému změnit později." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -117,12 +113,8 @@ msgstr "[ručně nastavit]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Nelze získat root heslo systému. Pokud chcete pokračovat, nastavte heslo LDAP " -"serveru." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Nelze získat root heslo systému. Pokud chcete pokračovat, nastavte heslo LDAP serveru." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -215,12 +207,8 @@ "nainstalování tohoto balíčku." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Selhalo nasazení replikace OpenLDAP. Po dokončení instalace je nakonfigurujte " -"znovu." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Selhalo nasazení replikace OpenLDAP. Po dokončení instalace je nakonfigurujte znovu." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -242,10 +230,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "LDAP server neběží, ale je nastaven.\n" @@ -273,12 +259,9 @@ "database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n" "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" -"Váš systém je v současnosti nakonfigurován tak, aby používal konfigurační " -"soubor\n" -"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST podporuje pouze dynamickou konfigurační " -"databázi\n" -"OpenLDAPu (back-config). Chcete přenést vaši stávající konfiguraci do této " -"konfigurační\n" +"Váš systém je v současnosti nakonfigurován tak, aby používal konfigurační soubor\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST podporuje pouze dynamickou konfigurační databázi\n" +"OpenLDAPu (back-config). Chcete přenést vaši stávající konfiguraci do této konfigurační\n" "databáze?\n" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 @@ -335,12 +318,8 @@ msgstr "LDAP server neběží." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Chcete jej nyní spustit, aby došlo k znovunačtení konfiguračních dat, nebo " -"chcete vytvořit novou konfiguraci od začátku?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Chcete jej nyní spustit, aby došlo k znovunačtení konfiguračních dat, nebo chcete vytvořit novou konfiguraci od začátku?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -369,15 +348,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Všechna data, včetně konfigurace, jsou replikována ze vzdáleného serveru." +msgstr "Všechna data, včetně konfigurace, jsou replikována ze vzdáleného serveru." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" -msgstr "" -"YaSTu se nepodařilo zjistit plně kvalifikované jméno tohoto počítače.\n" +msgstr "YaSTu se nepodařilo zjistit plně kvalifikované jméno tohoto počítače.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." @@ -552,11 +529,8 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Otevření spojení k databázi \"cn=config\" na poskytujícím serveru selhalo.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Otevření spojení k databázi \"cn=config\" na poskytujícím serveru selhalo.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" @@ -597,19 +571,13 @@ "jako replikační odběratel.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení kaskádové replikace cn=config není v současnosti podporována." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "Nastavení kaskádové replikace cn=config není v současnosti podporována." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Kontrola ověřovacích údajů zadaných v replikační konfiguraci na poskytujícím " -"serveru selhalo.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Kontrola ověřovacích údajů zadaných v replikační konfiguraci na poskytujícím serveru selhalo.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -631,8 +599,7 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro jednání jako hlavní server replikace, potřebuje být konfigurační " -"databáze\n" +"Pro jednání jako hlavní server replikace, potřebuje být konfigurační databáze\n" "dostupná vzdáleně. Nastavte heslo pro konfigurační databázi.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 @@ -658,8 +625,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" -msgstr "" -"Připravit pro replikaci v režimu MirrorMode (vygeneruje atribut serverId)" +msgstr "Připravit pro replikaci v režimu MirrorMode (vygeneruje atribut serverId)" #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 @@ -673,14 +639,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" "After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Vyberte Ano pokud by měl být server LDAP spouštěn automaticky\n" "jako část procesu zavádění systému. Vyberte Ne, pokud by LDAP server\n" -"neměl být spouštěn. Poznámka: Po výběru Ne nebudete moci změnit " -"konfiguraci\n" +"neměl být spouštěn. Poznámka: Po výběru Ne nebudete moci změnit konfiguraci\n" "OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -693,26 +657,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP je běžný LDAP rozhraní na portu 389. TLS/SSL zabezpečené " -"spojení\n" +"LDAP je běžný LDAP rozhraní na portu 389. TLS/SSL zabezpečené spojení\n" "je možné přes operaci StartTLS, když je nastaven certifikát serveru." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS povoluje rozhraní \"LDAP přes SSL (ldaps)\" pro chráněná SSL " -"spojení\n" -"na portu 636. Toto funguje pouze pokud máte nakonfigurovaný serverový " -"certifikát\n" +"LDAPS povoluje rozhraní \"LDAP přes SSL (ldaps)\" pro chráněná SSL spojení\n" +"na portu 636. Toto funguje pouze pokud máte nakonfigurovaný serverový certifikát\n" "(Vizte \"Globální nastavení\"/\"Nastavení TLS\").\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -721,10 +678,8 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI povoluje rozhraní \"LDAP přes IPC\" pro přístup k LDAP " -"serveru\n" -"přes Doménové sokety Unixu. Nezakazujte rozhraní LDAPI, když jej YaST " -"využívá\n" +"LDAPI povoluje rozhraní \"LDAP přes IPC\" pro přístup k LDAP serveru\n" +"přes Doménové sokety Unixu. Nezakazujte rozhraní LDAPI, když jej YaST využívá\n" "pro komunikaci se serverem.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -735,9 +690,7 @@ msgid "" "Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.\n" -msgstr "" -"Vyberte, zda by SuSEFirewall měl mít přístup k síťovým portům LDAPu, nebo " -"ne.\n" +msgstr "Vyberte, zda by SuSEFirewall měl mít přístup k síťovým portům LDAPu, nebo ne.\n" #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -746,30 +699,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library " -"to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -"Vyberte Databázi z hdb, bdb a mdb. Hdb " -"je varianta\n" -"výkonné části bdb, která používá hierarchický rozvrh databáze a " -"podporuje\n" -"přejmenovávání podstromů. Jinak je stejná jako bdb. Databáze hdb" -" potřebuje\n" -"pro dobrý výkon vyhledávání větší hodnotu idlcachesize než bdb" -".\n" -"Databáze mdb používá pro ukládání dat LMDB (Lightning Memory-Mapped " -"DB) knihovnu\n" -"OpenLDAPu. je podobná výkonné části hdb, ale je úspornější na místo a " -"výkon.\n" +"Vyberte Databázi z hdb, bdb a mdb. Hdb je varianta\n" +"výkonné části bdb, která používá hierarchický rozvrh databáze a podporuje\n" +"přejmenovávání podstromů. Jinak je stejná jako bdb. Databáze hdb potřebuje\n" +"pro dobrý výkon vyhledávání větší hodnotu idlcachesize než bdb.\n" +"Databáze mdb používá pro ukládání dat LMDB (Lightning Memory-Mapped DB) knihovnu\n" +"OpenLDAPu. je podobná výkonné části hdb, ale je úspornější na místo a výkon.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -779,37 +722,26 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password" -" \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the " -"\n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>" -"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" "DN administrátora společně s Heslem administrátora LDAP\n" -"určuje identitu superuživatele pro tuto databázi, který překonává všechna " -"oprávnění ACL a jiná administrativní omezení. Zatržením Připojit základní " -"DN dojde k připojení Základního DN, které je zadáno výše. " -"Například základní DN <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"DN administrátora <tt>c=Admin</tt> bude zkombinováno do skutečného DN " -"administrátora\n" +"určuje identitu superuživatele pro tuto databázi, který překonává všechna oprávnění ACL a jiná administrativní omezení. Zatržením Připojit základní DN dojde k připojení Základního DN, které je zadáno výše. Například základní DN <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"DN administrátora <tt>c=Admin</tt> bude zkombinováno do skutečného DN administrátora\n" "ve tvaru <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Pokud je tento průvodce spušten během instalace, \n" -"LDAP heslo administrátora je nastaveno na heslo systémového " -"administrátora( root )\n" +"LDAP heslo administrátora je nastaveno na heslo systémového administrátora( root )\n" "zadaného dříve během instalace. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -822,8 +754,7 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" "Abyste tuto databázi použili jako výchozí pro nástroje klienta OpenLDAP\n" -"(např. ldapsearch), zatrhněte Použít tuto databázi jako výchozí pro " -"klienty\n" +"(např. ldapsearch), zatrhněte Použít tuto databázi jako výchozí pro klienty\n" "OpenLDAP. Toto povede k výsledku, že do souboru konfigurace klienta\n" "<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> bude zapsáno jméno hostitele \"localhost\"\n" "a výše zadané Základní DN. Toto zatržítko je jako výchozí zatrženo\n" @@ -844,11 +775,9 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro povolení nebo zakázání ověřování v prostém textu (Jednoduchá vazba " -"LDAP)\n" +"Pro povolení nebo zakázání ověřování v prostém textu (Jednoduchá vazba LDAP)\n" "vůči konfigurační databázi, klepněte na přidružené zatržítko. Ověřování\n" -"ke konfigurační databázi v prostém textu bude umožněno pouze pokud se " -"používá\n" +"ke konfigurační databázi v prostém textu bude umožněno pouze pokud se používá\n" "dostatečně chráněné (např. SSL/TLS šifrované) spojení.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -877,21 +806,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte kompletní DN nebo pouze první část a automaticky připojte Base DN " -"pomocí Přidat Base DN." +msgstr "Zadejte kompletní DN nebo pouze první část a automaticky připojte Base DN pomocí Přidat Base DN." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Pro změnu hesla administrátorského účtu klepněte na\n" "Změnit heslo.\n" @@ -902,28 +825,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Za pomoci Vstupní cache a Indexová Cache (IDL cache) lze " -"zvýšit\n" +"Za pomoci Vstupní cache a Indexová Cache (IDL cache) lze zvýšit\n" "velikost interní OpenLDAP cache. Vstupní Cache udává počet vstupů,\n" "které jsou zapamatovány v paměti. Pokud je to možné (dostatek RAM), mělo by\n" -"toto číslo být dostatečně velké, aby byla celá databáze v paměti. Indexová " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"se používá na zapamatování a urychlení vyhledávání nad zaindexovanými " -"atributy.\n" +"toto číslo být dostatečně velké, aby byla celá databáze v paměti. Indexová Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"se používá na zapamatování a urychlení vyhledávání nad zaindexovanými atributy.\n" "Speciaálně HDB databáze potřebuje velkou IDL cache pro dobrou rychlost\n" "(doporučení je trojnásobek vstupní cache)." @@ -935,28 +849,19 @@ msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." -msgstr "" -"Chcete-li pro tuto databázi používat politiku hesel, povolte možnost " -"Povolit politiku hesel." +msgstr "Chcete-li pro tuto databázi používat politiku hesel, povolte možnost Povolit politiku hesel." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before " -"storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Zaškrtnutím pole Hashovat hesla v prostém textu můžete určit, aby " -"server OpenLDAP šifroval hesla v prostém textu\n" -" přítomná v požadavcích na přidání a úpravy před jejich uložením do databáze. " -"Tím je porušen informační model X.500/LDAP,\n" -" což ale může být třeba ke kompenzaci klientů LDAP, kteří nepoužívají ke " -"správě hesel rozšířené \n" +"Zaškrtnutím pole Hashovat hesla v prostém textu můžete určit, aby server OpenLDAP šifroval hesla v prostém textu\n" +" přítomná v požadavcích na přidání a úpravy před jejich uložením do databáze. Tím je porušen informační model X.500/LDAP,\n" +" což ale může být třeba ke kompenzaci klientů LDAP, kteří nepoužívají ke správě hesel rozšířené \n" " operace úpravy hesel." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -967,32 +872,23 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -" Pokud je povoleno Oznámit stav \"Účet uzamčen\", pak uživatelé, " -"kteří\n" -"se pokouší ověřit k uzamčenému účtu, jsou upozorněni, že jejich účet je " -"uzamčen.\n" +" Pokud je povoleno Oznámit stav \"Účet uzamčen\", pak uživatelé, kteří\n" +"se pokouší ověřit k uzamčenému účtu, jsou upozorněni, že jejich účet je uzamčen.\n" "Tato oznámení mohou poskytnout užitečné informace nějakému útočníkovi.\n" "Sítě citlivé na bezpečnostní problémy by tuto volbu neměly zapínat.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte název výchozího objektu politiky hesel do pole DN výchozího " -"objektu politiky." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Zadejte název výchozího objektu politiky hesel do pole DN výchozího objektu politiky." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Vytvořte nebo změňte výchozí politiku klepnutím na Upravit politiku" -".\n" -"Můžete být poté požádáni o zadání hesla administrátora LDAPu, aby vám mohlo " -"být\n" +"Vytvořte nebo změňte výchozí politiku klepnutím na Upravit politiku.\n" +"Můžete být poté požádáni o zadání hesla administrátora LDAPu, aby vám mohlo být\n" "umožněno čtení Objektu politiky ze serveru.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 @@ -1004,19 +900,14 @@ msgstr "Změňte nastavení indexování databází hdb bdb." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"Tato tabulka zobrazuje seznam atributů, které jsou v současnosti " -"definované v rejstříku." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "Tato tabulka zobrazuje seznam atributů, které jsou v současnosti definované v rejstříku." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" "Rejstříky jsou OpenLDAPem použity pro zlepšení výkonu vyhledávání na\n" @@ -1027,8 +918,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" "Výskyt: Tento rejstřík je použit pro vyhledávání filtrem na výskyt\n" @@ -1038,24 +928,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Rovnost: Tento typ indexu je použit pro vyhledávání filtry " -"rovnosti\n" -"(např. (<tt>(attributeType=<presne hodnoty>)</tt>). Rejstřík " -"Rovnosti\n" -"by měl být vždy nakonfigurován společně s atributem <tt>objectclass</tt>." -"\n" +"Rovnost: Tento typ indexu je použit pro vyhledávání filtry rovnosti\n" +"(např. (<tt>(attributeType=<presne hodnoty>)</tt>). Rejstřík Rovnosti\n" +"by měl být vždy nakonfigurován společně s atributem <tt>objectclass</tt>.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -"Podřetězec: Tento rejstřík je použit pro vyhledávání filtry " -"podřetězců\n" +"Podřetězec: Tento rejstřík je použit pro vyhledávání filtry podřetězců\n" "(např. <tt>(attributeType=<podreztezec>*)</tt>)\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 @@ -1070,15 +955,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" "Poznámka: V závislosti na velikosti databáze to může nějakou dobu trvat\n" -"než bude nově přidaný rejstřík v databázi aktivní. Po zápisu konfigurace na " -"server\n" +"než bude nově přidaný rejstřík v databázi aktivní. Po zápisu konfigurace na server\n" "započne úloha na pozadí generovat informace rejstříku pro tuto databázi.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 @@ -1090,8 +973,7 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"Tato tabulka vám dává přehled o pravidlech Řízení přístupu, která jsou " -"pro\n" +"Tato tabulka vám dává přehled o pravidlech Řízení přístupu, která jsou pro\n" "vybranou databázi nakonfigurována.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -1109,24 +991,19 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro vytvoření nových Přístupových práv použijte Přidat a Smazat<" -"/b>\n" +"Pro vytvoření nových Přístupových práv použijte Přidat a Smazat\n" "k jejich smazání.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -"Vyhodnocování Řízení přístupu OpenLDAPu se zastavuje na prvním pravidle, " -"jehož\n" -"definice cíle (DN, filtr a atribut) odpovídá položce, ke které se " -"přistupuje.\n" -"Proto byste měli pravidla seřadit dle vašich potřeb použitím tlačítek " -"Nahoru\n" +"Vyhodnocování Řízení přístupu OpenLDAPu se zastavuje na prvním pravidle, jehož\n" +"definice cíle (DN, filtr a atribut) odpovídá položce, ke které se přistupuje.\n" +"Proto byste měli pravidla seřadit dle vašich potřeb použitím tlačítek Nahoru\n" "a Dolů.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 @@ -1135,14 +1012,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, " -"if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Vyberte zatržítko \"Povolit poskytovatele ldapsync pro tuto databázi" -"\"\n" -"pokud si přejete umožnit replikaci v současnosti vybrané databáze na jiný " -"server." +"Vyberte zatržítko \"Povolit poskytovatele ldapsync pro tuto databázi\"\n" +"pokud si přejete umožnit replikaci v současnosti vybrané databáze na jiný server." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1150,29 +1024,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"Zde můžete zadat jak často by měl být zapisován indikátor stavu " -"synchronizace\n" -"(uložený v atributu \"contextCSN\"). Ten je synchronizován do databáze " -"po\n" -"vámi zadaném počtu zápisu \"Operací\" nebo poté, co uplyne vámi zadaná " -"doba\n" +"Zde můžete zadat jak často by měl být zapisován indikátor stavu synchronizace\n" +"(uložený v atributu \"contextCSN\"). Ten je synchronizován do databáze po\n" +"vámi zadaném počtu zápisu \"Operací\" nebo poté, co uplyne vámi zadaná doba\n" "\"Minuty\" od posledního zápisu. Ve výchozím (obě hodnoty jsou '0')\n" -"je indikátor stavu zapisován pouze po čistém vypnutí. Častější zápis může " -"vést\n" +"je indikátor stavu zapisován pouze po čistém vypnutí. Častější zápis může vést\n" "k rychlejšímu času spouštění po ne úplně čistém shození serveru, ale může\n" "vést k menšímu zásahu do výkonu v prostředích, kde dochází k častým operacím\n" "zápisu do LDAP.\n" @@ -1183,22 +1048,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -"Nastavuje paměťový protokol sezení pro záznam informací o operacích " -"zápisu\n" +"Nastavuje paměťový protokol sezení pro záznam informací o operacích zápisu\n" "provedených v databázi. Zadejte kolik operací zápisu by mělo být zaznamenáno\n" -"v protokolu sezení. Konfigurace protokolu sezení je užitečná pouze pro " -"replikaci\n" -"\"refreshOnly\" (pouze obnovit). V takovém případě můžete urychlit " -"replikaci\n" +"v protokolu sezení. Konfigurace protokolu sezení je užitečná pouze pro replikaci\n" +"\"refreshOnly\" (pouze obnovit). V takovém případě můžete urychlit replikaci\n" "a snížit zátěž na hlavním serveru." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -1210,8 +1068,7 @@ "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Vyberte \"Tato databáze je replikačním odběratelem\", pokud " -"chcete,\n" +"Vyberte \"Tato databáze je replikačním odběratelem\", pokud chcete,\n" "aby databáze byla replikou databáze na jiném serveru.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -1224,14 +1081,11 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using " -"non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -"Zde zadejte podrobnosti spojení pro replikaci s hlavním serverem. Vyberte " -"který\n" -"protokol se má použít (ldap nebo ldaps) a zadejte plně " -"kvalifikované\n" +"Zde zadejte podrobnosti spojení pro replikaci s hlavním serverem. Vyberte který\n" +"protokol se má použít (ldap nebo ldaps) a zadejte plně kvalifikované\n" "jméno hlavního serveru. Je důležité použít plně kvalifikované jméno z důvodu\n" "ověření TLS/SSL certifikátu hlavního serveru. Pokud hlavní server běží na\n" "nestandardním portu, nastavte číslo toho portu.\n" @@ -1251,11 +1105,9 @@ "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshOnly (pouze obnovit): Podřízený server bude pravidelně " -"otevírat\n" +"refreshOnly (pouze obnovit): Podřízený server bude pravidelně otevírat\n" "nové spojení, vyvolávat synchronizaci a opět spojení zavírat. Interval jak\n" -"často tato synchronizace probíhá může být nastaven volbou Interval " -"replikace.\n" +"často tato synchronizace probíhá může být nastaven volbou Interval replikace.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" @@ -1263,10 +1115,8 @@ "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshAndPersist: Podřízený server pro synchronizaci otevře " -"trvalé\n" -"spojení k hlavnímu serveru.Aktualizované položky jsou z hlavního serveru " -"okamžitě\n" +"refreshAndPersist: Podřízený server pro synchronizaci otevře trvalé\n" +"spojení k hlavnímu serveru.Aktualizované položky jsou z hlavního serveru okamžitě\n" "odesílány tímto spojením na podřízený server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 @@ -1275,10 +1125,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" "Zadejte DN a heslo, které má podřízený server používat pro ověření\n" "vůči hlavnímu serveru. Zadané DN potřebuje mít přístup ke čtení všech\n" @@ -1292,17 +1140,14 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" "Podřízená databáze je jen ke čtení, podřízený server bude odpovídat\n" "na operace zápisu doporučením LDAP. Jako výchozí tímto doporučením ukazuje\n" "na hlavní server. Zde můžete nastavit jiné doporučení aktualizace. To je\n" -"užitečné například v nasazení kaskádové replikace, kde poskytovatelem " -"podřízeného\n" +"užitečné například v nasazení kaskádové replikace, kde poskytovatelem podřízeného\n" "serveru je také podřízený server.\n" #. Read dialog help @@ -1345,25 +1190,18 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "Tento dialog poskytuje krátký souhrn konfigurace, kterou jste vytvořili.\n" -"Pro zápis konfigurace a opuštění modulu LDAP serveru klepněte na Dokončit<" -"/b>.\n" +"Pro zápis konfigurace a opuštění modulu LDAP serveru klepněte na Dokončit.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server." -" " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" "Pomocí Spustit LDAP server - Ano/Ne, \n" "spustíte či vypnete LDAP server." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"Pokud vyberete Ano, pro spuštění konfiguračního průvodce klepněte " -"na Další." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "Pokud vyberete Ano, pro spuštění konfiguračního průvodce klepněte na Další." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -1375,17 +1213,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"Vyberte typ LDAP serveru, který chcete nastavit. Jsou dostupné následující " -"scénáře:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "Vyberte typ LDAP serveru, který chcete nastavit. Jsou dostupné následující scénáře:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" "Samostatný server: Nastavit jeden samostatný server OpenLDAP bez\n" @@ -1397,17 +1230,14 @@ "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" "Hlavní server v replikačním nasazení: Vytvořit nasazení OpenLDAPu\n" -"připravené k jednání jako hlavní server (poskytovatel) v replikačním " -"nasazení.\n" +"připravené k jednání jako hlavní server (poskytovatel) v replikačním nasazení.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Podřízená serverová replika: Nasazení podřízeného serveru " -"OpenLDAPu, který replikuje\n" +"Podřízená serverová replika: Nasazení podřízeného serveru OpenLDAPu, který replikuje\n" "jeho všechna data, včetně konfigurace, z hlavního serveru." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1432,27 +1262,20 @@ msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation." -"\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Zatržením Povolit LDAP přes SSL (ldaps) rozhraní povolíte, aby " -"server\n" -"na portu 636 přijímal LDAPS spojení. Pokud tato volba není zatržena, " -"OpenLDAP\n" -"bude podporovat pouze spojení šifrovaná TLS pomocí rozšířené obsluhy " -"StartTLS. \n" +"Zatržením Povolit LDAP přes SSL (ldaps) rozhraní povolíte, aby server\n" +"na portu 636 přijímal LDAPS spojení. Pokud tato volba není zatržena, OpenLDAP\n" +"bude podporovat pouze spojení šifrovaná TLS pomocí rozšířené obsluhy StartTLS. \n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -"Pokud již máte běžný certifikát serveru nainstalovaný pomocí " -"odpovídajícího\n" -"modulu YaSTu, zatrhněte Použít běžný certifikát serveru, aby jej " -"používal\n" +"Pokud již máte běžný certifikát serveru nainstalovaný pomocí odpovídajícího\n" +"modulu YaSTu, zatrhněte Použít běžný certifikát serveru, aby jej používal\n" "i OpenLDAP server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 @@ -1462,16 +1285,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File" -",\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -"Pokud nemáte žádný běžný certifikát serveru nebo chcete pro OpenLDAP " -"použít\n" -"jiný certifikát, zadejte do odpovídajících polí názvy Souboru certifikátu " -"CA,\n" +"Pokud nemáte žádný běžný certifikát serveru nebo chcete pro OpenLDAP použít\n" +"jiný certifikát, zadejte do odpovídajících polí názvy Souboru certifikátu CA,\n" "Souboru certifikátu a Souboru s klíčem certifikátu.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 @@ -1479,8 +1298,7 @@ "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro vytvoření nové CA nebo certifikátu, navštivte modul správy CA " -"klepnutím\n" +"Pro vytvoření nové CA nebo certifikátu, navštivte modul správy CA klepnutím\n" "na Spustit modul správy CA.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 @@ -1491,15 +1309,12 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in " -"which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" "V tomto dialogu můžete přidat schéma. Stiskněte Přidat\n" -" a v dialogu zvolte nové schéma. Poznámka: V současnosti OpenLDAP(použité s " -"nastavením v databázi) nepodporuje odstraňování schémat" +" a v dialogu zvolte nové schéma. Poznámka: V současnosti OpenLDAP(použité s nastavením v databázi) nepodporuje odstraňování schémat" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 @@ -1507,17 +1322,13 @@ "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" -"Vyberte podsystémy, které by měly protokolovat ladící zprávy a statistiky " -"do\n" +"Vyberte podsystémy, které by měly protokolovat ladící zprávy a statistiky do\n" "syslogu." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Vyber, které speciální vlastnosti OpenLDAP serveru budou povoleny:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Vyber, které speciální vlastnosti OpenLDAP serveru budou povoleny:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1525,8 +1336,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" "Požadavky vazby LDAPv2: Umožněte, aby server přijímal\n" @@ -1535,15 +1345,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -"Anonymní vazba pokud nejsou prázdné pověření: povolit anonymní " -"připojení, \n" -"pokud přihlašovací údaje jsou prázdné (například je zadáno heslo, ale DN pro " -"připojení chybí) " +"Anonymní vazba pokud nejsou prázdné pověření: povolit anonymní připojení, \n" +"pokud přihlašovací údaje jsou prázdné (například je zadáno heslo, ale DN pro připojení chybí) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" @@ -1555,13 +1361,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -"Neověřené aktualizační operace ke zpracování: Pro umožnění " -"neověřených\n" +"Neověřené aktualizační operace ke zpracování: Pro umožnění neověřených\n" "(anonymních) aktualizačních operací ke zpracování. Stále zůstávají předmětem\n" "řízení přístupu a dalších administrativních omezení.\n" @@ -1583,21 +1387,16 @@ msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" -msgstr "" -"Zakázat ověření jednoduchou vazbou: Úplně zakáže ověřování " -"jednoduchou vazbou.\n" +msgstr "Zakázat ověření jednoduchou vazbou: Úplně zakáže ověřování jednoduchou vazbou.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Zakázat vynucení sezení do anonymního stavu při operování pomocí StartTLS<" -"/b>:\n" -"Server již nebude nadále vynucovat přechod z ověřeného spojení zpět k " -"anonymnímu stavu\n" +"Zakázat vynucení sezení do anonymního stavu při operování pomocí StartTLS:\n" +"Server již nebude nadále vynucovat přechod z ověřeného spojení zpět k anonymnímu stavu\n" "jakmile přijímá operace StartTLS.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 @@ -1613,30 +1412,25 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" "database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" "Tyto seznamy zobrazují všechny nastavené databáze. Databáze s typem\n" "\"frontend\" a \"config\" přestavují zvláštní interní databáze. Databáze\n" "\"Frontend\" je použita pro nastavení globálního řízení přístupových omezení\n" -"a překryvů, které platí pro všechny databáze. Databáze \"Config\" obsahuje " -"konfiguraci\n" +"a překryvů, které platí pro všechny databáze. Databáze \"Config\" obsahuje konfiguraci\n" "samotného serveru LDAP.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"K přidání nové databáze použijte tlačítko Přidat databázi...." +msgstr "K přidání nové databáze použijte tlačítko Přidat databázi...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" "Pro smazání nějaké databáze vyberte danou databázi ze seznamu a klepněte\n" @@ -1645,102 +1439,69 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" "Zde zadejte heslo pro konfigurační databázi (\"cn=config\").\n" -"Toto je vyžadováno pro umožnění vzdáleného přístupu ke konfigurační " -"databázi." +"Toto je vyžadováno pro umožnění vzdáleného přístupu ke konfigurační databázi." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the " -"\"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed " -"for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud se server navržen k nasazení MirrorModu, vyberte \"Připravit pro\n" -"replikaci v režimu MirrorMode\". Toto zajistí, že bude vygenerován " -"atribut\n" +"replikaci v režimu MirrorMode\". Toto zajistí, že bude vygenerován atribut\n" "serverId, který je pro replikaci MirrorMode zapotřebí.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps<" -"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" "Pro nasazení podřízeného serveru je potřeba z hlavního serveru zjistit\n" -"některé podrobnosti. Zadejte název hlavního serveru, nastavte protokol " -"(buďto\n" +"některé podrobnosti. Zadejte název hlavního serveru, nastavte protokol (buďto\n" "\"ldap\" nebo \"ldaps\" a číslo portu podle potřeby a zadejte\n" "heslo k hlavní konfigurační databázi (\"cn=config\")." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte <big>Sféru</big> a <big>Hlavní heslo</big> vašeho Kerberos " -"serveru." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Zadejte <big>Sféru</big> a <big>Hlavní heslo</big> vašeho Kerberos serveru." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to " -"use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ačkoliv vaše doména Kerbera může být ASCII řetězec, konvence je použití " -"velkých písmen jako ve jménu vaší domény.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Ačkoliv vaše doména Kerbera může být ASCII řetězec, konvence je použití velkých písmen jako ve jménu vaší domény.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec určuje umístění Kerberos databáze pro tuto doménu." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Tento řetězec určuje umístění Kerberos databáze pro tuto doménu." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" "Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru se seznamem řízení přístupu (ACL),\n" "který kadmin používá pro zjištění oprávnění představitele k dané databázi." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru keytab, který admin používá k " -"ověřování databáze." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru keytab, který admin používá k ověřování databáze." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Tento absolutní čas určuje výchozí datum vypršení hlavních dat v této " -"doméně." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Tento absolutní čas určuje výchozí datum vypršení hlavních dat v této doméně." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Tyto příznaky určují výchozí atributy představitele vytvořeného v této " -"sféře." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Tyto příznaky určují výchozí atributy představitele vytvořeného v této sféře." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1749,8 +1510,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Povolení těchto vlajek umožní příkazci získat lístky s posunutým datem." +msgstr "Povolení těchto vlajek umožní příkazci získat lístky s posunutým datem." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1785,12 +1545,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat klíč k sezení jiného uživatele, " -"povoluje tomuto příkazci ověření uživatel-uživatel." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat klíč k sezení jiného uživatele, povoluje tomuto příkazci ověření uživatel-uživatel." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1798,16 +1554,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only " -"be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je tato vlajka povolena klient příkazce, tak příkazce může vyžadoval " -"před ověření KDC před obdržením lístků. Když povolíte tuto vlajku službě " -"příkazce, lístky služby pro tohoto příkazce budou vydány pouze klientům s " -"TGT, kteří mají sadu před ověřovacích lístků." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Pokud je tato vlajka povolena klient příkazce, tak příkazce může vyžadoval před ověření KDC před obdržením lístků. Když povolíte tuto vlajku službě příkazce, lístky služby pro tohoto příkazce budou vydány pouze klientům s TGT, kteří mají sadu před ověřovacích lístků." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1815,12 +1563,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a " -"hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Je-li tato vlajka povolena, příkazce musí být před ověřený použitím " -"hardwarového zařízení před obdržením jakéhokoliv lístku." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Je-li tato vlajka povolena, příkazce musí být před ověřený použitím hardwarového zařízení před obdržením jakéhokoliv lístku." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1828,10 +1572,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci KDC obdržet lístky pro tohoto příkazce." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci KDC obdržet lístky pro tohoto příkazce." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1839,14 +1581,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a " -"ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that " -"was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat lístky na základě " -"lístku-poskytujícího-lístek raději než opakováním ověřovacího procesu, který " -"byl použit k získání TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat lístky na základě lístku-poskytujícího-lístek raději než opakováním ověřovacího procesu, který byl použit k získání TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1854,13 +1590,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Povolení této vlajky znamená, že KDC bude vydávat lístky pro tohoto příkazce. " -"Zakázání této vlajky v podstatě deaktivuje příkazce uvnitř jeho domény." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky znamená, že KDC bude vydávat lístky pro tohoto příkazce. Zakázání této vlajky v podstatě deaktivuje příkazce uvnitř jeho domény." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1877,67 +1608,37 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Je-li tato vlajka povolena, značí tohoto příkazce jako službu měnící heslo. " -"To by mělo být použito pouze ve zvláštních případech, např. když uživatelovo " -"heslo vypršelo, uživatel musí dostat lístky pro příkazce, aby byl schopen jej " -"změnit bez průchodu normálního ověřování hesla." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Je-li tato vlajka povolena, značí tohoto příkazce jako službu měnící heslo. To by mělo být použito pouze ve zvláštních případech, např. když uživatelovo heslo vypršelo, uživatel musí dostat lístky pro příkazce, aby byl schopen jej změnit bez průchodu normálního ověřování hesla." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not " -"allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" -"Řetězec umístění souboru se slovníkem, který obsahuje řetězce, které " -"nejsou\n" +"Řetězec umístění souboru se slovníkem, který obsahuje řetězce, které nejsou\n" "dovolené použít jako hesla. Pokud není tento štítek nastaven nebo pokud\n" -"zde není přiřazena politika k danému přestaviteli, nebude prováděna žádná " -"kontrola." +"zde není přiřazena politika k danému přestaviteli, nebude prováděna žádná kontrola." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Toto číslo portu upřesňuje port, na kterém kadmin démon naslouchá pro tuto " -"doménu." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Toto číslo portu upřesňuje port, na kterém kadmin démon naslouchá pro tuto doménu." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec upřesňuje umístění, kde je uložen hlavní klíč s kdb5_stash.<" -"/p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Tento řetězec upřesňuje umístění, kde je uložen hlavní klíč s kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec upřesňuje seznam portů, na kterých bude KDC pro tuto " -"doménu." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Tento řetězec upřesňuje seznam portů, na kterých bude KDC pro tuto doménu." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master " -"key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec upřesňuje jméno příkazce spojeného s hlavním klíčem. Výchozí " -"hodnota je K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Tento řetězec upřesňuje jméno příkazce spojeného s hlavním klíčem. Výchozí hodnota je K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 @@ -1946,90 +1647,54 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být v " -"této doméně lístek platný." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být v této doméně lístek platný." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být " -"pro tuto doménu lístek obnoven." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být pro tuto doménu lístek obnoven." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" "Seznam řetězců klíč/sůl, které určují výchozí kombinaci klíč/sůl\n" "představitelů této sféry." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "Upřesňuje povolené kombinace klíč/salt příkazce této domény." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"Upřesňuje zdali má být seznam projitých domén pro lístky křížových domén " -"kontrolován proti průchozí cestě vypočítané ze jmen domény a sekce [capaths] " -"jejího krb5.conf konfiguračního souboru" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Upřesňuje zdali má být seznam projitých domén pro lístky křížových domén kontrolován proti průchozí cestě vypočítané ze jmen domény a sekce [capaths] jejího krb5.conf konfiguračního souboru" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" "Tento štítek specifický pro LDAP značí počet spojení, která mohou být\n" "tímto LDAP serverem spravována." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords " -"for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" -"Tento štítek specifický pro LDAP značí soubor obsahující ukrytá hesla " -"objektů\n" +"Tento štítek specifický pro LDAP značí soubor obsahující ukrytá hesla objektů\n" "použitých pro spouštění Kerberos serverů." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The " -"search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the " -"subtree." -msgstr "" -"Upřesňuje seznam podstromů obsahující příkazce domény. Seznam obsahuje DN " -"podstrom objektů oddělených dvojtečkou (:)Oblast hledání upřesňuje " -"oblast pro příkazce v rámci podstromu." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Upřesňuje seznam podstromů obsahující příkazce domény. Seznam obsahuje DN podstrom objektů oddělených dvojtečkou (:)Oblast hledání upřesňuje oblast pro příkazce v rámci podstromu." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"Upřesňuje DN objektu zásobníku, ve kterém budou příkazci domény vytvořeni. " -"Pokud není reference zásobníku nastaveno pro doménu, příkazci budou vytvořeni " -"v zásobníku domén." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Upřesňuje DN objektu zásobníku, ve kterém budou příkazci domény vytvořeni. Pokud není reference zásobníku nastaveno pro doménu, příkazci budou vytvořeni v zásobníku domén." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 @@ -2038,12 +1703,8 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Upřesňuje maximální obnovitelnost života lístků pro příkazce v této " -"doméně." +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Upřesňuje maximální obnovitelnost života lístků pro příkazce v této doméně." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -2367,22 +2028,16 @@ msgstr "URI adresa serveru" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Tento server není nasazen jako uzel MirrorMode. Pro spuštění standardního " -"konfiguračního průvodce OpenLDAPu klepněte na \"Další\"." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Tento server není nasazen jako uzel MirrorMode. Pro spuštění standardního konfiguračního průvodce OpenLDAPu klepněte na \"Další\"." #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Přehled MirrorMode OpenLDAPu" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"Smazání hostitele, na kterém je spouštěný tento modul YaSTu není možné.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "Smazání hostitele, na kterém je spouštěný tento modul YaSTu není možné.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -2693,22 +2348,16 @@ msgstr "Zvolit ne&dovolené příznaky:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Zakázat příjem anonymních požadavků vazby (nezakazuje anonymní adresářový " -"přístup)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Zakázat příjem anonymních požadavků vazby (nezakazuje anonymní adresářový přístup)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Zakázat ověření jednoduchou vazbou" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Zakázat vynucení sezení do anonymního stavu při operování pomocí StartTLS" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Zakázat vynucení sezení do anonymního stavu při operování pomocí StartTLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2800,8 +2449,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Povolit pro tuto databázi ověřování v prostém textu (Jednoduchá vazba). " +msgstr "Povolit pro tuto databázi ověřování v prostém textu (Jednoduchá vazba). " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2843,7 +2491,6 @@ msgstr "Změnit heslo administrátora" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 -#| msgid "Use Kerberos" msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" msgstr "Aktualizovat skrýš pro Kerberos" @@ -3228,10 +2875,8 @@ msgstr "Kontrola schopností LDAPsync poskytovatele selhalo." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Prosím ověřte, že cílový server je připraven být poskytovatelem LDAPsync" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Prosím ověřte, že cílový server je připraven být poskytovatelem LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3457,12 +3102,8 @@ msgstr "Aktualizovaní objektů základních politik hesel" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Čeká se na dokončení indexovacích úloh OpenLDAPu na pozadí (může to trvat " -"několik minut)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Čeká se na dokončení indexovacích úloh OpenLDAPu na pozadí (může to trvat několik minut)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -3481,8 +3122,7 @@ msgstr "Vytváření objektů politiky hesel selhalo" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "Při čekání na ukončení indexátoru OpenLDAP databáze došlo k chybě.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3584,12 +3224,8 @@ msgstr "Nelze zjistit vlastní plně kvalifikované jméno." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own " -"fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Hlavní server pro replikaci nemůže pracovat správně běz znalosti jeho " -"vlastního plně kvalifikovaného jména." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Hlavní server pro replikaci nemůže pracovat správně běz znalosti jeho vlastního plně kvalifikovaného jména." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3619,12 +3255,8 @@ msgstr "Neplatné DN LDAPu: \"%s\", nelze vytáhnout hodnoty RDN" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country " -"2-letter code." -msgstr "" -"Hodnota atributu \"c\" musí obsahovat platný dvoupísmenný kód země dle " -"ISO-3166." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "Hodnota atributu \"c\" musí obsahovat platný dvoupísmenný kód země dle ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -3665,11 +3297,8 @@ msgstr "Soubor certifikátu CA: \"%s\" neexistuje." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Došlo k chybě při pokusu o ověření serverového certifikátu poskytujícího " -"serveru.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Došlo k chybě při pokusu o ověření serverového certifikátu poskytujícího serveru.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format @@ -3843,4 +3472,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "Nelze zapsat soubor s certifikátem CA." - Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -133,10 +133,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Klient konfigurace profilu AutoYaSTu založeném na aktuálně běžícím systému" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Klient konfigurace profilu AutoYaSTu založeném na aktuálně běžícím systému" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -148,7 +146,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 -#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "Soubor %s již existuje. Opravdu jej chcete přepsat?" @@ -165,27 +162,21 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" "Pomocí tohoto dialogu, kopírujte obsah souboru a určete cílovou cestu\n" -"na instalovaný systém. YaST bude kopírovat tento soubor na určené umístění.<" -"/p>" +"na instalovaný systém. YaST bude kopírovat tento soubor na určené umístění." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"K ochraně kopírovaných souborů nastavte vlastníka a přístupová práva " -"souborů.\n" -"Vlastníka nastavíte s použitím syntaxe userid:groupid. Přístupová " -"práva mohou\n" +"K ochraně kopírovaných souborů nastavte vlastníka a přístupová práva souborů.\n" +"Vlastníka nastavíte s použitím syntaxe userid:groupid. Přístupová práva mohou\n" "být symbolické reprezentace změn nebo osmičkové reprezentace." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -259,10 +250,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Možná jste si připravili konfigurační soubory pro mnoho\n" @@ -502,8 +491,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Prosím vyčkejte, než se systém nachystá pro automatickou instalaci." +msgstr "Prosím vyčkejte, než se systém nachystá pro automatickou instalaci." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -559,7 +547,6 @@ msgstr "Konfiguruje se zavaděč..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 -#| msgid "Repairing file system..." msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Probíhá registrace systému..." @@ -685,8 +672,7 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -703,8 +689,7 @@ msgstr "Umístění instalačního zdroje (např. http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "Instalační zdroj systému (pokud toto zvolíte, nemůžete tvořit obrazy)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 @@ -720,20 +705,15 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Připojit v /etc/fstab podle:\n" "\tNormálně je zařízení k připojení identifikováno v /etc/fstab podle\n" -"\tsvého názvu. Toto lze změnit na vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku " -"svazku.\n" -"\tNe všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba " -"nepřístupná,\n" +"\tsvého názvu. Toto lze změnit na vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku svazku.\n" +"\tNe všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba nepřístupná,\n" "\tnení podporovaná.\n" "\t" @@ -741,16 +721,14 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Popisek svazku:\n" "\t Název zadaný v tomto políčku je použit jako popisek svazku. Toto normálně\n" -"\t dává smysl, pouze pokud aktivujete volbu připojování podle popisku " -"svazku.\n" +"\t dává smysl, pouze pokud aktivujete volbu připojování podle popisku svazku.\n" "\t V popisku není možné zadat mezeru a znak /.\n" "\t " @@ -919,11 +897,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Velikost \"auto\" je platná pouze tehdy, když je vybrán bod připojení " -"\"/boot\" nebo \"swap\"." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Velikost \"auto\" je platná pouze tehdy, když je vybrán bod připojení \"/boot\" nebo \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1217,8 +1192,7 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Zvolte jednu nebo více uvedených tříd, do kterých má současný řídící " -"soubor patřit.\n" +"Zvolte jednu nebo více uvedených tříd, do kterých má současný řídící soubor patřit.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1396,9 +1370,7 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "Opravdu chcete použít nastavení modulu '%1' na váš současný systém?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1413,9 +1385,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "Chcete opravdu použít nastavení profilu na váš současný systém?" #. EXIT @@ -1555,8 +1525,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Kickstart soubor byl naimportován.\n" @@ -1690,8 +1659,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1704,8 +1672,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1854,13 +1821,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Tento nástroj k validaci profilu proti DTD a kontrole chybějících dat " -"používá\n" +"Tento nástroj k validaci profilu proti DTD a kontrole chybějících dat používá\n" "xmllint. Některá chybová hlášení, například vytváření tříd, můžete\n" "ignorovat..\n" @@ -1890,8 +1855,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Tento nástroj vytvoří nový profil načtením informací\n" "ze systému. Zvolte další zdroje, které se mají načíst kromě\n" @@ -1903,8 +1867,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Tabulka vpravo ukazuje oddíly, které budou vytvořeny na cílovém systému.\n" @@ -1945,8 +1908,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Pokud na zadaném disku nejsou definovány oddíly a tento disk\n" @@ -1966,15 +1928,9 @@ msgstr "Pokročilé volby" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." msgstr "" -"Ve výchozím nastavení AutoYaST vytvoří rozšířený oddíl a přidá všechny nové " -"oddíly\n" +"Ve výchozím nastavení AutoYaST vytvoří rozšířený oddíl a přidá všechny nové oddíly\n" "jako logická zařízení. Nicméně je možné určit, aby AutoYaST vytvořil určitý\n" "oddíl jako primární nebo rozšířený. Navíc je možno zadat velikost oddílu\n" "pomocí sektorů místo velikosti v megabajtech." @@ -1991,8 +1947,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2115,8 +2070,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " -"\n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2134,8 +2088,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2170,15 +2123,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpret:</H3>\n" -"Předinstalační skripty mohou být pouze shellové skripty. Nepoužívejte " -"Perl\n" +"Předinstalační skripty mohou být pouze shellové skripty. Nepoužívejte Perl\n" "nebo Python.\n" "\n" @@ -2188,12 +2139,9 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2210,18 +2158,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " -"as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Zpětná vazba a ladění:</H3>\n" -"Všechny skripty kromě init skriptů mohou zobrazovat standardní a " -"standardní chybový\n" -"výstup ve vyskakovacím okně. Pokud zapnete ladění, bude výstup podrobnější, " -"což může\n" +"Všechny skripty kromě init skriptů mohou zobrazovat standardní a standardní chybový\n" +"výstup ve vyskakovacím okně. Pokud zapnete ladění, bude výstup podrobnější, což může\n" "pomoci při ladění skriptů.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2309,8 +2253,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " -"for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2342,11 +2285,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"XML parser vrátil při analýze profilu autoyastu chybu. Chybové hlášení:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "XML parser vrátil při analýze profilu autoyastu chybu. Chybové hlášení:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 @@ -2425,10 +2365,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2442,8 +2380,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Kromě známých modulů bylo přidáno nové rozhraní\n" @@ -2554,8 +2491,7 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"Skupina svazků '%1' musí mít alespoň jeden fyzický svazek. Dodejte nějaký." +msgstr "Skupina svazků '%1' musí mít alespoň jeden fyzický svazek. Dodejte nějaký." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2637,24 +2573,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace vzoru. Prosíme, zkontrolujte " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace vzoru. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Vytváření obrazu - instalace balíčků" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace balíčků. Prosíme, zkontrolujte " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace balíčků. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 @@ -2666,16 +2594,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " -"anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Nyní můžete provádět změny obrazu v %1/\n" "Pokud stisknete tlačítko OK, obraz bude zkomprimován a nemůže již být změněn." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Komprese obrazu selhala v '%1'. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Komprese obrazu selhala v '%1'. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2716,12 +2642,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Nyní můžete v obrazu ISO provádět změny v %1, jako přidání úplně jiných XML " -"souborů AutoYaSTu.\n" +"Nyní můžete v obrazu ISO provádět změny v %1, jako přidání úplně jiných XML souborů AutoYaSTu.\n" "Pokud stisknete OK, ISO bude vytvořeno." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2763,20 +2687,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Nepodařilo se spustit řešitele balíčků. Zkontrolujte sekci softwaru v profilu " -"Autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Nepodařilo se spustit řešitele balíčků. Zkontrolujte sekci softwaru v profilu Autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"Plán rozdělení disku ve vašem XML profilu se na disk nehodí. Chybí %1 MB" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "Plán rozdělení disku ve vašem XML profilu se na disk nehodí. Chybí %1 MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -43,7 +43,6 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -#| msgid "Set a global option" msgid "Delete a global option" msgstr "Smazat globální volbu" @@ -79,7 +78,6 @@ #. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 -#| msgid "Value: %1" msgid "Value: %s" msgstr "Hodnota: %s" @@ -116,16 +114,12 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Žádný zavaděč není vybrán pro instalaci. Váš systém nemusí být možné spustit." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Žádný zavaděč není vybrán pro instalaci. Váš systém nemusí být možné spustit." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Vzhledem k rozdělení disku nelze zavaděč správně nainstalovat" #. proposal part - bootloader label @@ -159,10 +153,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Nastavit spouštěcímu oddílu v tabulce oddílů aktivní příznak \n" @@ -188,8 +180,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Časový limit v sekundách \n" "Určuje čas, po který čeká zavaděč, než je spuštěno výchozí jádro.\n" @@ -207,34 +198,28 @@ "vybranou sekci jako výchozí. Při spouštění počítače zavaděč zobrazí nabídku \n" " a počká, zda si uživatel vybere ke spuštění jádro nebo jiný \n" " operační systém. Pokud není během časového limitu stisknuta žádná klávesa,\n" -" spustí se výchozí jádro nebo operační systém. Pořadí sekcí v nabídce " -"zavaděče lze\n" +" spustí se výchozí jádro nebo operační systém. Pořadí sekcí v nabídce zavaděče lze\n" " změnit pomocí tlačítek Nahoru a Dolů.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Zapsat obecný kód do záznamu MBR nahradí MBR vašeho disku obecným " -"kódem (nezávislým na OS, který\n" +"Zapsat obecný kód do záznamu MBR nahradí MBR vašeho disku obecným kódem (nezávislým na OS, který\n" "nabootuje z aktivního oddílu)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Možnost Spouštět ze startovacího oddílu je jedna z doporučených " -"možností, další možnost je\n" +"Možnost Spouštět ze startovacího oddílu je jedna z doporučených možností, další možnost je\n" " Spouštět z kořenového oddílu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " -"operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" "Možnost Spouštět z Master Boot Record není doporučené nastavení,\n" @@ -242,39 +227,27 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Možnost Spouštět z kořenového oddílu je doporučená možnost, pokud " -"je\n" -" k dispozici vhodný oddíl. Pokud je to třeba, vyberte v nabídce Volby " -"zavaděče možnost V tabulce oddílů nastavit příznak aktivity " -"spouštěcího oddílu a aktualizujte MBR vybráním možnosti Zapsat obecný " -"kód do záznamu MBR\n" +"Možnost Spouštět z kořenového oddílu je doporučená možnost, pokud je\n" +" k dispozici vhodný oddíl. Pokud je to třeba, vyberte v nabídce Volby zavaděče možnost V tabulce oddílů nastavit příznak aktivity spouštěcího oddílu a aktualizujte MBR vybráním možnosti Zapsat obecný kód do záznamu MBR\n" " nebo nakonfigurujte jiný zavaděč,\n" " aby spouštěl tuto sekci." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Spouštět z rozšířeného oddílu by mělo být vybráno pokud se váš " -"kořenový oddíl nachází\n" +"Spouštět z rozšířeného oddílu by mělo být vybráno pokud se váš kořenový oddíl nachází\n" "na logickém oddílu a oddíl /boot chybí" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"Možnost Vlastní startovací oddíl umožňuje vybrat oddíl ke " -"spuštění." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "Možnost Vlastní startovací oddíl umožňuje vybrat oddíl ke spuštění." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -285,64 +258,47 @@ "zapne zápis GRUBu na MBR obou disků." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -#| msgid "" -#| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<" -"/code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Možnost Parametry sériového připojení umožňuje definovat " -"parametry,\n" -"které používá sériová konzole. Podrobnosti naleznete v dokumentaci zavaděče " -"grub (<code>info grub2</code>)." +"Možnost Parametry sériového připojení umožňuje definovat parametry,\n" +"které používá sériová konzole. Podrobnosti naleznete v dokumentaci zavaděče grub (<code>info grub2</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<" -"/code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definice terminálu \n" -"Určuje typ použitého terminálu. V případě sériových terminálů (např. sériová " -"konzola),\n" -" je třeba zadat možnost <code>serial</code>. Do příkazu je možné přidat také " -"výraz <code>console</ code>\n" +"Určuje typ použitého terminálu. V případě sériových terminálů (např. sériová konzola),\n" +" je třeba zadat možnost <code>serial</code>. Do příkazu je možné přidat také výraz <code>console</ code>\n" " ve tvaru <code>serial console</code>. V tom případě bude jako terminál GRUB\n" " vybrán terminál, ve kterém stisknete libovolnou klávesu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Sekce záložních konfigurací při selhání výchozí konfigurace " -"obsahuje seznam čísel sekcí, které se použijí\n" +"Sekce záložních konfigurací při selhání výchozí konfigurace obsahuje seznam čísel sekcí, které se použijí\n" "ke spuštění v případě, že není spustitelná výchozí sekce." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Vybráním možnosti Při startu skrýt nabídku lze skrýt nabídku " -"zavaděče. " +msgstr "Vybráním možnosti Při startu skrýt nabídku lze skrýt nabídku zavaděče. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Chránit zavaděč heslem \n" -"Určuje heslo, které bude vyžadováno pro přístup k nabídce zavaděče. Program " -"YaST heslo přijme, pouze pokud je zopakujete\n" +"Určuje heslo, které bude vyžadováno pro přístup k nabídce zavaděče. Program YaST heslo přijme, pouze pokud je zopakujete\n" "v poli Zopakovat heslo." #. help text 1/5 @@ -356,8 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Pořadí disků</big> \n" "Abyste pořadí disků nastavili podle pořadí v BIOSu, použijte\n" -"ke změně pořadí tlačítka Nahoru a Dolu.Pro přidání disku " -"použijte Přidat.\n" +"ke změně pořadí tlačítka Nahoru a Dolu.Pro přidání disku použijte Přidat.\n" "Pro odebrání disku použijte Smazat." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 @@ -527,55 +482,28 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Volitelný parametr příkazové řádky jádra umožňuje definovat další " -"parametry předávané jádru. " +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Volitelný parametr příkazové řádky jádra umožňuje definovat další parametry předávané jádru. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console<" -"/i> to when booting." -msgstr "" -"Režim VGA určuje, který režim VGA se nastaví na konzole " -"během spouštění. " +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "Režim VGA určuje, který režim VGA se nastaví na konzole během spouštění. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Parametr příkazové řádky jádra v záchranném režimu umožňuje " -"definovat parametry předávané jádru v záchranném režimu. " +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Parametr příkazové řádky jádra v záchranném režimu umožňuje definovat parametry předávané jádru v záchranném režimu. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Vyhledat jiné OS jinak řečeno vyhledávač zavaděče více operačních " -"systémů" +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Vyhledat jiné OS jinak řečeno vyhledávač zavaděče více operačních systémů" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " -"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " -"you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Ochranný příznak MBR je nastavení pouze pro experty, které je " -"potřeba pouze na neobvyklém hardwaru. Pro podrobnosti vizte Ochrana MBR na " -"discích GPT. Pokud si nejste jisti tím, co děláte, nechte toto nastavení jak " -"je." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Ochranný příznak MBR je nastavení pouze pro experty, které je potřeba pouze na neobvyklém hardwaru. Pro podrobnosti vizte Ochrana MBR na discích GPT. Pokud si nejste jisti tím, co děláte, nechte toto nastavení jak je." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " -msgstr "" -"Dodavatel určuje název dodavatele jádra použitého pro vytvoření " -"názvu položky zavaděče. " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "Dodavatel určuje název dodavatele jádra použitého pro vytvoření názvu položky zavaděče. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -673,9 +601,7 @@ #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Nepodporovaný zavaděč '%s'. Upravte váš profil AutoYaSTU odpovídajícím " -"způsobem." +msgstr "Nepodporovaný zavaděč '%s'. Upravte váš profil AutoYaSTU odpovídajícím způsobem." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 @@ -802,8 +728,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " -"\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" @@ -893,8 +818,7 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details<" -"/b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." @@ -902,10 +826,8 @@ "\n" "- Ve startovacím sektoru oddílu<tt>/boot</tt> nebo <tt>/</tt> (root).\n" "Tuto možnost zvolte, pokud máte na disku více operačních systémů a chcete\n" -"nadále používat váš starý zavaděč. Dále můžete v Podrobnosti instalace " -"zavaděče\n" -"nastavit Aktivovat oddíl zavaděče nebo Nahradit MBR typickým kódem<" -"/b>.\n" +"nadále používat váš starý zavaděč. Dále můžete v Podrobnosti instalace zavaděče\n" +"nastavit Aktivovat oddíl zavaděče nebo Nahradit MBR typickým kódem.\n" "Pokud je to nutné, nastavte tento jiný zavaděč tak, aby\n" "spouštěl &product;." @@ -928,10 +850,8 @@ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." msgstr "" -"Například většina PC má BIOS umožňující spouštění systému jen z prvních " -"1024 cylindrů.\n" -"V závislosti na použitém zavaděči může a nemusí být možné spouštět systém z " -"logického oddílu." +"Například většina PC má BIOS umožňující spouštění systému jen z prvních 1024 cylindrů.\n" +"V závislosti na použitém zavaděči může a nemusí být možné spouštět systém z logického oddílu." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 @@ -941,8 +861,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Do vstupního pole zadejte název zařízení oddílu (např. <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> " -"nebo\n" +"Do vstupního pole zadejte název zařízení oddílu (např. <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> nebo\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>)." #. help text 1/1 @@ -1016,8 +935,7 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Volbou Klonovat zvolenou sekci lze zkopírovat právě vybranou " -"sekci.\n" +"Volbou Klonovat zvolenou sekci lze zkopírovat právě vybranou sekci.\n" "Pak stačí upravit nastavení, kterými se má nově vytvořená sekce lišit." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1052,13 +970,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Volbou Sekce nabídky lze přidat sekci,\n" -"která nahraje konfigurační soubor (seznam boot sekcí) z oddílu na disku. Toto " -"se používá\n" +"která nahraje konfigurační soubor (seznam boot sekcí) z oddílu na disku. Toto se používá\n" "pro start jiných operačních systémů." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1184,65 +1100,40 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "Vzhledem k rozdělení disku nelze zavaděč nainstalovat správně." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">neinstalovat</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">neinstalovat</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Neinstalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalovat</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Neinstalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalovat</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" -"neinstalovat</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">neinstalovat</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Neinstalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" -"instalovat</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Neinstalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">instalovat</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">" -"neinstalovat</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">neinstalovat</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Neinstalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" -"instalovat</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Neinstalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">instalovat</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Upozornění: Nebylo vybráno umístění pro stage1 zavaděče. Pokud to není záměr, " -"vyberte umístění výše." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Upozornění: Nebylo vybráno umístění pro stage1 zavaděče. Pokud to není záměr, vyberte umístění výše." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 @@ -1288,15 +1179,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " -"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or " -"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Zavádění z MBR nefunguje, pokud je použito společně se soubovým systémem " -"btrfs a popisem disku GPT bez oddílu bios_grub. Pro opravu této chyby " -"vytvořte oddíl bios_grub nebo použijte nějaký souborový systém ext pro " -"vytvoření zaváděcího oddílu či neinstalujte stage1 do MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Zavádění z MBR nefunguje, pokud je použito společně se soubovým systémem btrfs a popisem disku GPT bez oddílu bios_grub. Pro opravu této chyby vytvořte oddíl bios_grub nebo použijte nějaký souborový systém ext pro vytvoření zaváděcího oddílu či neinstalujte stage1 do MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 @@ -1307,12 +1191,8 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Startovací zařízení je na softwarovém RAID1. Zvolte jiné umístění pro " -"zavaděč, např. Master Boot Record (MBR)" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Startovací zařízení je na softwarovém RAID1. Zvolte jiné umístění pro zavaděč, např. Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ msgstr "Záložní IP adresa" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 -#| msgid "Node List" msgid "Node ID" msgstr "ID uzlu" @@ -109,13 +108,11 @@ msgstr "ID uzlu musí být vyplněno celým kladným číslem" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 -#| msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "ID uzlu musí být jedinečné" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 -#| msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Svázaná síťová adresa musí být vyplněna" @@ -124,13 +121,11 @@ msgstr "Název clusteru musí být vyplněný" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 -#| msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Členská adresa musí být vyplněna" #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 -#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" msgstr "Očekávané hlasy musí být vyplněné, pokud je nastaveno udp" @@ -140,17 +135,12 @@ msgstr "Vícesměrová adresa musí být vyplněna" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 -#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "Vícesměrový port musí být celé kladné číslo." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je vybráno více rozhraní, může být vybráno buď pasivní nebo aktivní. " -"Nastaveno pasivní." +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "Pokud je vybráno více rozhraní, může být vybráno buď pasivní nebo aktivní. Nastaveno pasivní." #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 @@ -203,7 +193,6 @@ msgstr "IP" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 -#| msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "Záložní IP" @@ -234,20 +223,12 @@ msgstr "Vlákna:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate " -"/etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "" -"U nově vytvořeného clusteru stiskněte tlačítko níže, aby mohl být vygenerován " -"/etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "U nově vytvořeného clusteru stiskněte tlačítko níže, aby mohl být vygenerován /etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Pro připojení již existujícího clusteru, ručně zkopírujte z ostatních uzlů " -"soubor /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Pro připojení již existujícího clusteru, ručně zkopírujte z ostatních uzlů soubor /etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" @@ -271,12 +252,10 @@ msgstr "Zavádění systému" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 -#| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "Zapnout -- Spouštět pacemaker při zavádění systému" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 -#| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Off -- Spouštět pacemaker ručně" @@ -375,8 +354,7 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Soubor s klíčem %1 je vygenerován.\n" -"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"Přidat navrhované soubory\" jej přidáte do " -"synchronizačního seznamu." +"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"Přidat navrhované soubory\" jej přidáte do synchronizačního seznamu." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 msgid "Key generation failed." @@ -385,13 +363,11 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd je démon, který pomáhá duplikovat stav firewallu mezi uzly " -"clusteru.\n" +"Conntrackd je démon, který pomáhá duplikovat stav firewallu mezi uzly clusteru.\n" "YaST může pomoci nakonfigurovat některé základní poměry conntrackd.\n" "Je potřeba jej spustit pomocí ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." @@ -412,226 +388,80 @@ msgstr "Vygenerovat /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 -#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "Číslo skupiny musí být celé kladné číslo" #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -#| "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -#| "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -#| "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" -#| "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -#| "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -#| "<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -#| "<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid " -"field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the " -"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to " -"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This " -" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will " -"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified." -"\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " -"udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the " -" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<" -"br>\n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. " -"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " -"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Svázaná síťová adresa</big> Toto určuje adresu, kterou by " -"měl vedoucí openais navázat. Tato adresa by obvykle měla končit nulou. Pokud " -"by měl být provoz totemu směrován přes 192.168.5.52, nastavte binnetaddr na " -"192.168.5.0. Toto též může být IPv6 adresa, která bude použita v případě " -"IPv6 sítě. V takovém případě musí být zadána plná adresa a není zde žádná " -"automatická volba sítového rozhraní společně s určitou podsítí jako v IPv4. " -"Pokud je použita síť IPv6 musí být zadáno pole nodeid. \n" -"<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je vícesměrová adresa, kterou " -"používá vedoucí openais. Výchozí hodnota by měla pracovat pro většinu sítí, " -"ale raději byste se měli domluvit se správcem sítě, jakou vícesměrovou adresu " -"máte použít. Vyhněte se adresám 224.x.x.x, protože to je konfigurační " -"vícesměrová adresa. Také se může jednat o vícesměrovou IPv6 adresu, která " -"bude použita v případě sítě IPv6. Pokud je použita IPv6, pak musí být zadáno " -"pole nodeid.\n" -"<big>Port</big> Toto určuje číslo UDP portu. Je možné použít " -"stejnou vícesměrovou adresu v síti, pokud jsou služby openais nastaveny na " -"jiné UDP porty. \n" -"<big>Členská adresa</big> Tento seznam určuje všechny uzly v " -"clusteru podle IP adresy. To by mělo být nastavitelné pokud používáte udpu " -"(Unicast) \n" -"<big>ID uzlu</big> Tato volba konfigurace je volitelná v " -"případě, že používáte IPv4, v případě IPv6 je volba povinná. Toto je 32bitová " -"hodnota určující identifikátor uzlu, který je doručen službě členství " -"clusteru. Pokud není u IPv4 zadána, pak je nodeid určeno z 32bitové adresy " -"systému, ke které je tento systém navázán s identifikátorem kruhu 0. Nulová " -"hodnota identifikátoru uzlu je vyhrazena a neměli byste ji používat. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Toto určuje režim záložního kruhu, který " -"může být none (žádný), active (aktivní) nebo passive (pasivní). Aktivní " -"replikace nabízí mírně nižší zpoždění od odeslání k doručení v chybujících " -"sítových prostředích, ale méně výkonu. Pasivní replikace může téměř " -"zdvojnásobit rychlost protokolu totem, dokud není protokol zdržen procesorem. " -"Poslední volba je žádný, která bude použita v případě jednoho síťového " -"rozhraní pro práci protokolu totem. Pokud je zadána jenom jedna direktiva " -"rozhraní, automaticky je vybráno žádný. V případě zadání direktiv více " -"rozhraní pak může být vybráno pouze aktivní nebo pasivní. \n" -"<big>Očekávané hlasy</big> Očekávané číslo hlasu pro hlasovací " -"shromáždění. Bude automaticky vypočteno pokud je přítomen oddíl nodelist {} v " -"corosync.conf nebo může být zadáno v oddíle quorum {}. \n" -"<big>Automaticky vygenerovat ID uzlu</big> Nodeid je při použití " -"IPv6 vyžadováno. Při povolení Automatického ID uzlu bude vygenerováno nodeid " -"automaticky. \n" +"<big>Svázaná síťová adresa</big> Toto určuje adresu, kterou by měl vedoucí openais navázat. Tato adresa by obvykle měla končit nulou. Pokud by měl být provoz totemu směrován přes 192.168.5.52, nastavte binnetaddr na 192.168.5.0. Toto též může být IPv6 adresa, která bude použita v případě IPv6 sítě. V takovém případě musí být zadána plná adresa a není zde žádná automatická volba sítového rozhraní společně s určitou podsítí jako v IPv4. Pokud je použita síť IPv6 musí být zadáno pole nodeid. \n" +"<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je vícesměrová adresa, kterou používá vedoucí openais. Výchozí hodnota by měla pracovat pro většinu sítí, ale raději byste se měli domluvit se správcem sítě, jakou vícesměrovou adresu máte použít. Vyhněte se adresám 224.x.x.x, protože to je konfigurační vícesměrová adresa. Také se může jednat o vícesměrovou IPv6 adresu, která bude použita v případě sítě IPv6. Pokud je použita IPv6, pak musí být zadáno pole nodeid.\n" +"<big>Port</big> Toto určuje číslo UDP portu. Je možné použít stejnou vícesměrovou adresu v síti, pokud jsou služby openais nastaveny na jiné UDP porty. \n" +"<big>Členská adresa</big> Tento seznam určuje všechny uzly v clusteru podle IP adresy. To by mělo být nastavitelné pokud používáte udpu (Unicast) \n" +"<big>ID uzlu</big> Tato volba konfigurace je volitelná v případě, že používáte IPv4, v případě IPv6 je volba povinná. Toto je 32bitová hodnota určující identifikátor uzlu, který je doručen službě členství clusteru. Pokud není u IPv4 zadána, pak je nodeid určeno z 32bitové adresy systému, ke které je tento systém navázán s identifikátorem kruhu 0. Nulová hodnota identifikátoru uzlu je vyhrazena a neměli byste ji používat. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Toto určuje režim záložního kruhu, který může být none (žádný), active (aktivní) nebo passive (pasivní). Aktivní replikace nabízí mírně nižší zpoždění od odeslání k doručení v chybujících sítových prostředích, ale méně výkonu. Pasivní replikace může téměř zdvojnásobit rychlost protokolu totem, dokud není protokol zdržen procesorem. Poslední volba je žádný, která bude použita v případě jednoho síťového rozhraní pro práci protokolu totem. Pokud je zadána jenom jedna direktiva rozhraní, automaticky je vybráno žádný. V případě zadání direktiv více rozhraní pak může být vybráno pouze aktivní nebo pasivní. \n" +"<big>Očekávané hlasy</big> Očekávané číslo hlasu pro hlasovací shromáždění. Bude automaticky vypočteno pokud je přítomen oddíl nodelist {} v corosync.conf nebo může být zadáno v oddíle quorum {}. \n" +"<big>Automaticky vygenerovat ID uzlu</big> Nodeid je při použití IPv6 vyžadováno. Při povolení Automatického ID uzlu bude vygenerováno nodeid automaticky. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -#| "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul t is on. \n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption " -"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 " -"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. " -"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as " -"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU " -"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu " -"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of " -"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on " -"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput " -"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. " -"The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Vlákna</big> Tato direktiva řídí, kolik vláken je použito " -"pro šifrování a posílání vícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je secauth " -"vypnutý,protokol nebude používat odesílání ve vláknech. Pokud se secauth " -"zapnutý,tato direktiva umožní systému využití více vláken pro šifrování a " -"odesílánívícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je tato direktiva 0, znamená to, že pro " -"odesílání nebude použito více vláken. Tento režim nabízí nejlepší výkon pro " -"systémy s jedním procesorem. Výchozí hodnota je 0. \n" -"<big>Povolit zabezpečení Auth</big> Tato volba říká, že by mělo " -"být použito ověření HMAC/SHA1 pro ověřování všech zpráv. Dále určuje,že " -"všechna data by měla být šifrována pomocí algoritmu sober128, aby byla data " -"chráněna proti odposlechu. Povolení této volby způsobuje, že ke každé totemem " -"odesílané zprávě je připojena 36bajtová hlavička, což snižuje celkovou " -"propustnost. Pokud je povoleno šifrování a ověřování spotřebuje se pro " -"aisexec75% cyklů procesoru (měřeno nástrojem gprof). Pro přenos 100Mb sítě s " -"velikostí rámce 1500 MTU: Pokud je volba povolena na 3GHz procesorech, je při " -"100% zatížení propustnost 9Mb/s. Při zakázání této volby je propustnost na " -"stejných procesorech 10Mb/s se zatížením na 20%. Pro přenos na gigabitových " -"sítích s velkými rámci: Na 3GHz procesorech je při zapnutí této volby " -"propustnost 20Mb/s. Po vypnutí této volby je možné dosáhnout propustnosti o " -"60Mb/s.Ve výchozím stavu je tato volba zapnutá. \n" +"<big>Vlákna</big> Tato direktiva řídí, kolik vláken je použito pro šifrování a posílání vícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je secauth vypnutý,protokol nebude používat odesílání ve vláknech. Pokud se secauth zapnutý,tato direktiva umožní systému využití více vláken pro šifrování a odesílánívícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je tato direktiva 0, znamená to, že pro odesílání nebude použito více vláken. Tento režim nabízí nejlepší výkon pro systémy s jedním procesorem. Výchozí hodnota je 0. \n" +"<big>Povolit zabezpečení Auth</big> Tato volba říká, že by mělo být použito ověření HMAC/SHA1 pro ověřování všech zpráv. Dále určuje,že všechna data by měla být šifrována pomocí algoritmu sober128, aby byla data chráněna proti odposlechu. Povolení této volby způsobuje, že ke každé totemem odesílané zprávě je připojena 36bajtová hlavička, což snižuje celkovou propustnost. Pokud je povoleno šifrování a ověřování spotřebuje se pro aisexec75% cyklů procesoru (měřeno nástrojem gprof). Pro přenos 100Mb sítě s velikostí rámce 1500 MTU: Pokud je volba povolena na 3GHz procesorech, je při 100% zatížení propustnost 9Mb/s. Při zakázání této volby je propustnost na stejných procesorech 10Mb/s se zatížením na 20%. Pro přenos na gigabitových sítích s velkými rámci: Na 3GHz procesorech je při zapnutí této volby propustnost 20Mb/s. Po vypnutí této volby je možné dosáhnout propustnosti o 60Mb/s.Ve v ýchozím stavu je tato volba zapnutá. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall " -"is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Zavádění systému</big> Spuštění služby corosysnc " -"během zavádění systému nebo ne\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Nastavení firewallu</big> Povolit port pokud je " -"firewall zapnutý\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Zavádění systému</big> Spuštění služby corosysnc během zavádění systému nebo ne\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Nastavení firewallu</big> Povolit port pokud je firewall zapnutý\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using " -"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated " -"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied " -"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Synchronizovat hostitele</big> Jména hostitelů, která " -"jsou zde použita musí být místní jména hostitelů, kteří jsou uzly clusteru. " -"To znamená, že musíte použít přesně takový řetězec, který vrací příkaz " -"hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Synchronizovat soubor</big> Plné absolutní jméno " -"souboru, který je synchronizován.\n" -"\t\t<big>Předsdílené klíče</big> Autentizace v Csync2 je " -"prováděna za použití IP adres a předsdílených klíčů. Pomocí příkazu csync2 -k " -"/etc/csync2/key_hagroupvygenerujete soubor s klíčem. Soubor key_hagroup byste " -"pak po vygenerování měli ručně rozkopírovat na všechny členy clusteru.\n" +"\t\t<big>Synchronizovat hostitele</big> Jména hostitelů, která jsou zde použita musí být místní jména hostitelů, kteří jsou uzly clusteru. To znamená, že musíte použít přesně takový řetězec, který vrací příkaz hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Synchronizovat soubor</big> Plné absolutní jméno souboru, který je synchronizován.\n" +"\t\t<big>Předsdílené klíče</big> Autentizace v Csync2 je prováděna za použití IP adres a předsdílených klíčů. Pomocí příkazu csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroupvygenerujete soubor s klíčem. Soubor key_hagroup byste pak po vygenerování měli ručně rozkopírovat na všechny členy clusteru.\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface " -"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You " -"may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Vyhrazené rozhraní</big> Vyhrazené síťové rozhraní pro " -"synchronizaci. Rozhraní musí podporovat multicasty a být zapnuté pro " -"používání. Možná jej budete muset mít předkonfigurované.\n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> To je IPv4 adresa přiřazená vyhrazenému " -"síťovému rozhraní. Je automaticky detekována.\n" -"\t\t<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je multicastová adresa " -"používaná pro synchronizaci.\n" -"\t\t<big>Číslo skupiny</big> Číselný identifikátor označující " -"skupinu pro synchronizaci.\n" +"\t\t<big>Vyhrazené rozhraní</big> Vyhrazené síťové rozhraní pro synchronizaci. Rozhraní musí podporovat multicasty a být zapnuté pro používání. Možná jej budete muset mít předkonfigurované.\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> To je IPv4 adresa přiřazená vyhrazenému síťovému rozhraní. Je automaticky detekována.\n" +"\t\t<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je multicastová adresa používaná pro synchronizaci.\n" +"\t\t<big>Číslo skupiny</big> Číselný identifikátor označující skupinu pro synchronizaci.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -29,14 +29,6 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Congratulations!\n" -#| "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -#| "Visit us at %1.\n" -#| "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -#| "\t " msgid "" "\n" "Congratulations!\n" @@ -69,8 +61,7 @@ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgstr "" "Pracovní prostředí vašeho počítače poskytuje grafické uživatelské\n" -"rozhraní pro váš počítač a také sadu aplikací pro e-mail, prohlížení " -"webových\n" +"rozhraní pro váš počítač a také sadu aplikací pro e-mail, prohlížení webových\n" "stránek, kancelářskou práci, hry a nástroje ke správě vašeho počítače.\n" "\n" "V openSUSE si můžete vybrat z více prostředí. Nejrozšířenější\n" @@ -142,7 +133,6 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Načíst síťovou konfiguraci linuxrc" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#| msgid "&Repository Name" msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "Název repozitáře" @@ -36,7 +35,6 @@ msgstr "URL" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "Zeptat se při chybě" @@ -48,10 +46,8 @@ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " -"for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -61,59 +57,48 @@ "Pár příkladů, jak může vypadat URL adresa:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " -"pro SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ pro SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ pro SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… pro SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "Podrobný popis najdete v příručce Deployment Guide.\n" "" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 -#| msgid "Repository URL" msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "&URL repozitáře" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 -#| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "Zept&at se při chybě" #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 -#| msgid "Administrator DN" msgid "Administrator Name" msgstr "Jméno administrátora" #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 -#| msgid "Enter the password for Crowbar administrator." msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." msgstr "Správa uživatelských jmen a hesel administrátorů Crowbaru." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 -#| msgid "&Model" msgid "&Mode" msgstr "Reži&m" #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." -"\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " -"space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." msgstr "" "Zde zadejte Režim sítě s patřičnou Zásadou spojování.\n" -"Také můžete zadat názvy rozhraní pro vedení spojených sítí jako seznam " -"oddělený mezerami." +"Také můžete zadat názvy rozhraní pro vedení spojených sítí jako seznam oddělený mezerami." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 -#| msgid "Bonding Policy" msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "Zásady s&pojování" @@ -152,13 +137,11 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 -#| msgid "Use VLAN" msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "Použít &VLAN" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 -#| msgid "VLAN ID" msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "V&LAN ID" @@ -169,7 +152,6 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 -#| msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "Před&volby routeru" @@ -184,25 +166,21 @@ msgstr "Síťová &maska" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 -#| msgid "Broadcast" msgid "Broa&dcast" msgstr "Všes&měrové vysílání" #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 -#| msgid "Add Bridge" msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "&Přidat most" #. push button label& #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 -#| msgid "&Edit Ranges..." msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "&Upravit rozsahy..." #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 -#| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Add &Bastion Network" msgstr "Přidat &Spojenou síť" @@ -237,9 +215,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 -#| msgid "" -#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" -#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -249,7 +224,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 -#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "Formát rozhraní '%1' je neplatný" @@ -293,7 +267,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 -#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "IP adresa '%1' není součástí sítě '%2'." @@ -332,38 +305,30 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 -#| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Nastavení &uživatele" #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 -msgid "" -"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "" -"Pokud není přítomen žádný uživatel, bude použit uživatel 'crowbar' s výchozím " -"heslem." +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "Pokud není přítomen žádný uživatel, bude použit uživatel 'crowbar' s výchozím heslem." #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 -#| msgid "Network Mode" msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Síťový &režim" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 -#| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Spojená síť" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 -#| msgid "Networks" msgid "Net&works" msgstr "&Sítě" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 -#| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "Re&pozitáře" @@ -380,8 +345,7 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"SUSE Cloud Admin Server již byl nasazen. Změna sítě není v současnosti " -"podporována.\n" +"SUSE Cloud Admin Server již byl nasazen. Změna sítě není v současnosti podporována.\n" "\n" "Můžete navštívit webové rozhraní Crowbaru na adrese http://%1:3000/" @@ -426,8 +390,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pro více informací o konfiguraci sítě a používání tohoto modulu YaSTu si " -"přečtěte příručku SUSE Cloud deployment guide.\n" +"Pro více informací o konfiguraci sítě a používání tohoto modulu YaSTu si přečtěte příručku SUSE Cloud deployment guide.\n" "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -218,8 +218,7 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Zavádění systému:\n" -"\t\t\tzatrhněte \"Zapnout\", aby byl DRBD server spuštěn nyní a při startu " -"systému\n" +"\t\t\tzatrhněte \"Zapnout\", aby byl DRBD server spuštěn nyní a při startu systému\n" "\t\t\tzatrhněte \"Vypnout\", DRBD server se spouští pouze ručně\n" "\t\tZapnout a vypnout:\n" "\t\t\tZapínání a vypínání DRBD serveru právě teď\n" @@ -232,157 +231,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Klepnutím na patřičné tlačítko můžete \"Přidat\", \"Upravit\" a \"Smazat\" " -"zdroj.\n" +"Klepnutím na patřičné tlačítko můžete \"Přidat\", \"Upravit\" a \"Smazat\" zdroj.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" -#| "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -#| "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" -#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -#| "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -#| "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" -#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of " -"one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is " -"used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the " -"device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the " -"node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and " -"the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be " -"used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or " -"'/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it." -"\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Jméno\" je nezbytné a musí odpovídat linuxovému jménu hostitele " -"(uname -n) jednoho z uzlů. Ve jméně by se neměl objevit znak \".\"\n" -"\t\t\"Adresa:Port\": Zdroj vyžaduje jednu IP adresu na zařízení, které je " -"použito pro očekávání příchozích spojení z partnerského zařízení pro dosažení " -"zařízení. Každý DRBD zdroj vyžaduje TCP port, který je použit pro připojení " -"partnerského zařízení uzlu.\n" -"\t\t\"Zařízení\": Název blokového zařízení uzlu z popisovaného zdroje. " -"Toto zařízení musíte použít s vaší aplikací (souborovým systémem) a nesmíte " -"použít nízkoúrovňové blokové zařízení, které je zadáno parametrem disku, " -"následované jeho minor číslem. Nebo buď vynechejte jméno nebo\n" -"minor a číslo minor. Pokud jméno vynecháte, bude použito výchozí " -"/dev/drbdminor.\n" -"\t\tJako: '/dev/drbd{sluzba} minor {minor drbd cislo [0...255]}' nebo " -"'/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD používá toto blokové zařízení pro skutečné ukládání a " -"získávání dat. Nikdy k takovému zařízení nepřistupujte, dokud nad ním běží " -"DRBD.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": interní. Interní znamená, že tato poslední část " -"pomocného zařízení je použita pro ukládání metadat.\n" +"\t\t\"Jméno\" je nezbytné a musí odpovídat linuxovému jménu hostitele (uname -n) jednoho z uzlů. Ve jméně by se neměl objevit znak \".\"\n" +"\t\t\"Adresa:Port\": Zdroj vyžaduje jednu IP adresu na zařízení, které je použito pro očekávání příchozích spojení z partnerského zařízení pro dosažení zařízení. Každý DRBD zdroj vyžaduje TCP port, který je použit pro připojení partnerského zařízení uzlu.\n" +"\t\t\"Zařízení\": Název blokového zařízení uzlu z popisovaného zdroje. Toto zařízení musíte použít s vaší aplikací (souborovým systémem) a nesmíte použít nízkoúrovňové blokové zařízení, které je zadáno parametrem disku, následované jeho minor číslem. Nebo buď vynechejte jméno nebo\n" +"minor a číslo minor. Pokud jméno vynecháte, bude použito výchozí /dev/drbdminor.\n" +"\t\tJako: '/dev/drbd{sluzba} minor {minor drbd cislo [0...255]}' nebo '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD používá toto blokové zařízení pro skutečné ukládání a získávání dat. Nikdy k takovému zařízení nepřistupujte, dokud nad ním běží DRBD.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": interní. Interní znamená, že tato poslední část pomocného zařízení je použita pro ukládání metadat.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local " -"disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local " -"disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was " -"a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports " -"io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response " -"packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and " -"therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than " -"connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 " -"seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a " -"keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtokol\n" -"\t\tProtokol A: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl " -"místního disku a místního odchozího zásobníku TCP.\n" -"\t\tProtokol B: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl " -"místního disku a vzdáleného zásobníku vyrovnávací paměti.\n" -"\t\tProtokol C: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl jak " -"místního tak vzdáleného disku.\n" +"\t\tProtokol A: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl místního disku a místního odchozího zásobníku TCP.\n" +"\t\tProtokol B: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl místního disku a vzdáleného zásobníku vyrovnávací paměti.\n" +"\t\tProtokol C: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl jak místního tak vzdáleného disku.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: čekat na vypršení odpočtu připojení\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: čekat na vypršení odpočtu připojení, pokud " -"byl tento uzel znehodnoceným clusterem\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: čekat na vypršení odpočtu připojení, pokud byl tento uzel znehodnoceným clusterem\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: co dělat když nízkoúrovňové zařízení nahlásí " -"vyšším vrstvám chybu IO\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: co dělat když nízkoúrovňové zařízení nahlásí vyšším vrstvám chybu IO\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: velikost odchozího soketového TCP zásobníku\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: nejvyšší počet požadavků, který může být přidělen " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: nejvyšší počet požadavků, který může být přidělen DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: Pokud selže partnerský uzel s odesláním očekávaného " -"paketu s odpovědí s časem 10 sekund, partnerský uzel je považován za vypnutý " -"a pak je spojení TCP/IP přerušeno. Toto musí být nižší než connect-int a " -"ping-int. Výchozí hodnota je 60 = 6 sekund, jednotka je 0.1 sekundy.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: čas, kolik má společník na odpověď, pro paket " -"udržení naživu. V případě, že společníkova odpověď není do této doby " -"doručena, je považován za vypnutý. Výchozí hodnota je 500 ms, výchozí " -"jednotka je 100 ms.\n" -"\t\tping-int: čas, kolik má společník času, na odpověď na " -"udržovacího paketu.\n" +"\t\ttimeout: Pokud selže partnerský uzel s odesláním očekávaného paketu s odpovědí s časem 10 sekund, partnerský uzel je považován za vypnutý a pak je spojení TCP/IP přerušeno. Toto musí být nižší než connect-int a ping-int. Výchozí hodnota je 60 = 6 sekund, jednotka je 0.1 sekundy.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: čas, kolik má společník na odpověď, pro paket udržení naživu. V případě, že společníkova odpověď není do této doby doručena, je považován za vypnutý. Výchozí hodnota je 500 ms, výchozí jednotka je 100 ms.\n" +"\t\tping-int: čas, kolik má společník času, na odpověď na udržovacího paketu.\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: nejvyšší počet datových bloků mezi dvěma " -"zápisovými hranicemi.\n" -"\t\tko-count: pokud druhý uzel selže v dokončení jednotlivých " -"požadavků na zápis v uvedeném počtu, je vypovězen z clusteru. Výchozí hodnota " -"je 0, která tuto funkci zakazuje.\n" -"\t\trate: Pro zajištění hladkých operací s aplikacemi nad DRBD, " -"je možné omezit šířku pásma, která má být použita pro synchronizaci na " -"pozadí. Výchozí je 250 KiB/s, výchozí jednotka je KiB/s.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parametr, kterým řídíte, jak velkým se může horká " -"oblast (aktivní sada) stát. Výchozí počet rozsahů je 127. (minimum: 7, " -"maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: nejvyšší počet datových bloků mezi dvěma zápisovými hranicemi.\n" +"\t\tko-count: pokud druhý uzel selže v dokončení jednotlivých požadavků na zápis v uvedeném počtu, je vypovězen z clusteru. Výchozí hodnota je 0, která tuto funkci zakazuje.\n" +"\t\trate: Pro zajištění hladkých operací s aplikacemi nad DRBD, je možné omezit šířku pásma, která má být použita pro synchronizaci na pozadí. Výchozí je 250 KiB/s, výchozí jednotka je KiB/s.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parametr, kterým řídíte, jak velkým se může horká oblast (aktivní sada) stát. Výchozí počet rozsahů je 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 @@ -390,27 +311,20 @@ msgstr "<big>Globální nastavení DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte \"Zakázat ověření IP\" pro zakázání jedné z drbdadm " -"ověřovací kontroly" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Zaškrtněte \"Zakázat ověření IP\" pro zakázání jedné z drbdadm ověřovací kontroly" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" "Aktualizace okna: Okno počítá a zobrazuje jak dlouho již čekalo.\n" -" Tuto vlastnost můžete zakázat pokud jste připojeni k serveru " -"přes\n" +" Tuto vlastnost můžete zakázat pokud jste připojeni k serveru přes\n" " sériovou konzoli s omezenou logovací kapacitou.\n" " Okno vypíše součet každých 'aktualizace okna' sekund,\n" " Nastavením 0 se okno nebude aktualizovat vůbec. " Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -67,13 +67,11 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 -#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurace Geo Clusteru" #. GeoCluster overview dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 -#| msgid "GeoCluster Overview" msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "Přehled Geo Clusteru" @@ -115,7 +113,6 @@ msgstr "port" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 -#| msgid "arbitrator ip" msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "arbitr" @@ -157,7 +154,6 @@ msgstr "Zrušit" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 -#| msgid "Please enter valid ip address" msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Zadejte platnou ip adresu" @@ -190,22 +186,18 @@ msgstr "ovladač-před-získáním" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 -#| msgid "timeout is no valid" msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "neplatný časový odpočet" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 -#| msgid "expire is no valid" msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "neplatné vypršení" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 -#| msgid "acquireafter is no valid" msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "neplatné získat-po" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 -#| msgid "retries is no valid" msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "neplatné opakování" @@ -214,12 +206,10 @@ msgstr "hodnota pro opakování nižší než 3 není přípustná" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 -#| msgid "weights is no valid" msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "neplatné váhy" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 -#| msgid "ticket can not be null" msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "tiket nemůže být prázdný" @@ -232,12 +222,10 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 -#| msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Zadejte IP adresu vašeho arbitra" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 -#| msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Upravit IP adresu vašeho arbitra" @@ -255,7 +243,6 @@ #. abort? #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 -#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Název konfigurace nesmí být prázdný." @@ -272,7 +259,6 @@ msgstr "přenos musí být vyplněn!" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 -#| msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "arbitr musí být vyplněn!" @@ -318,7 +304,6 @@ #. GeoCluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 -#| msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Probíhá inicializace konfigurace Geo Clusteru" @@ -349,7 +334,6 @@ #. GeoCluster write dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 -#| msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace Geo Clusteru" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ msgstr "Číslo portu" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 -#| msgid "Bad list of IP addresses." msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "Svázat všechny IP adresy." @@ -318,8 +317,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Přidání cíle iSCSI:</big> \n" "Vyberte si cíl iSCSI ze seznamu detekovaných cílů.\n" -"Jestliže váš cíl nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné " -"(nerozpoznáno).\n" +"Jestliže váš cíl nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné (nerozpoznáno).\n" "Poté stiskněte Konfigurovat.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -401,60 +399,30 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User<" -"/b> and Password." -msgstr "" -"Zvolte typ ověřování. Použijte Bez ověřování nebo Příchozí či <" -"b>Odchozí (lze použít oboje). Pak vložte Uživatele a Heslo." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Zvolte typ ověřování. Použijte Bez ověřování nebo Příchozí či Odchozí (lze použít oboje). Pak vložte Uživatele a Heslo." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). " -"Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Pro přidání klientského přístupu pro LUN importovaný ze skupiny cílového " -"portálu použijte Přidat. Zadejte, který klient má mít k němu přístup " -"(klientské jméno je InitiatorName v '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' " -"pro iniciátor iscsi). Smazat odebere klientský přístup k LUNu." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Pro přidání klientského přístupu pro LUN importovaný ze skupiny cílového portálu použijte Přidat. Zadejte, který klient má mít k němu přístup (klientské jméno je InitiatorName v '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' pro iniciátor iscsi). Smazat odebere klientský přístup k LUNu." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí Upravit LUN můžete upravit mapování LUNů. Vezměte na vědomí, " -"že číslo cíle LUN musí být unikátní. Stiskem Upravit ověření vyberte " -"typ ověření. Použijte Příchozí, Odchozí nebo obojí. Potom " -"zadejte Uživatele a Heslo. Pokud je v předchozím dialogu " -"zakázáno Použít ověření, je zde Upravit ověření zakázáno." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgstr "Pomocí Upravit LUN můžete upravit mapování LUNů. Vezměte na vědomí, že číslo cíle LUN musí být unikátní. Stiskem Upravit ověření vyberte typ ověření. Použijte Příchozí, Odchozí nebo obojí. Potom zadejte Uživatele a Heslo. Pokud je v předchozím dialogu zakázáno Použít ověření, je zde Upravit ověření zakázáno." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Kopírovat nabízí možnost přidat k LUNu další klientský přístup." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Kopírovat nabízí možnost přidat k LUNu další klientský přístup." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Seznam nabídnutých cílů a cílových portálových skupin. Nový cíl vytvoříte " -"klepnutím na Přidat.\n" -"Chcete-li odstranit nebo upravit položku, vyberte ji a stiskněte Upravit<" -"/b> nebo Smazat." +"Seznam nabídnutých cílů a cílových portálových skupin. Nový cíl vytvoříte klepnutím na Přidat.\n" +"Chcete-li odstranit nebo upravit položku, vyberte ji a stiskněte Upravit nebo Smazat." #. edit target #. add target @@ -465,34 +433,27 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " -"\n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod " -"LUNem.\n" +"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod LUNem.\n" "Musíte zadat cestu buď k blokovému zařízení nebo souboru.\n" -"Název LUNu je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje LUN<" -"/b>.\n" +"Název LUNu je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje LUN.\n" "Takové jméno musí být unikátní v celé cílové portálové skupině. Pokud \n" "nebude název LUNu vyplněný, bude vygenerován automaticky." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Položkami IP adresa a Číslo portu určete na jaké adrese a " -"portu \n" -"bude tato služba dostupná. Výchozí číslo portu je 3260. IP adresu je možné " -"zvolit jen tu, \n" +"Položkami IP adresa a Číslo portu určete na jaké adrese a portu \n" +"bude tato služba dostupná. Výchozí číslo portu je 3260. IP adresu je možné zvolit jen tu, \n" "která je již přiřazena některé ze síťových karet." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -501,41 +462,29 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " -"\n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod " -"LUNem.\n" +"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod LUNem.\n" "Musíte zadat cestu buď k blokovému zařízení nebo souboru.\n" -"Název LUNu je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje LUN<" -"/b>.\n" +"Název LUNu je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje LUN.\n" "Takové jméno musí být unikátní v celé cílové portálové skupině. Pokud \n" "nebude název LUNu vyplněný, bude vygenerován automaticky." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Všechny dodatečné konfigurační možnosti je možné přidat, upravit" -" nebo smazat." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Všechny dodatečné konfigurační možnosti je možné přidat, upravit nebo smazat." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"V případě potřeby upravte číslo LUN, nastavte Typ (možnost " -"nullio je pro testovací účely).\n" -" Pokud je nastaven typ fileio, nastavte jako Cestu diskové zařízení " -"nebo soubor. Volby SCSI ID\n" +"V případě potřeby upravte číslo LUN, nastavte Typ (možnost nullio je pro testovací účely).\n" +" Pokud je nastaven typ fileio, nastavte jako Cestu diskové zařízení nebo soubor. Volby SCSI ID\n" "a Sektory jsou volitelné." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -173,72 +173,26 @@ "Zde můžete nastavit iSNS server. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are " -"displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"Zobrazení seznamu dostupných iSCSI uzlů registrovaných u iSNS služby. " -"Uzly jsou registrovány iniciátory a cíli iSCSI.Tyto uzly lze pouze " -"Smazat. Smazání uzlu vede k jeho odstranění z databáze iSNS." +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "Zobrazení seznamu dostupných iSCSI uzlů registrovaných u iSNS služby. Uzly jsou registrovány iniciátory a cíli iSCSI.Tyto uzly lze pouze Smazat. Smazání uzlu vede k jeho odstranění z databáze iSNS." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create " -"a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Zobrazení seznamu vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací domény je možné " -"Vytvořit a Smazat. Odstranění domény smaže její členy, ale " -"nesmaže členy iSCSI uzlu." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Zobrazení seznamu vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací domény je možné Vytvořit a Smazat. Odstranění domény smaže její členy, ale nesmaže členy iSCSI uzlu." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet " -"registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the " -"initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain<" -"/p> When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service " -"returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery " -"Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Seznam všech iSCSI prvků je zobrazen podle vyhledávacích domén. Vybráním jiné " -"domény se prvky seznamu současně z této vyhledávací domény zaktualizují. " -"iSCSI uzel je možné Přidat k vyhledávací doméně nebo ho Smazat. " -"Smazání uzlu odstraní uzel z domény, ale samotný uzel se neodstraní. <" -"p>Vytvoření iSCSI uzlu umožňuje ještě nezaregistrovaným uzlům, aby se stali " -"členy vyhledávací domény. To se stane ve chvíli, kdy iSCSI iniciátor nebo cíl " -"tento uzel zaregistruje. Když iSCSI iniciátor provede vyhledávací " -"dotaz, iSNS služba vrátí všechny iSCSI cíle uzlů, které jsou členy stejné " -"vyhledávací domény. " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Seznam všech iSCSI prvků je zobrazen podle vyhledávacích domén. Vybráním jiné domény se prvky seznamu současně z této vyhledávací domény zaktualizují. iSCSI uzel je možné Přidat k vyhledávací doméně nebo ho Smazat. Smazání uzlu odstraní uzel z domény, ale samotný uzel se neodstraní. Vytvoření iSCSI uzlu umožňuje ještě nezaregistrovaným uzlům, aby se stali členy vyhledávací domény. To se stane ve chvíli, kdy iSCSI iniciátor nebo cíl tento uzel zaregistruje. Když iSCSI iniciátor provede vyhledávací dotaz, iSNS služba vrátí všechny iSCSI cíle uzlů, které jsou členy stejné vyhledávací domény. " #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"Sady vyhledávacích domén jsou zobrazeny na vrcholku seznamu. Vyhledávací " -"domény náleží k sadám vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací doména je aktivní " -"pouze tehdy, pokud je členem sady vyhledávacích domén. V iSNS databázi " -"jsou sady vyhledávacích domén, které obsahují vyhledávací domény. Ty pak " -"obsahují členy iSCSI uzlů." +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "Sady vyhledávacích domén jsou zobrazeny na vrcholku seznamu. Vyhledávací domény náleží k sadám vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací doména je aktivní pouze tehdy, pokud je členem sady vyhledávacích domén. V iSNS databázi jsou sady vyhledávacích domén, které obsahují vyhledávací domény. Ty pak obsahují členy iSCSI uzlů." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"Seznam členů sady vyhledávacích domén se aktualizuje ve chvíli, kdy je " -"vybrána jiná sada." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "Seznam členů sady vyhledávacích domén se aktualizuje ve chvíli, kdy je vybrána jiná sada." #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 @@ -280,10 +234,8 @@ #. boolean display = true; #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 -#| msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." -msgstr "" -"Připojení k iSNS serveru se nezdařilo. Zkontrolujte zda iSNS server běží." +msgstr "Připojení k iSNS serveru se nezdařilo. Zkontrolujte zda iSNS server běží." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 @@ -297,11 +249,8 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Chcete-li nakonfigurovat službu isns, musí být nainstalován balíček %1<" -"/b>." +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Chcete-li nakonfigurovat službu isns, musí být nainstalován balíček %1." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -113,12 +113,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud vybíráte Bez spojení, mailový server bude spuštěn.\n" -"Avšak bude možné pouze místní doručování e-mailů. MTA naslouchá localhostu.<" -"/p>\n" +"Avšak bude možné pouze místní doručování e-mailů. MTA naslouchá localhostu.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -147,8 +145,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as " -"smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Server pro odesílání pošty je většinou zamýšlen\n" @@ -159,13 +156,11 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Zadejte uživatelské jméno, které bude použito\n" -"pro přihlášení. V případě pochybností se zeptejte svého poskytovatele " -"připojení.\n" +"pro přihlášení. V případě pochybností se zeptejte svého poskytovatele připojení.\n" "\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 @@ -207,8 +202,7 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" -"/p>\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Tato tabulka přesměrovává lokálně doručenou poštu.\n" @@ -371,12 +365,10 @@ msgstr "Spustit &fetchmail" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 -#| msgid "[manually set]" msgid "manual" msgstr "ručně" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 -#| msgid "FTP daemon" msgid "daemon" msgstr "démon" @@ -759,8 +751,7 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" @@ -769,8 +760,7 @@ "Povolení DKIM pro odchozí e-maily vyžaduje dodatečné úkony. Klíč SSL\n" "bude vygenerovaný pro hodnotu 'mydomain', která je definovaná v Postfixu.\n" "V Postfixu bude nakonfigurována nová služba 'submission'. Poté, co je toto\n" -"nastaveno, můžete odesílat zprávy se službou 'submission' z oblasti " -"'mynetworks'\n" +"nastaveno, můžete odesílat zprávy se službou 'submission' z oblasti 'mynetworks'\n" "s povoleným SASL ověřováním. Doménovým klíčem budou podepsány pouze\n" "zprávy odeslané touto novou službou.\n" @@ -782,8 +772,7 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" @@ -797,8 +786,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "Pokud povolíte podporu DKIM, bude také povoleno hledání virů (AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label @@ -843,12 +831,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Mód doručení je obvykle přímo dokud nepřeposíláte zprávy " -"uživatele root nebo chcete přistupovat k poště přes IMAP." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "Mód doručení je obvykle přímo dokud nepřeposíláte zprávy uživatele root nebo chcete přistupovat k poště přes IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -93,8 +93,7 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"Do polí níže prosím zadejte registrační nebo zkušební kód tohoto produktu a " -"vaše\n" +"Do polí níže prosím zadejte registrační nebo zkušební kód tohoto produktu a vaše\n" "uživatelské jméno/e-mailovou adresu ze Zákaznického centra SUSE.\n" "Přístup k bezpečnostním a obecným aktualizacím softwaru je dostupný pouze\n" "pro registrovaný systém." @@ -142,12 +141,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"Pro získání aktualizací a rozšíření zadejte přihlášení do Zákaznického centra " -"SUSE." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "Pro získání aktualizací a rozšíření zadejte přihlášení do Zákaznického centra SUSE." #. not set yet? #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 @@ -215,20 +210,12 @@ msgstr "Tento systém je již zaregistrován." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"Můžete jej znovu přeregistrovat nebo můžete zaregistrovat dodatečná " -"rozšíření nebo moduly pro vylepšení funkcí systému." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "Můžete jej znovu přeregistrovat nebo můžete zaregistrovat dodatečná rozšíření nebo moduly pro vylepšení funkcí systému." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"Pokud chcete systém odregistrovat, budete se muset přihlásit do " -"Zákaznického centra SUSE a tam ručně systém odstranit." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "Pokud chcete systém odregistrovat, budete se muset přihlásit do Zákaznického centra SUSE a tam ručně systém odstranit." #. error message #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 @@ -633,14 +620,10 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " -"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" "Zadejte registrační kódy pro požadovaná rozšíření nebo moduly.\n" -"Registrační kódy jsou též zapotřebí pro úspěšnou registraci. Pokud " -"nemůžete zadat registrační kód, pak se vraťte a zrušte výběr odpovídajících " -"rozšíření nebo modulů." +"Registrační kódy jsou též zapotřebí pro úspěšnou registraci. Pokud nemůžete zadat registrační kód, pak se vraťte a zrušte výběr odpovídajících rozšíření nebo modulů." #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 @@ -664,27 +647,18 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "Zde můžete vybrat dostupná rozšíření a moduly pro váš systém." #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." -msgstr "" -"Berte na vědomí, že některá rozšíření nebo moduly mohou vyžadovat zvláštní " -"registrační kód." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "Berte na vědomí, že některá rozšíření nebo moduly mohou vyžadovat zvláštní registrační kód." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"Pokud budete chtít některé rozšíření nebo modul odebrat, bude potřeba se " -"přihlásit do Zákaznického centra SUSE a tam je odebrat ručně." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "Pokud budete chtít některé rozšíření nebo modul odebrat, bude potřeba se přihlásit do Zákaznického centra SUSE a tam je odebrat ručně." #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 @@ -712,12 +686,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " -"with the base product." -msgstr "" -"Zde můžete vybrat, která rozšíření nebo moduly budou zaregistrovány " -"společně se základním produktem." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "Zde můžete vybrat, která rozšíření nebo moduly budou zaregistrovány společně se základním produktem." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -772,27 +742,21 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" -"Registrace produktu zahrnuje váš produkt do databáze Zákaznického centra " -"SUSE,\n" +"Registrace produktu zahrnuje váš produkt do databáze Zákaznického centra SUSE,\n" "umožňuje vám získat online aktualizace a technickou podporu.\n" -"Pro automatickou registraci během instalace zvolte Spustit registraci " -"produktu." +"Pro automatickou registraci během instalace zvolte Spustit registraci produktu." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Pokud vaše síť má nasazený vlastní registrační server, nastavte správnou " -"adresu URL serveru\n" +"Pokud vaše síť má nasazený vlastní registrační server, nastavte správnou adresu URL serveru\n" "a umístění SMT certifikátu v Nastavení SMT serveru. Pro další\n" "pomoc si otevřete váši příručku k SMT." @@ -864,50 +828,28 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "" -"Zabezpečené spojení (HTTPS) používá SSL certifikáty pro ověření " -"věrohodnosti serveru a pro šifrování přenášených dat." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "Zabezpečené spojení (HTTPS) používá SSL certifikáty pro ověření věrohodnosti serveru a pro šifrování přenášených dat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"Můžete vybrat import certifikátu do seznamu známých certifikačních autorit " -"(CA), což znamená, že důvěřujete předmětu a vydavateli neznámého " -"certifikátu." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "Můžete vybrat import certifikátu do seznamu známých certifikačních autorit (CA), což znamená, že důvěřujete předmětu a vydavateli neznámého certifikátu." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importování certifikátu umožní použití například certifikátu podepsaného " -"sebou samým." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgstr "Importování certifikátu umožní použití například certifikátu podepsaného sebou samým." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "" -"Důležité: Měli byste ověřit otisk certifikátu, abyste si byli " -"jisti, že importujete pravý certifikát z dotázaného serveru." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "Důležité: Měli byste ověřit otisk certifikátu, abyste si byli jisti, že importujete pravý certifikát z dotázaného serveru." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " -"risk." -msgstr "" -"Import neznámého certifikátu bez ověření je velké bezpečnostní riziko.<" -"/b>" +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgstr "Import neznámého certifikátu bez ověření je velké bezpečnostní riziko." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874) @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Používejte tento program pouze tehdy, pokud již máte zkušenost s rozdělováním " -"disků.\n" +"Používejte tento program pouze tehdy, pokud již máte zkušenost s rozdělováním disků.\n" "\n" "Nikdy nerozdělujte disky, které mohou právě být jakkoliv používány\n" "(připojeny, používány pro odkládací prostor atd.), pokud si nejste naprosto\n" @@ -670,10 +669,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Nenalezen žádný disk. K instalaci použijte Update-CD, pokud je dostupné." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Nenalezen žádný disk. K instalaci použijte Update-CD, pokud je dostupné." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -971,8 +968,7 @@ "\n" "Pokud smažete Windows, všechna data v tomto oddílu budou nenávratně\n" "ztracena, jakmile se spustí proces instalace. Naléhavě\n" -"proto doporučujeme zálohovat všechna cenná data. Je velice malá " -"pravděpodobnost, že toto selže.\n" +"proto doporučujeme zálohovat všechna cenná data. Je velice malá pravděpodobnost, že toto selže.\n" "\n" #. Label text @@ -1004,8 +1000,7 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Nemáte přiřazen kořenový oddíl pro instalaci. Takhle to nejde.Přiřaďte " -"nějakému oddílu kořenový bod připojení \"/\".\n" +"Nemáte přiřazen kořenový oddíl pro instalaci. Takhle to nejde.Přiřaďte nějakému oddílu kořenový bod připojení \"/\".\n" "\n" "Chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" @@ -1218,8 +1213,7 @@ "\n" "Toto bude způsobovat některé problémy s běžným nastavením spuštění.\n" "\n" -"Pokud přesně nevíte co děláte, použijte pro své soubory na %1 normální " -"oddíl.\n" +"Pokud přesně nevíte co děláte, použijte pro své soubory na %1 normální oddíl.\n" "\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" @@ -1235,8 +1229,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " -"\"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1244,8 +1237,7 @@ "\n" "Nezařadili jste do konfigurace odkládací oddíl (swap).\n" "Ve většině případů je velice doporučeno odkládací oddíl\n" -"vytvořit a zařadit do konfigurace.Vytvořené odkládací oddíly jsou vypsány v " -"hlavním okně s typem\n" +"vytvořit a zařadit do konfigurace.Vytvořené odkládací oddíly jsou vypsány v hlavním okně s typem\n" "\"Linux Swap\". Zařazený odkládací oddíl má bod připojení \"swap\".\n" "Pokud chcete, můžete vytvořit i více odkládacích oddílů.\n" "\n" @@ -1360,11 +1352,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybraný rozšířený oddíl obsahuje oddíly, které jsou nyní připojeny:\n" @@ -1547,8 +1537,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1576,7 +1565,6 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 -#| msgid "UUID" msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" @@ -1781,14 +1769,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybrané zařízení obsahuje oddíly, které jsou právě připojeny:\n" "%1\n" -"*Důrazně* doporučujeme tyto oddíly odpojit dříve, než smažete tabulku " -"rozdělení.\n" +"*Důrazně* doporučujeme tyto oddíly odpojit dříve, než smažete tabulku rozdělení.\n" "Pokud nevíte co děláte, zvolte Zrušit.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1837,13 +1823,11 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Vytvářejte a odstraňujte podřízené svazky souborového systému Btrfs.\n" +msgstr "Vytvářejte a odstraňujte podřízené svazky souborového systému Btrfs.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Povolit automatické snímky pro souborový systém Btrfs pomocí Snapperu." +msgstr "Povolit automatické snímky pro souborový systém Btrfs pomocí Snapperu." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 @@ -1943,16 +1927,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " -"/var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /tmp " -"nebo /var/tmp.\n" +"Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /tmp nebo /var/tmp.\n" "Pokud šifrovací heslo ponecháte prázdné, systém při spuštění systému\n" "vytvoří náhodné heslo. To znamená, že při vypnutí systému \n" "ztratíte veškerá data na těchto souborových systémech.\n" @@ -1964,8 +1946,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -1983,8 +1964,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2005,8 +1985,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Povolené znaky jsou\n" -"<tt>%1!</tt>, mezery, malá a velká písmena (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)a číslice<tt>0<" -"/tt> až <tt>9</tt>.\n" +"<tt>%1!</tt>, mezery, malá a velká písmena (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)a číslice<tt>0</tt> až <tt>9</tt>.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -2037,8 +2016,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2104,8 +2082,7 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U některého souborového systému jste nastavili, aby se při startu " -"automaticky\n" +"U některého souborového systému jste nastavili, aby se při startu automaticky\n" "nepřipojoval. Tento souborový systém však může obsahovat soubory potřebné\n" "pro to, aby systém řádně fungoval.\n" "\n" @@ -2178,8 +2155,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v přípojném bodu. Nepoužívejte \"`'!\"%#\"." #. error popup text @@ -2369,8 +2345,7 @@ msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." -msgstr "" -"Vybráním položky v tabulku dostanete podrobnější informace o zařízení." +msgstr "Vybráním položky v tabulku dostanete podrobnější informace o zařízení." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2736,9 +2711,7 @@ msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte zda má být disk formátován a pokud ano tah zvolte typ nového " -"oddílu." +msgstr "Vyberte zda má být disk formátován a pokud ano tah zvolte typ nového oddílu." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 @@ -2756,9 +2729,7 @@ msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Dále jestli se ma oddíl připojovat a je třeba zadat bod připojení ( /, " -"/boot, /home, /var, ...)" +msgstr "Dále jestli se ma oddíl připojovat a je třeba zadat bod připojení ( /, /boot, /home, /var, ...)" #. set globals #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 @@ -2850,8 +2821,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Souborový systém na tomto svazku je swap. Můžete ponechat šifrovací heslo\n" -"prázdné, ale potom jej nebude možné použít zařízení pro hibernaci (uspání na " -"disk).\n" +"prázdné, ale potom jej nebude možné použít zařízení pro hibernaci (uspání na disk).\n" "\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 @@ -3785,8 +3755,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3948,8 +3917,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." -msgstr "" -"Pohled ukazuje podrobné informace o zvoleném šifrovacím souboru." +msgstr "Pohled ukazuje podrobné informace o zvoleném šifrovacím souboru." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 @@ -3973,8 +3941,7 @@ "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" "Jméno skupiny svazků obsahuje nepovolené znaky. \n" -"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", " -"\"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"." +"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", \"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 @@ -4009,9 +3976,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Opravdu chcete odstranit skupinu svazků \"%1\" a všechny související logické " -"svazky?" +msgstr "Opravdu chcete odstranit skupinu svazků \"%1\" a všechny související logické svazky?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4019,8 +3984,7 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Váš údaj je neplatný. Musíte zadat fyzickou velikost větší než %1, která je " -"mocninou dvou.\n" +"Váš údaj je neplatný. Musíte zadat fyzickou velikost větší než %1, která je mocninou dvou.\n" "například \"%2\" nebo \"%3\")." #. error popup text @@ -4040,8 +4004,7 @@ "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" "Jméno logického oddílu obsahuje nepovolené znaky. \n" -"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", " -"\"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"." +"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", \"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 @@ -4091,13 +4054,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Zadejte velikost a také počet a velikost proužků nového logického svazku.\n" -"Počet proužků nemůže být větší než počet fyzických svazků ve skupině svazků.<" -"/p>" +"Počet proužků nemůže být větší než počet fyzických svazků ve skupině svazků." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 @@ -4148,8 +4109,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Můžete prohlásit tento logický svazek jako\n" @@ -4162,19 +4122,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Můžete prohlásit tento logický svazek jako Tenký fond.\n" -"To znamená, že Tenké svazky na požádání využívají z tohoto fondu " -"vyžadovaný prostor." +"To znamená, že Tenké svazky na požádání využívají z tohoto fondu vyžadovaný prostor." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" -"." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Můžete prohlásit tuto logický svazek jako\n" "Tenký svazek. To znamená, že svazek využívá\n" @@ -4232,14 +4189,12 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "Není dostatek nepoužitých zařízení pro skupinu svazků.\n" "\n" -"Pro LVM je potřeba alespon jeden nepoužitý oddít typu 0x8e (nebo 0x83) nebo " -"zařízení typu RAID. \n" +"Pro LVM je potřeba alespon jeden nepoužitý oddít typu 0x8e (nebo 0x83) nebo zařízení typu RAID. \n" "Změňtě tabulku oddílů odpovídajícím způsobem." #. error popup @@ -4356,8 +4311,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." -msgstr "" -"Pohled zobrazí všechny fyzické svazky použíte zvolenou skupinou svazků." +msgstr "Pohled zobrazí všechny fyzické svazky použíte zvolenou skupinou svazků." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 @@ -4462,12 +4416,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení NFS není dostupné. Zkontrolujte jestli máte nainstalován balíček " -"yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Nastavení NFS není dostupné. Zkontrolujte jestli máte nainstalován balíček yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4498,43 +4448,34 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Tato úroveň zvyšuje rychlost diskových operací.\n" -"NEZVÝŠÍ bezpečnost vašich dat. Pokud jeden z disků bude vadný, nebude " -"možné data obnovit.\n" +"NEZVÝŠÍ bezpečnost vašich dat. Pokud jeden z disků bude vadný, nebude možné data obnovit.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -"all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Tato úroveň zajistí bezpečnost vašich dat, resp.\n" -"redundanci. Můžete použít dva nebo více disků, které vždy obsahují identické " -"kopie\n" -"Pokud tedy funguje alespoň jeden disk, nepřijdete o žádná data. Diskové " -"oddíly\n" +"redundanci. Můžete použít dva nebo více disků, které vždy obsahují identické kopie\n" +"Pokud tedy funguje alespoň jeden disk, nepřijdete o žádná data. Diskové oddíly\n" "používané pro tento typ RAIDu by měly mít vždy stejnou velikost.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Tato úroveň kombinuje správu velkého počtu disků\n" "a jejich určitou redundanci. Můžete ji použít pro tři a více disků.\n" -"Pokud bude jeden disk vadný, pak jsou vaše data zachována. Při výpadku dvou " -"disků zároveň o ně však přijdete\n" +"Pokud bude jeden disk vadný, pak jsou vaše data zachována. Při výpadku dvou disků zároveň o ně však přijdete\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4551,15 +4492,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." -"\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Přidat diskové oddíly k RAIDu. Podle\n" "úrovně RAIDu je využitelná velikost disku součtem těchto diskových\n" -"oddílů (RAID0), je rovna nejmenšímu diskovému oddílu (RAID 1) nebo " -"(N-1)*nejmenší\n" +"oddílů (RAID0), je rovna nejmenšímu diskovému oddílu (RAID 1) nebo (N-1)*nejmenší\n" "diskový oddíl (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext @@ -4623,10 +4561,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost kusu: Toto je nejmenší možný objem dat,\n" "který je možný zapsat na zařízení. Rozumnou velikostí pro RAID 5 je \n" @@ -4641,8 +4577,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Paritní algoritmus se používá v RAID 5 a 6.\n" "Levostranně symetrický poskytuje nejvyšší výkon na typických discích\n" @@ -4922,22 +4857,15 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" -"\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Výchozí připojení pomocí určuje metodu připojení pro nově vytvořené " -"souborové systémy.\n" -"Název zařízení používá název zařízení v jádře. Tento název není " -"stálý.\n" -"ID zařízení a Cesta k zařízení používá jména generované " -"systémem udev z informací o hardwaru. Ty by měly být trvalé, ale naneštěstí " -"to nebývá vždy pravda.\n" -"UUID a Popisek svazku používá UUID a popisek souborového " -"systému.\n" +"Výchozí připojení pomocí určuje metodu připojení pro nově vytvořené souborové systémy.\n" +"Název zařízení používá název zařízení v jádře. Tento název není stálý.\n" +"ID zařízení a Cesta k zařízení používá jména generované systémem udev z informací o hardwaru. Ty by měly být trvalé, ale naneštěstí to nebývá vždy pravda.\n" +"UUID a Popisek svazku používá UUID a popisek souborového systému.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4952,9 +4880,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5224,19 +5150,16 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"Je to v pořádku, aby zařízení byla přiřazena ke třídám podle těchto vzorů?" +msgstr "Je to v pořádku, aby zařízení byla přiřazena ke třídám podle těchto vzorů?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" -"Tento dialog je pro definování tříd pro zařízení RAIDu, která jsou v " -"RAIDu\n" +"Tento dialog je pro definování tříd pro zařízení RAIDu, která jsou v RAIDu\n" "obsažené. Dostupné třídy jsou A, B, C, D a E, ale ve většině případů\n" "jich postačí méně (např. pouze A a B)." @@ -5244,20 +5167,15 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " -"\n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Zařízení můžete zařadit ke třídě klepnutím na něj pravým tlačítkem myši\n" "a výběrem patřičné třídy z kontextového menu. Výběrem při současně stisknuté\n" -"klávese Ctrl nebo Shift můžete vybrat více zařízení a zařadit je všechna v " -"jediném\n" -"kroku. Můžete taktéž použít tlačítka označená \"%1\" až \"%2\" k zařazení " -"současně\n" +"klávese Ctrl nebo Shift můžete vybrat více zařízení a zařadit je všechna v jediném\n" +"kroku. Můžete taktéž použít tlačítka označená \"%1\" až \"%2\" k zařazení současně\n" "vybraného zařízení do této třídy." #. dialog help text @@ -5274,9 +5192,7 @@ msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." -msgstr "" -"Setříděné dá všechna zařízení třídy A před všechna zařízení třídy B " -"atd." +msgstr "Setříděné dá všechna zařízení třídy A před všechna zařízení třídy B atd." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 @@ -5286,8 +5202,7 @@ "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "Prokládání použije první zařízení třídy A, poté první zařízení\n" -"třídy B až do posledního třídy zařízení. Pak jde na řadu druhé zařízení " -"třídy\n" +"třídy B až do posledního třídy zařízení. Pak jde na řadu druhé zařízení třídy\n" "A, druhé zařízení třídy B atd." #. dialog help text @@ -5298,24 +5213,19 @@ "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" "Všechna zařízení bez tříd jsou zařazena na konec seznamu zařízení.\n" -"Když opustíte vyskakovací okno, je použito současné pořadí jako pořadí " -"zařízení\n" +"Když opustíte vyskakovací okno, je použito současné pořadí jako pořadí zařízení\n" "v RAIDu, který je vytvářen." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" -") and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Stiskem tlačítka \"%1\" můžete vybrat soubor, který obsahuje\n" @@ -5363,14 +5273,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Velikost Tmpfs:\n" -"Velikost může být zadána jak číslem následovaným písmenem K,M,G pro Kilo-, " -"Mega- nebo Gigabajty nebo jako číslo následované značkou procenta, která " -"znamená procentuální část paměti." +"Velikost může být zadána jak číslem následovaným písmenem K,M,G pro Kilo-, Mega- nebo Gigabajty nebo jako číslo následované značkou procenta, která znamená procentuální část paměti." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5401,13 +5308,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Připojit pouze pro čtení:\n" -"Do tohoto souborového systému není možný zápis. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto. " -"Během instalace je souborový systém vždy připojen\n" +"Do tohoto souborového systému není možný zápis. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto. Během instalace je souborový systém vždy připojen\n" "pro čtení i zápis." #. button text @@ -5422,12 +5327,10 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Bez času přístupu:\n" -"Pokud je soubor čten, časy přístupu nejsou aktualizovány. Výchozí je hodnota " -"vypnuto.\n" +"Pokud je soubor čten, časy přístupu nejsou aktualizovány. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 -#| msgid "Mountable by &User" msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Připojitelný uživatelem" @@ -5438,8 +5341,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Připojitelný uživatelem:\n" -"Souborový systém může být připojen běžným uživatelem. Výchozí je vypnuto." -"\n" +"Souborový systém může být připojen běžným uživatelem. Výchozí je vypnuto.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5452,10 +5354,8 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" -"/tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nepřipojovat při spuštění systému:\n" "Souborový systém není při startu systému automaticky připojen.\n" @@ -5492,10 +5392,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" -"/p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Režim žurnálování dat:\n" "Udává režim žurnálování dat souborů.\n" @@ -5541,19 +5439,14 @@ msgstr "Hodnota doplňkových &voleb" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Neplatné znaky v některé hodnotě voleb. Nepoužívejte mezery nebo tabulátory a " -"zkuste to znovu." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Neplatné znaky v některé hodnotě voleb. Nepoužívejte mezery nebo tabulátory a zkuste to znovu." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " -"/etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Hodnota libovolné volby:\n" @@ -5584,8 +5477,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kódová stránka pro krátká FAT jména:\n" "Tato kódová stránka se používá pro převod krátkých názvů souborů\n" @@ -5600,12 +5492,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Počet tabulek FAT:\n" -"Udává počet alokačních tabulek souborů (FAT) v soub. systému. Výchozí je 2.<" -"/p>" +"Udává počet alokačních tabulek souborů (FAT) v soub. systému. Výchozí je 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5616,14 +5506,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " -"the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost FAT:\n" -"Udává typ použité tabulky FAT (12, 16 anebo 32 bitů). Pokud je nastaveno " -"'auto', YaST se pokusí vybrat hodnotu nejlépe odpovídající velikosti vašeho " -"souborového systému.\n" +"Udává typ použité tabulky FAT (12, 16 anebo 32 bitů). Pokud je nastaveno 'auto', YaST se pokusí vybrat hodnotu nejlépe odpovídající velikosti vašeho souborového systému.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5633,9 +5519,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Minimální hodnota pro \"Počet položek kořenového adresáře\" je 112. Opakujte " -"zadání." +msgstr "Minimální hodnota pro \"Počet položek kořenového adresáře\" je 112. Opakujte zadání." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5655,12 +5539,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " -"directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funkce hashování:\n" -"Udává název hashovací funkce, která bude použita pro třídění názvů souborů v " -"adresářích.\n" +"Udává název hashovací funkce, která bude použita pro třídění názvů souborů v adresářích.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5671,15 +5553,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revize souborového systému:\n" -"Tato volba určuje formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pro zpětnou kompatibilitu s jádry " -"řady 2.2.x. '3.6' je novější, ale může být použito pouze s jádry řady >= 2.4. " -"\n" +"Tato volba určuje formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pro zpětnou kompatibilitu s jádry řady 2.2.x. '3.6' je novější, ale může být použito pouze s jádry řady >= 2.4. \n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5691,14 +5568,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloku:\n" -"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 512, 1024, 2048 a " -"4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je vybrána volba auto, nastaví se na 4096 bytů." -"\n" +"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je vybrána volba auto, nastaví se na 4096 bytů.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5725,12 +5598,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Procento prostoru pro inody:\n" -"Volba \"Procento prostoru pro inody\" udává, kolik místa na disku v " -"procentech mohou inody zabírat.\n" +"Volba \"Procento prostoru pro inody\" udává, kolik místa na disku v procentech mohou inody zabírat.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5741,8 +5612,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5770,8 +5640,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " -"size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost protokolu\n" "Nastaví velikost protokolu (v megabajtech).\n" @@ -5806,21 +5675,16 @@ msgstr "" "Délka kroku v blocích: \n" "Nastavte RAID volby pro souborový systém. V současnosti je podporována pouze\n" -"volba 'stride' (krok), která určuje argument RAIDu pro počet bloků v " -"proužku.\n" +"volba 'stride' (krok), která určuje argument RAIDu pro počet bloků v proužku.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloku:\n" -"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 1024, 2048 a 4096 " -"bajtů na blok. Pokud je nastavena hodnota auto, tak se velikost bloku určí " -"podle velikosti souborového systému a jeho očekávaného použití.\n" +"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je nastavena hodnota auto, tak se velikost bloku určí podle velikosti souborového systému a jeho očekávaného použití.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5845,8 +5709,7 @@ "méně inodů bude vytvořeno.\n" "Obecně by počet bajtů na inod neměl být menší než velikost bloku v \n" "souborovém systému, protože jinak bude vytvořeno příliš mnoho inodů. Po\n" -"jejich vytvoření není možné jejich počet v souborovém systému zvýšit bez " -"ztráty\n" +"jejich vytvoření není možné jejich počet v souborovém systému zvýšit bez ztráty\n" "dat, takže zde použijte rozumné nastavení.\n" #. label text @@ -5860,23 +5723,14 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"Hodnota položky \"Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root\" je " -"chybná.\n" +"Hodnota položky \"Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root\" je chybná.\n" "Povolena jsou desetinná čísla, která nejsou větší než 99 (např. 0,5).\n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root: Určete procento bloků " -"rezervovaných pro super-uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je vypočítána tak, že " -"normálně je rezervován 1 Gigabajt. Nejvyšší výchozí limit pro rezervování je " -"5,0 a nejnižší je 0,1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root: Určete procento bloků rezervovaných pro super-uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je vypočítána tak, že normálně je rezervován 1 Gigabajt. Nejvyšší výchozí limit pro rezervování je 5,0 a nejnižší je 0,1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5904,8 +5758,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Index adresáře:\n" -"Umožňuje používání hašovaných b-stromů pro urychlení vyhledávání ve velkých " -"adresářích.\n" +"Umožňuje používání hašovaných b-stromů pro urychlení vyhledávání ve velkých adresářích.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -5916,8 +5769,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Žádný žurnál:\n" @@ -6146,11 +5998,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Dokud jsou na disku používány nějaké oddíly, nemůžou být žádné další " -"vytvořeny." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Dokud jsou na disku používány nějaké oddíly, nemůžou být žádné další vytvořeny." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 msgid "" @@ -6377,8 +6226,7 @@ msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." -msgstr "" -"Zařízení zobrazuje jméno zařízení, které mu přiřadilo jádro." +msgstr "Zařízení zobrazuje jméno zařízení, které mu přiřadilo jádro." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 @@ -6435,8 +6283,7 @@ msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." -msgstr "" -"Cesta k souboru ukazuje cestu k souboru pro zašifrované loop zařizení." +msgstr "Cesta k souboru ukazuje cestu k souboru pro zašifrované loop zařizení." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 @@ -6501,8 +6348,7 @@ "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Otazník (?) značí, že souborový systém není uveden v <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -"Buď je připojen ručně nebo systémem automount. Pokud budete měnit nastavení " -"pro\n" +"Buď je připojen ručně nebo systémem automount. Pokud budete měnit nastavení pro\n" "tento svazek, YaST neaktualizuje <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6516,12 +6362,10 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" -"Hvězdička (*) za přípojným bodem značí souborový systém, který není právě " -"připojen\n" +"Hvězdička (*) za přípojným bodem značí souborový systém, který není právě připojen\n" "(např. protože má nastavenu volbu <tt>noauto</tt> v <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6536,9 +6380,7 @@ msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." -msgstr "" -"Paritní algoritmus ukazuje paritní algoritmus pro zařízení RAID s " -"typem RAIDu 5, 6 a nebo 10." +msgstr "Paritní algoritmus ukazuje paritní algoritmus pro zařízení RAID s typem RAIDu 5, 6 a nebo 10." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 @@ -6580,8 +6422,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Proužky tento sloupec ukazuje počet proužků pro\n" -"logický svazek LVM a pokud je větší než jedna, je v závorkách uvedena jeho " -"velikost.\n" +"logický svazek LVM a pokud je větší než jedna, je v závorkách uvedena jeho velikost.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6876,12 +6717,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Změna velikosti není možná kvůli nekonzistenci souborového systému. Zkuste " -"souborový systém zkontrolovat ve Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Změna velikosti není možná kvůli nekonzistenci souborového systému. Zkuste souborový systém zkontrolovat ve Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -6929,11 +6766,9 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"Souborový systém pro kořenový oddíl můžete vybrat v odpovídajícím " -"rozbalovacím\n" +"Souborový systém pro kořenový oddíl můžete vybrat v odpovídajícím rozbalovacím\n" "seznamu. V souborovém systému Btrfs může být návrh vytvořen s povolenými\n" -"automatickými snímky pomocí snapperu. Toto též zvýší velikost pro kořenový " -"oddíl." +"automatickými snímky pomocí snapperu. Toto též zvýší velikost pro kořenový oddíl." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 @@ -6949,9 +6784,7 @@ msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." -msgstr "" -"Aby mohl být swapovací oddíl použit pro uspání systému na disk, je třeba " -"jej nastavit dostatečně velký." +msgstr "Aby mohl být swapovací oddíl použit pro uspání systému na disk, je třeba jej nastavit dostatečně velký." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0